| # Brazilian Portuguese translation of the manpages in the dpkg package |
| # This file is distributed under the same license as the dpkg package. |
| # Copyright (C) FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. |
| # |
| msgid "" |
| msgstr "" |
| "Project-Id-Version: dpkg man pages\n" |
| "POT-Creation-Date: 2011-10-14 07:11+0300\n" |
| "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-03-07 22:18+0100\n" |
| "Last-Translator: Andre Luis Lopes <andrelop@debian.org>\n" |
| "Language-Team: Portuguese <debian-l10n-portuguese@lists.debian.org>\n" |
| "Language: pt\n" |
| "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" |
| "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" |
| "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" |
| |
| #. type: TH |
| #: deb.5:1 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "deb" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TH |
| #: deb.5:1 deb-control.5:3 deb-src-control.5:3 deb-version.5:5 deb-old.5:1 |
| #: deb-override.5:15 deb-symbols.5:2 deb-triggers.5:1 dpkg.1:1 |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:1 dpkg-buildpackage.1:1 dpkg-deb.1:1 dpkg-divert.8:1 |
| #: dpkg-genchanges.1:1 dpkg-gencontrol.1:1 dpkg-gensymbols.1:2 |
| #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:1 dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:1 dpkg-name.1:6 |
| #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:1 dpkg-query.1:1 dpkg-scanpackages.1:15 |
| #: dpkg-scansources.1:1 dpkg-shlibdeps.1:1 dpkg-source.1:2 dpkg-trigger.1:1 |
| #: dselect.1:1 update-alternatives.8:8 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "2011-08-14" |
| msgstr "2006-04-09" |
| |
| #. type: TH |
| #: deb.5:1 deb-control.5:3 deb-src-control.5:3 deb-split.5:1 deb-version.5:5 |
| #: deb-old.5:1 deb-override.5:15 deb-extra-override.5:1 deb-shlibs.5:16 |
| #: deb-substvars.5:2 deb-symbols.5:2 deb-triggers.5:1 dpkg.1:1 |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:1 dpkg.cfg.5:1 dpkg-buildflags.1:1 |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:1 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:1 dpkg-distaddfile.1:1 |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:1 dpkg-divert.8:1 dpkg-genchanges.1:1 dpkg-gencontrol.1:1 |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:2 dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:1 dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:1 |
| #: dpkg-name.1:6 dpkg-parsechangelog.1:1 dpkg-query.1:1 dpkg-scanpackages.1:15 |
| #: dpkg-scansources.1:1 dpkg-shlibdeps.1:1 dpkg-source.1:2 dpkg-split.1:2 |
| #: dpkg-trigger.1:1 dpkg-vendor.1:1 dselect.1:1 dselect.cfg.5:1 |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:1 update-alternatives.8:8 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "Debian Project" |
| msgstr "Projeto Debian" |
| |
| #. type: TH |
| #: deb.5:1 deb-control.5:3 deb-src-control.5:3 deb-split.5:1 deb-version.5:5 |
| #: deb-old.5:1 dselect.1:1 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "Debian" |
| msgstr "Projeto Debian" |
| |
| #. type: SH |
| #: deb.5:2 deb-control.5:4 deb-src-control.5:4 deb-split.5:2 deb-version.5:6 |
| #: deb-old.5:2 deb-override.5:16 deb-extra-override.5:2 deb-shlibs.5:17 |
| #: deb-substvars.5:3 deb-symbols.5:3 deb-triggers.5:2 dpkg.1:2 |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:2 dpkg.cfg.5:2 dpkg-buildflags.1:2 |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:2 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:2 dpkg-distaddfile.1:2 |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:2 dpkg-divert.8:2 dpkg-genchanges.1:2 dpkg-gencontrol.1:2 |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:3 dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:2 dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:2 |
| #: dpkg-name.1:7 dpkg-parsechangelog.1:2 dpkg-query.1:2 dpkg-scanpackages.1:16 |
| #: dpkg-scansources.1:2 dpkg-shlibdeps.1:2 dpkg-source.1:3 dpkg-split.1:3 |
| #: dpkg-statoverride.8:2 dpkg-trigger.1:2 dpkg-vendor.1:2 dselect.1:2 |
| #: dselect.cfg.5:2 start-stop-daemon.8:2 update-alternatives.8:9 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "NAME" |
| msgstr "NOME" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb.5:4 |
| msgid "deb - Debian binary package format" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: SH |
| #: deb.5:4 deb-control.5:7 deb-src-control.5:7 deb-split.5:4 deb-version.5:9 |
| #: deb-old.5:5 deb-override.5:19 deb-extra-override.5:5 deb-substvars.5:6 |
| #: deb-symbols.5:6 deb-triggers.5:5 dpkg.1:5 dpkg-architecture.1:5 |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:5 dpkg-buildpackage.1:5 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:5 |
| #: dpkg-distaddfile.1:5 dpkg-deb.1:5 dpkg-divert.8:5 dpkg-genchanges.1:5 |
| #: dpkg-gencontrol.1:5 dpkg-gensymbols.1:6 dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:5 |
| #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:5 dpkg-name.1:10 dpkg-parsechangelog.1:5 |
| #: dpkg-query.1:5 dpkg-scanpackages.1:19 dpkg-scansources.1:5 |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:5 dpkg-source.1:6 dpkg-split.1:6 dpkg-statoverride.8:5 |
| #: dpkg-trigger.1:5 dpkg-vendor.1:5 dselect.1:5 start-stop-daemon.8:5 |
| #: update-alternatives.8:12 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "SYNOPSIS" |
| msgstr "RESUMO" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb.5:6 deb-split.5:6 deb-old.5:7 |
| msgid "I<filename>B<.deb>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: SH |
| #: deb.5:6 deb-control.5:10 deb-src-control.5:10 deb-split.5:6 |
| #: deb-version.5:11 deb-old.5:8 deb-override.5:22 deb-extra-override.5:8 |
| #: deb-shlibs.5:20 deb-substvars.5:9 deb-symbols.5:9 deb-triggers.5:8 |
| #: dpkg.1:19 dpkg-architecture.1:10 dpkg.cfg.5:5 dpkg-buildflags.1:9 |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:9 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:10 dpkg-distaddfile.1:9 |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:9 dpkg-divert.8:10 dpkg-genchanges.1:10 dpkg-gencontrol.1:9 |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:10 dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:15 dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:9 |
| #: dpkg-name.1:16 dpkg-parsechangelog.1:9 dpkg-query.1:9 |
| #: dpkg-scanpackages.1:27 dpkg-scansources.1:13 dpkg-shlibdeps.1:9 |
| #: dpkg-source.1:10 dpkg-split.1:10 dpkg-statoverride.8:9 dpkg-trigger.1:12 |
| #: dpkg-vendor.1:9 dselect.1:9 dselect.cfg.5:5 start-stop-daemon.8:9 |
| #: update-alternatives.8:16 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "DESCRIPTION" |
| msgstr "DESCRIÇÃO" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb.5:12 |
| msgid "" |
| "The B<.deb> format is the Debian binary package file format. It is " |
| "understood by dpkg 0.93.76 and later, and is generated by default by all " |
| "versions of dpkg since 1.2.0 and all i386/ELF versions since 1.1.1elf." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb.5:16 |
| msgid "" |
| "The format described here is used since Debian 0.93; details of the old " |
| "format are described in B<deb-old>(5)." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: SH |
| #: deb.5:16 deb-split.5:9 deb-old.5:18 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "FORMAT" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb.5:22 |
| msgid "" |
| "The file is an B<ar> archive with a magic value of B<!E<lt>archE<gt>>. The " |
| "file names might contain a trailing slash." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb.5:28 |
| msgid "" |
| "The B<tar> archives currently allowed are, the old-style (v7) format, the " |
| "pre-POSIX ustar format, a subset of the GNU format (only the new style long " |
| "pathnames and long linknames, supported since dpkg 1.4.1.17), and the POSIX " |
| "ustar format (long names supported since dpkg 1.15.0). Unrecognized tar " |
| "typeflags are considered an error." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb.5:38 |
| msgid "" |
| "The first member is named B<debian-binary> and contains a series of lines, " |
| "separated by newlines. Currently only one line is present, the format " |
| "version number, B<2.0> at the time this manual page was written. Programs " |
| "which read new-format archives should be prepared for the minor number to be " |
| "increased and new lines to be present, and should ignore these if this is " |
| "the case." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb.5:43 |
| msgid "" |
| "If the major number has changed, an incompatible change has been made and " |
| "the program should stop. If it has not, then the program should be able to " |
| "safely continue, unless it encounters an unexpected member in the archive " |
| "(except at the end), as described below." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb.5:53 |
| msgid "" |
| "The second required member is named B<control.tar.gz>. It is a gzipped tar " |
| "archive containing the package control information, as a series of plain " |
| "files, of which the file B<control> is mandatory and contains the core " |
| "control information. The control tarball may optionally contain an entry for " |
| "`B<.>', the current directory." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb.5:62 |
| msgid "" |
| "The third, last required member is named B<data.tar>. It contains the " |
| "filesystem as a tar archive, either not compressed (supported since dpkg " |
| "1.10.24), or compressed with gzip (with B<.gz> extension), xz (with B<.xz> " |
| "extension, supported since dpkg 1.15.6), bzip2 (with B<.bz2> extension, " |
| "supported since dpkg 1.10.24) or lzma (with B<.lzma> extension, supported " |
| "since dpkg 1.13.25)." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb.5:73 |
| msgid "" |
| "These members must occur in this exact order. Current implementations should " |
| "ignore any additional members after B<data.tar>. Further members may be " |
| "defined in the future, and (if possible) will be placed after these three. " |
| "Any additional members that may need to be inserted before B<data.tar> and " |
| "which should be safely ignored by older programs, will have names starting " |
| "with an underscore, `B<_>'." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb.5:79 |
| msgid "" |
| "Those new members which won't be able to be safely ignored will be inserted " |
| "before B<data.tar> with names starting with something other than " |
| "underscores, or will (more likely) cause the major version number to be " |
| "increased." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: SH |
| #: deb.5:79 deb-control.5:271 deb-src-control.5:327 deb-split.5:49 |
| #: deb-version.5:116 deb-old.5:51 deb-override.5:62 deb-extra-override.5:37 |
| #: deb-shlibs.5:61 deb-substvars.5:154 deb-symbols.5:61 deb-triggers.5:67 |
| #: dpkg.1:768 dpkg-architecture.1:299 dpkg.cfg.5:23 dpkg-buildpackage.1:249 |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:259 dpkg-divert.8:132 dpkg-gensymbols.1:450 dpkg-name.1:96 |
| #: dpkg-query.1:220 dpkg-scanpackages.1:110 dpkg-scansources.1:71 |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:324 dpkg-source.1:725 dpkg-split.1:217 |
| #: dpkg-statoverride.8:84 dpkg-trigger.1:66 dselect.1:445 dselect.cfg.5:23 |
| #: update-alternatives.8:508 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "SEE ALSO" |
| msgstr "VEJA TAMBÉM" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb.5:82 |
| msgid "B<deb-old>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TH |
| #: deb-control.5:3 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "deb-control" |
| msgstr "I<control>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-control.5:6 |
| msgid "deb-control - Debian packages' master control file format" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-control.5:9 deb-src-control.5:9 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "control" |
| msgstr "I<control>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-control.5:24 |
| msgid "" |
| "Each Debian package contains the master `control' file, which contains a " |
| "number of fields, or comments when the line starts with B<'#'>. Each field " |
| "begins with a tag, such as B<Package> or B<Version> (case insensitive), " |
| "followed by a colon, and the body of the field. Fields are delimited only " |
| "by field tags. In other words, field text may be multiple lines in length, " |
| "but the installation tools will generally join lines when processing the " |
| "body of the field (except in the case of the B<Description> field, see " |
| "below)." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: SH |
| #: deb-control.5:25 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "REQUIRED FIELDS" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: deb-control.5:26 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<Package:>I< package-name>" |
| msgstr "B<--status-fd >I<E<lt>nE<gt>>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-control.5:30 |
| msgid "" |
| "The value of this field determines the package name, and is used to generate " |
| "file names by most installation tools." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: deb-control.5:30 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<Version:>I< version-string>" |
| msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-control.5:37 |
| msgid "" |
| "Typically, this is the original package's version number in whatever form " |
| "the program's author uses. It may also include a Debian revision number (for " |
| "non-native packages). The exact format and sorting algorithm are described " |
| "in B<deb-version>(5)." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: deb-control.5:37 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<Maintainer:>I< fullname-email>" |
| msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-control.5:42 |
| msgid "" |
| "Should be in the format `Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@foo.comE<gt>', and is " |
| "typically the person who created the package, as opposed to the author of " |
| "the software that was packaged." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: deb-control.5:42 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<Description:>I< short-description>" |
| msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-control.5:45 |
| msgid "B< >I<long-description>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-control.5:51 |
| msgid "" |
| "The format for the package description is a short brief summary on the first " |
| "line (after the \"Description\" field). The following lines should be used " |
| "as a longer, more detailed description. Each line of the long description " |
| "must be preceded by a space, and blank lines in the long description must " |
| "contain a single '.' following the preceding space." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: SH |
| #: deb-control.5:52 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "OPTIONAL FIELDS" |
| msgstr "OPÇÕES" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: deb-control.5:53 deb-src-control.5:90 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<Section:>I< section>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-control.5:58 |
| msgid "" |
| "This is a general field that gives the package a category based on the " |
| "software that it installs. Some common sections are `utils', `net', `mail', " |
| "`text', `x11' etc." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: deb-control.5:58 deb-src-control.5:96 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<Priority:>I< priority>" |
| msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-control.5:62 |
| msgid "" |
| "Sets the importance of this package in relation to the system as a whole. " |
| "Common priorities are `required', `standard', `optional', `extra' etc." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-control.5:71 deb-src-control.5:109 |
| msgid "" |
| "In Debian, the B<Section> and B<Priority> fields have a defined set of " |
| "accepted values based on the Policy Manual. A list of these values can be " |
| "obtained from the latest version of the B<debian-policy> package." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: deb-control.5:71 deb-src-control.5:216 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<Essential:> B<yes>|B<no>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-control.5:78 |
| msgid "" |
| "This field is usually only needed when the answer is B<yes>. It denotes a " |
| "package that is required for proper operation of the system. Dpkg or any " |
| "other installation tool will not allow an B<Essential> package to be removed " |
| "(at least not without using one of the force options)." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: deb-control.5:78 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<Architecture:> I<arch>|B<all>" |
| msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-control.5:86 |
| msgid "" |
| "The architecture specifies which type of hardware this package was compiled " |
| "for. Common architectures are `i386', `m68k', `sparc', `alpha', `powerpc' " |
| "etc. Note that the B<all> option is meant for packages that are architecture " |
| "independent. Some examples of this are shell and Perl scripts, and " |
| "documentation." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: deb-control.5:86 deb-src-control.5:85 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<Origin:>I< name>" |
| msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-control.5:89 |
| msgid "The name of the distribution this package is originating from." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: deb-control.5:89 deb-src-control.5:66 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<Bugs:>I< url>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-control.5:94 |
| msgid "" |
| "The I<url> of the bug tracking system for this package. The current used " |
| "format is I<bts-type>B<://>I<bts-address>, like B<debbugs://bugs.debian.org>." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: deb-control.5:94 deb-src-control.5:62 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<Homepage:>I< url>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-control.5:97 |
| msgid "The upstream project home page I<url>." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: deb-control.5:97 deb-src-control.5:222 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<Tag:>I< tag-list>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-control.5:101 |
| msgid "" |
| "List of tags describing the qualities of the package. The description and " |
| "list of supported tags can be found in the B<debtags> package." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: deb-control.5:101 deb-src-control.5:219 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<Multi-Arch:> B<same>|B<foreign>|B<allowed>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-control.5:113 |
| msgid "" |
| "This field is used to indicate how this package should behave on a multi-" |
| "arch installations. The value B<same> means that the package is co-" |
| "installable with itself, but it must not be used to satisfy the dependency " |
| "of any package of a different architecture from itself. The value B<foreign> " |
| "means that the package is not co-installable with itself, but should be " |
| "allowed to satisfy the dependency of a package of a different arch from " |
| "itself. The value B<allowed> allows reverse-dependencies to indicate in " |
| "their Depends field that they need a package from a foreign architecture, " |
| "but has no effect otherwise. This field should not be present in packages " |
| "with the B<Architecture: all> field." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: deb-control.5:113 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<Source:>I< source-name>" |
| msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-control.5:117 |
| msgid "" |
| "The name of the source package that this binary package came from, if " |
| "different than the name of the package itself." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: deb-control.5:118 deb-src-control.5:202 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<Subarchitecture:>I< value>" |
| msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: deb-control.5:121 deb-src-control.5:205 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<Kernel-Version:>I< value>" |
| msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: deb-control.5:124 deb-src-control.5:208 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<Installer-Menu-Item:>I< value>" |
| msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-control.5:131 deb-src-control.5:215 |
| msgid "" |
| "These fields are used by the debian-installer and are usually not needed. " |
| "See /usr/share/doc/debian-installer/devel/modules.txt from the B<debian-" |
| "installer> package for more details about them." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: deb-control.5:132 deb-src-control.5:233 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<Depends:>I< package-list>" |
| msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-control.5:143 |
| msgid "" |
| "List of packages that are required for this package to provide a non-trivial " |
| "amount of functionality. The package maintenance software will not allow a " |
| "package to be installed if the packages listed in its B<Depends> field " |
| "aren't installed (at least not without using the force options). In an " |
| "installation, the postinst scripts of packages listed in Depends: fields are " |
| "run before those of the packages which depend on them. On the opposite, in a " |
| "removal, the prerm script of a package is run before those of the packages " |
| "listed in its Depends: field." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: deb-control.5:143 deb-src-control.5:236 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<Pre-Depends:>I< package-list>" |
| msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-control.5:150 |
| msgid "" |
| "List of packages that must be installed B<and> configured before this one " |
| "can be installed. This is usually used in the case where this package " |
| "requires another package for running its preinst script." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: deb-control.5:150 deb-src-control.5:239 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<Recommends:>I< package-list>" |
| msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-control.5:157 |
| msgid "" |
| "Lists packages that would be found together with this one in all but unusual " |
| "installations. The package maintenance software will warn the user if they " |
| "install a package without those listed in its B<Recommends> field." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: deb-control.5:157 deb-src-control.5:242 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<Suggests:>I< package-list>" |
| msgstr "B<--status-fd >I<E<lt>nE<gt>>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-control.5:162 |
| msgid "" |
| "Lists packages that are related to this one and can perhaps enhance its " |
| "usefulness, but without which installing this package is perfectly " |
| "reasonable." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-control.5:174 |
| msgid "" |
| "The syntax of B<Depends>, B<Pre-Depends>, B<Recommends> and B<Suggests> " |
| "fields is a list of groups of alternative packages. Each group is a list of " |
| "packages separated by vertical bar (or `pipe') symbols, `|'. The groups are " |
| "separated by commas. Commas are to be read as `AND', and pipes as `OR', with " |
| "pipes binding more tightly. Each package name is optionally followed by a " |
| "version number specification in parentheses." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-control.5:180 |
| msgid "" |
| "A version number may start with a `E<gt>E<gt>', in which case any later " |
| "version will match, and may specify or omit the Debian packaging revision " |
| "(separated by a hyphen). Accepted version relationships are \"E<gt>E<gt>\" " |
| "for greater than, \"E<lt>E<lt>\" for less than, \"E<gt>=\" for greater than " |
| "or equal to, \"E<lt>=\" for less than or equal to, and \"=\" for equal to." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: deb-control.5:180 deb-src-control.5:245 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<Breaks:>I< package-list>" |
| msgstr "B<--status-fd >I<E<lt>nE<gt>>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-control.5:188 |
| msgid "" |
| "Lists packages that this one breaks, for example by exposing bugs when the " |
| "named packages rely on this one. The package maintenance software will not " |
| "allow broken packages to be configured; generally the resolution is to " |
| "upgrade the packages named in a B<Breaks> field." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: deb-control.5:188 deb-src-control.5:254 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<Conflicts:>I< package-list>" |
| msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-control.5:196 |
| msgid "" |
| "Lists packages that conflict with this one, for example by containing files " |
| "with the same names. The package maintenance software will not allow " |
| "conflicting packages to be installed at the same time. Two conflicting " |
| "packages should each include a B<Conflicts> line mentioning the other." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: deb-control.5:196 deb-src-control.5:251 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<Replaces:>I< package-list>" |
| msgstr "B<--status-fd >I<E<lt>nE<gt>>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-control.5:204 |
| msgid "" |
| "List of packages files from which this one replaces. This is used for " |
| "allowing this package to overwrite the files of another package and is " |
| "usually used with the B<Conflicts> field to force removal of the other " |
| "package, if this one also has the same files as the conflicted package." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: deb-control.5:204 deb-src-control.5:257 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<Provides:>I< package-list>" |
| msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-control.5:214 |
| msgid "" |
| "This is a list of virtual packages that this one provides. Usually this is " |
| "used in the case of several packages all providing the same service. For " |
| "example, sendmail and exim can serve as a mail server, so they provide a " |
| "common package (`mail-transport-agent') on which other packages can depend. " |
| "This will allow sendmail or exim to serve as a valid option to satisfy the " |
| "dependency. This prevents the packages that depend on a mail server from " |
| "having to know the package names for all of them, and using `|' to separate " |
| "the list." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-control.5:233 |
| msgid "" |
| "The syntax of B<Breaks>, B<Conflicts>, B<Replaces> and B<Provides> is a list " |
| "of package names, separated by commas (and optional whitespace). In the " |
| "B<Breaks> and B<Conflicts> fields, the comma should be read as `OR'. An " |
| "optional version can also be given with the same syntax as above for the " |
| "B<Breaks>, B<Conflicts> and B<Replaces> fields." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: deb-control.5:234 deb-src-control.5:260 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<Built-Using:>I< package-list>" |
| msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-control.5:244 |
| msgid "" |
| "This field lists extra source packages that were used during the build of " |
| "this binary package. This is an indication to the archive maintenance " |
| "software that these extra source packages must be kept whilst this binary " |
| "package is maintained. This field must be a list of source package names " |
| "with strict (=) version relationships. Note that the archive maintenance " |
| "software is likely to refuse to accept an upload which declares a B<Built-" |
| "Using> relationship which cannot be satisfied within the archive." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: SH |
| #: deb-control.5:245 deb-src-control.5:288 start-stop-daemon.8:302 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "EXAMPLE" |
| msgstr "EXEMPLOS" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-control.5:268 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "" |
| "# Comment\n" |
| "Package: grep\n" |
| "Essential: yes\n" |
| "Priority: required\n" |
| "Section: base\n" |
| "Maintainer: Wichert Akkerman E<lt>wakkerma@debian.orgE<gt>\n" |
| "Architecture: sparc\n" |
| "Version: 2.4-1\n" |
| "Pre-Depends: libc6 (E<gt>= 2.0.105)\n" |
| "Provides: rgrep\n" |
| "Conflicts: rgrep\n" |
| "Description: GNU grep, egrep and fgrep.\n" |
| " The GNU family of grep utilities may be the \"fastest grep in the west\".\n" |
| " GNU grep is based on a fast lazy-state deterministic matcher (about\n" |
| " twice as fast as stock Unix egrep) hybridized with a Boyer-Moore-Gosper\n" |
| " search for a fixed string that eliminates impossible text from being\n" |
| " considered by the full regexp matcher without necessarily having to\n" |
| " look at every character. The result is typically many times faster\n" |
| " than Unix grep or egrep. (Regular expressions containing backreferencing\n" |
| " will run more slowly, however).\n" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-control.5:276 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "" |
| "B<deb>(5), B<deb-version>(5), B<debtags>(1), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)." |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<dselect>(8), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), e B<dpkg-" |
| "reconfigure>(8)" |
| |
| #. type: TH |
| #: deb-src-control.5:3 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "deb-src-control" |
| msgstr "I<control>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-src-control.5:6 |
| msgid "deb-src-control - Debian source packages' master control file format" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-src-control.5:28 |
| msgid "" |
| "Each Debian source package contains the master \"control\" file, which " |
| "contains at least 2 paragraphs, separated by a blank line. The first " |
| "paragraph lists all information about the source package in general, while " |
| "each following paragraph describes exactly one binary package. Each " |
| "paragraph consists of at least one field. A field starts with a fieldname, " |
| "such as B<Package> or B<Section> (case insensitive), followed by a colon, " |
| "the body of the field and a newline. Multi-line fields are also allowed, " |
| "but each supplementary line, without a fieldname, should start with at least " |
| "one space. The content of the multi-line fields is generally joined to a " |
| "single line by the tools (except in the case of the B<Description> field, " |
| "see below). To insert empty lines into a multi-line field, insert a dot " |
| "after the space. Lines starting with a B<'#'> are treated as comments." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: SH |
| #: deb-src-control.5:29 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "SOURCE FIELDS" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: deb-src-control.5:30 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<Source:> I<source-package-name> (required)" |
| msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-src-control.5:37 |
| msgid "" |
| "The value of this field is the name of the source package, and should match " |
| "the name of the source package in the debian/changelog file. A package name " |
| "must consist only of lower case letters (a-z), digits (0-9), plus (+) and " |
| "minus (-) signs, and periods (.). Package names must be at least two " |
| "characters long and must start with an alphanumeric character." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: deb-src-control.5:38 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<Maintainer:> I<fullname-email> (required)" |
| msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-src-control.5:43 |
| msgid "" |
| "Should be in the format \"Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@foo.comE<gt>\", and " |
| "references the person who currently maintains the package, as opposed to the " |
| "author of the software or the original packager." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: deb-src-control.5:44 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<Uploaders:>I< fullname-email>" |
| msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-src-control.5:49 |
| msgid "" |
| "Lists all the names and email addresses of co-maintainers of the package, in " |
| "the same format as the Maintainer field. Multiple co-maintainers should be " |
| "separated by a comma." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: deb-src-control.5:50 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<Standards-Version:>I< version-string>" |
| msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-src-control.5:56 |
| msgid "" |
| "This documents the most recent version of the standards (which consists of " |
| "the Debian Policy Manual and referenced texts from the B<debian-policy> " |
| "package) this package complies to." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: deb-src-control.5:57 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<DM-Upload-Allowed:> B<yes>|B<no>" |
| msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-src-control.5:61 |
| msgid "" |
| "This field indicates whether the package can be uploaded by Debian " |
| "Maintainers appearing in the Maintainer or Uploaders field. The default " |
| "value is \"no\"." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-src-control.5:65 |
| msgid "The upstream project home page URL." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-src-control.5:71 |
| msgid "" |
| "The I<url> of the bug tracking system for this package. The current used " |
| "format is I<bts-type>B<://>I<bts-address>, like B<debbugs://bugs.debian." |
| "org>. This field is usually not needed." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: deb-src-control.5:72 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<Vcs-*:>I< url>" |
| msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-src-control.5:79 |
| msgid "" |
| "The I<url> of the Version Control System repository used to maintain this " |
| "package. Currently supported are B<Arch>, B<Bzr> (Bazaar), B<Cvs>, B<Darcs>, " |
| "B<Git>, B<Hg> (Mercurial), B<Mtn> (Monotone) and B<Svn> (Subversion). " |
| "Usually this field points to the latest version of the package, such as the " |
| "main branch or the trunk." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: deb-src-control.5:80 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<Vcs-Browser:>I< url>" |
| msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-src-control.5:84 |
| msgid "" |
| "The I<url> of a webinterface to browse the Version Control System repository." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-src-control.5:89 |
| msgid "" |
| "The name of the distribution this package is originating from. This field is " |
| "usually not needed." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-src-control.5:95 |
| msgid "" |
| "This is a general field that gives the package a category based on the " |
| "software that it installs. Some common sections are \"utils\", \"net\", " |
| "\"mail\", \"text\", \"x11\", etc." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-src-control.5:100 |
| msgid "" |
| "Sets the importance of this package in relation to the system as a whole. " |
| "Common priorities are \"required\", \"standard\", \"optional\", \"extra\", " |
| "etc." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: deb-src-control.5:110 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<Build-Depends:>I< package-list>" |
| msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-src-control.5:114 |
| msgid "" |
| "A list of packages that need to be installed and configured to be able to " |
| "build the source package." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: deb-src-control.5:115 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<Build-Depends-Indep:>I< package-list>" |
| msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-src-control.5:120 |
| msgid "" |
| "Same as B<Build-Depends>, but they are only needed when building the " |
| "architecture independent packages. The B<Build-Depends> are also installed " |
| "in this case." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: deb-src-control.5:121 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<Build-Conflicts:>I< package-list>" |
| msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-src-control.5:125 |
| msgid "" |
| "A list of packages that should not be installed when the package is build, " |
| "for example because they interfere with the used build system." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: deb-src-control.5:126 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<Build-Conflicts-Indep:>I< package-list>" |
| msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-src-control.5:130 |
| msgid "" |
| "Same as B<Build-Conflicts>, but only when building the architecture " |
| "independent packages." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-src-control.5:141 |
| msgid "" |
| "The syntax of the B<Build-Depends> and B<Build-Depends-Indep> fields is a " |
| "list of groups of alternative packages. Each group is a list of packages " |
| "separated by vertical bar (or \"pipe\") symbols, \"|\". The groups are " |
| "separated by commas. Commas are to be read as \"AND\", and pipes as \"OR\", " |
| "with pipes binding more tightly. Each package name is optionally followed by " |
| "a version number specification in parentheses and an architecture " |
| "specification in square brackets." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-src-control.5:150 |
| msgid "" |
| "The syntax of the B<Build-Conflicts> and B<Build-Conflicts-Indep> fields is " |
| "a list of comma-separated package names, where the comma is read as an \"AND" |
| "\". Specifying alternative packages using a \"pipe\" is not supported. Each " |
| "package name is optionally followed by a version number specification in " |
| "parentheses and an architecture specification in square brackets." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-src-control.5:156 |
| msgid "" |
| "A version number may start with a \"E<gt>E<gt>\", in which case any later " |
| "version will match, and may specify or omit the Debian packaging revision " |
| "(separated by a hyphen). Accepted version relationships are \"E<gt>E<gt>\" " |
| "for greater than, \"E<lt>E<lt>\" for less than, \"E<gt>=\" for greater than " |
| "or equal to, \"E<lt>=\" for less than or equal to, and \"=\" for equal to." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-src-control.5:160 |
| msgid "" |
| "A architecture specification consists of one or more architecture names, " |
| "separated by whitespace. Exclamation marks may be prepended to each of the " |
| "names, meaning \"NOT\"." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-src-control.5:165 |
| msgid "" |
| "Note that dependencies on packages in the B<build-essential> set can be " |
| "omitted and that declaring build conflicts against them is impossible. A " |
| "list of these packages is in the build-essential package." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: SH |
| #: deb-src-control.5:167 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "BINARY FIELDS" |
| msgstr "OPÇÕES" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-src-control.5:176 |
| msgid "" |
| "Note that the B<Priority>, B<Section> and B<Homepage> fields can also be in " |
| "a binary paragraph to override the global value from the source package." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: deb-src-control.5:177 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<Package:> I<binary-package-name> (required)" |
| msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-src-control.5:181 |
| msgid "" |
| "This field is used to name the binary package name. The same restrictions as " |
| "to a source package name apply." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: deb-src-control.5:182 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<Architecture:> I<arch>|B<all>|B<any> (required)" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-src-control.5:195 |
| msgid "" |
| "The architecture specifies on which type of hardware this package runs. For " |
| "packages that run on all architectures, use the B<any> value. For packages " |
| "that are architecture independent, such as shell and Perl scripts or " |
| "documentation, use the B<all> value. To restrict the packages to a certain " |
| "set of architectures, specify the architecture names, separated by a space. " |
| "It's also possible to put architecture wildcards in that list (see B<dpkg-" |
| "architecture>(1) for more information about them)." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: deb-src-control.5:196 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<Package-Type:> B<deb>|B<udeb>" |
| msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-src-control.5:201 |
| msgid "" |
| "This field defines the type of the package. \"udeb\" is for size-constrained " |
| "packages used by the debian installer. \"deb\" is the default value, it's " |
| "assumed if the field is absent. More types might be added in the future." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: deb-src-control.5:225 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<Description:> I<short-description> (required)" |
| msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-src-control.5:232 |
| msgid "" |
| "These fields are described in the B<deb-control>(5) manual page, as they " |
| "are copied literally to the control file of the binary package." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: deb-src-control.5:248 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<Enhances:>I< package-list>" |
| msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-src-control.5:270 |
| msgid "" |
| "These fields declare relationships between packages. They are discussed in " |
| "the B<deb-control>(5) manpage and in the B<debian-policy> package." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: SH |
| #: deb-src-control.5:271 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "USER-DEFINED FIELDS" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-src-control.5:286 |
| msgid "" |
| "It is allowed to add additional user-defined fields to the control file. The " |
| "tools will ignore these fields. If you want the fields to be copied over to " |
| "the output files, such as the binary packages, you need to use a custom " |
| "naming scheme: the fields should start with a X, followed by one or more of " |
| "the letters BCS and a hypen. If the letter B is used, the field will appear " |
| "in the control file in the binary package, see B<deb-control>(5), for the " |
| "letter S in the source package control file as constructed by B<dpkg-source>" |
| "(1) and for the letter C in the upload control (.changes) file. Note that " |
| "the X[BCS]- prefixes are stripped when the fields are copied over to the " |
| "output files. A field B<XC-Approved-By> will appear as B<Approved-By> in the " |
| "changes file and will not appear in the binary or source package control " |
| "files." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-src-control.5:304 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "" |
| "# Comment\n" |
| "Source: dpkg\n" |
| "Section: admin\n" |
| "Priority: required\n" |
| "Maintainer: Dpkg Developers E<lt>debian-dpkg@lists.debian.orgE<gt>\n" |
| "# this field is copied to the binary and source packages\n" |
| "XBS-Upstream-Release-Status: stable\n" |
| "Homepage: http://wiki.debian.org/Teams/Dpkg\n" |
| "Vcs-Browser: http://git.debian.org/?p=dpkg/dpkg.git\n" |
| "Vcs-Git: git://git.debian.org/git/dpkg/dpkg.git\n" |
| "Standards-Version: 3.7.3\n" |
| "Build-Depends: pkg-config, debhelper (E<gt>= 4.1.81),\n" |
| " libselinux1-dev (E<gt>= 1.28-4) [!linux-any]\n" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-src-control.5:323 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "" |
| "Package: dpkg-dev\n" |
| "Section: utils\n" |
| "Priority: optional\n" |
| "Architecture: all\n" |
| "# this is a custom field in the binary package\n" |
| "XB-Mentoring-Contact: Raphael Hertzog E<lt>hertzog@debian.orgE<gt>\n" |
| "Depends: dpkg (E<gt>= 1.14.6), perl5, perl-modules, cpio (E<gt>= 2.4.2-2),\n" |
| " bzip2, lzma, patch (E<gt>= 2.2-1), make, binutils, libtimedate-perl\n" |
| "Recommends: gcc | c-compiler, build-essential\n" |
| "Suggests: gnupg, debian-keyring\n" |
| "Conflicts: dpkg-cross (E<lt>E<lt> 2.0.0), devscripts (E<lt>E<lt> 2.10.26)\n" |
| "Replaces: manpages-pl (E<lt>= 20051117-1)\n" |
| "Description: Debian package development tools\n" |
| " This package provides the development tools (including dpkg-source)\n" |
| " required to unpack, build and upload Debian source packages.\n" |
| " .\n" |
| " Most Debian source packages will require additional tools to build;\n" |
| " for example, most packages need make and the C compiler gcc.\n" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-src-control.5:330 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "B<deb-control>(5), B<deb-version>(5), B<dpkg-source>(1)" |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<dselect>(8), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), e B<dpkg-" |
| "reconfigure>(8)" |
| |
| #. type: TH |
| #: deb-split.5:1 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "deb-split" |
| msgstr "dpkg suite" |
| |
| #. type: TH |
| #: deb-split.5:1 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:1 dpkg-distaddfile.1:1 dpkg-split.1:2 |
| #: dpkg-statoverride.8:1 dpkg-vendor.1:1 start-stop-daemon.8:1 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "2011-07-04" |
| msgstr "2006-04-09" |
| |
| # type: Plain text |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-split.5:4 |
| msgid "deb-split - Debian multi-part binary package format" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| # type: Plain text |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-split.5:9 |
| msgid "" |
| "The multi-part B<.deb> format is used to split big packages into smaller " |
| "pieces to ease transport in small media." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| # type: Plain text |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-split.5:12 |
| msgid "" |
| "The file is an B<ar> archive with a magic value of B<!E<lt>archE<gt>>. The " |
| "file names might contain a trailing slash (since dpkg 1.15.6)." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-split.5:15 |
| msgid "" |
| "The first member is named B<debian-split> and contains a series of lines, " |
| "separated by newlines. Currently eight lines are present:" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: IP |
| #: deb-split.5:15 deb-split.5:18 deb-split.5:20 deb-split.5:22 deb-split.5:24 |
| #: deb-split.5:26 deb-split.5:28 deb-split.5:31 dpkg-gensymbols.1:20 |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:22 dpkg-gensymbols.1:24 dpkg-gensymbols.1:26 |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:311 dpkg-gensymbols.1:317 dpkg-gensymbols.1:351 |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:355 dpkg-gensymbols.1:358 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "\\(bu" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-split.5:18 |
| msgid "" |
| "The format version number, B<2.1> at the time this manual page was written." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-split.5:20 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "The package name." |
| msgstr "O pacote está instalado e configurado." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-split.5:22 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "The package version." |
| msgstr "O pacote está selecionado para instalação." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-split.5:24 |
| msgid "The md5sum of the package." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-split.5:26 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "The total size of the package." |
| msgstr "Para procurar na lista de pacotes você mesmo:" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-split.5:28 |
| msgid "The maximum part size." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-split.5:31 |
| msgid "" |
| "The current part number, followed by a slash and the total amount of parts " |
| "(as in \\(oq1/10\\(cq)." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-split.5:33 |
| msgid "The package architecture (since dpkg 1.16.1)." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| # type: Plain text |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-split.5:36 |
| msgid "" |
| "Programs which read multi-part archives should be prepared for additional " |
| "lines to be present, and should ignore these if this is the case." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| # type: Plain text |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-split.5:41 |
| msgid "" |
| "If the version number has changed, an incompatible change has been made and " |
| "the program should stop. If it has not, then the program should be able to " |
| "safely continue, unless it encounters an unexpected member in the archive " |
| "(except at the end), as described below." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-split.5:44 |
| msgid "" |
| "The second, last required member is named B<data.>I<N>, where I<N> denotes " |
| "the part number. It contains the raw part data." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-split.5:49 |
| msgid "" |
| "These members must occur in this exact order. Current implementations should " |
| "ignore any additional members after B<data.>I<N>. Further members may be " |
| "defined in the future, and (if possible) will be placed after these two." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-split.5:51 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg-split>(1)." |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<dselect>(8), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), e B<dpkg-" |
| "reconfigure>(8)" |
| |
| #. type: TH |
| #: deb-version.5:5 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "deb-version" |
| msgstr "B<--version>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-version.5:8 |
| msgid "deb-version - Debian package version number format" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-version.5:11 |
| msgid "[I<epoch>B<:>]I<upstream-version>[B<->I<debian-revision>]" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-version.5:14 |
| msgid "" |
| "Version numbers as used for Debian binary and source packages consist of " |
| "three components. These are:" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: deb-version.5:14 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "I<epoch>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-version.5:20 |
| msgid "" |
| "This is a single (generally small) unsigned integer. It may be omitted, in " |
| "which case zero is assumed. If it is omitted then the I<upstream-version> " |
| "may not contain any colons." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-version.5:24 |
| msgid "" |
| "It is provided to allow mistakes in the version numbers of older versions of " |
| "a package, and also a package's previous version numbering schemes, to be " |
| "left behind." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: deb-version.5:24 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "I<upstream-version>" |
| msgstr "B<dpkg --version>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-version.5:34 |
| msgid "" |
| "This is the main part of the version number. It is usually the version " |
| "number of the original (\"upstream\") package from which the I<.deb> file " |
| "has been made, if this is applicable. Usually this will be in the same " |
| "format as that specified by the upstream author(s); however, it may need to " |
| "be reformatted to fit into the package management system's format and " |
| "comparison scheme." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-version.5:39 |
| msgid "" |
| "The comparison behavior of the package management system with respect to the " |
| "I<upstream-version> is described below. The I<upstream-version> portion of " |
| "the version number is mandatory." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-version.5:48 |
| msgid "" |
| "The I<upstream-version> may contain only alphanumerics (\"A-Za-z0-9\") and " |
| "the characters B<.> B<+> B<-> B<:> B<~> (full stop, plus, hyphen, colon, " |
| "tilde) and should start with a digit. If there is no I<debian-revision> " |
| "then hyphens are not allowed; if there is no I<epoch> then colons are not " |
| "allowed." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: deb-version.5:48 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "I<debian-revision>" |
| msgstr "B<--version>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-version.5:57 |
| msgid "" |
| "This part of the version number specifies the version of the Debian package " |
| "based on the upstream version. It may contain only alphanumerics and the " |
| "characters B<+> B<.> B<~> (plus, full stop, tilde) and is compared in the " |
| "same way as the I<upstream-version> is." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-version.5:64 |
| msgid "" |
| "It is optional; if it isn't present then the I<upstream-version> may not " |
| "contain a hyphen. This format represents the case where a piece of software " |
| "was written specifically to be turned into a Debian package, and so there is " |
| "only one \"debianisation\" of it and therefore no revision indication is " |
| "required." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-version.5:68 |
| msgid "" |
| "It is conventional to restart the I<debian-revision> at '1' each time time " |
| "the I<upstream-version> is increased." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-version.5:76 |
| msgid "" |
| "Dpkg will break the version number apart at the last hyphen in the string " |
| "(if there is one) to determine the I<upstream-version> and I<debian-" |
| "revision>. The absence of a I<debian-revision> compares earlier than the " |
| "presence of one (but note that the I<debian-revision> is the least " |
| "significant part of the version number)." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: SS |
| #: deb-version.5:76 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "Sorting Algorithm" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-version.5:80 |
| msgid "" |
| "The I<upstream-version> and I<debian-revision> parts are compared by the " |
| "package management system using the same algorithm:" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-version.5:82 |
| msgid "The strings are compared from left to right." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-version.5:92 |
| msgid "" |
| "First the initial part of each string consisting entirely of non-digit " |
| "characters is determined. These two parts (one of which may be empty) are " |
| "compared lexically. If a difference is found it is returned. The lexical " |
| "comparison is a comparison of ASCII values modified so that all the letters " |
| "sort earlier than all the non-letters and so that a tilde sorts before " |
| "anything, even the end of a part. For example, the following parts are in " |
| "sorted order: '~~', '~~a', '~', the empty part, 'a'." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-version.5:100 |
| msgid "" |
| "Then the initial part of the remainder of each string which consists " |
| "entirely of digit characters is determined. The numerical values of these " |
| "two parts are compared, and any difference found is returned as the result " |
| "of the comparison. For these purposes an empty string (which can only occur " |
| "at the end of one or both version strings being compared) counts as zero." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-version.5:104 |
| msgid "" |
| "These two steps (comparing and removing initial non-digit strings and " |
| "initial digit strings) are repeated until a difference is found or both " |
| "strings are exhausted." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-version.5:112 |
| msgid "" |
| "Note that the purpose of epochs is to allow us to leave behind mistakes in " |
| "version numbering, and to cope with situations where the version numbering " |
| "scheme changes. It is B<not> intended to cope with version numbers " |
| "containing strings of letters which the package management system cannot " |
| "interpret (such as 'ALPHA' or 'pre-'), or with silly orderings." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: SH |
| #: deb-version.5:112 dpkg-parsechangelog.1:109 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "CAVEATS" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-version.5:116 |
| msgid "" |
| "The tilde character and its special sorting properties were introduced in " |
| "dpkg, version 1.10 and some parts of dpkg-dev only gained support for it " |
| "later in the 1.10.x series." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-version.5:120 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "B<deb-control>(5), B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1)" |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<dselect>(8), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), e B<dpkg-" |
| "reconfigure>(8)" |
| |
| #. type: SH |
| #: deb-version.5:120 dpkg.1:783 dpkg-buildpackage.1:257 dpkg-distaddfile.1:47 |
| #: dpkg-genchanges.1:148 dpkg-gencontrol.1:142 dpkg-gensymbols.1:460 |
| #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:128 dpkg-parsechangelog.1:123 |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:329 dpkg-source.1:730 dselect.1:451 |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:323 update-alternatives.8:494 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "AUTHORS" |
| msgstr "AUTORES" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-version.5:122 |
| msgid "Copyright \\(co 1996,1997,1998 Ian Jackson and Christian Schwarz" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-version.5:124 dpkg-buildpackage.1:263 |
| msgid "Copyright \\(co 2007 Frank Lichtenheld" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-version.5:126 deb-substvars.5:167 dpkg-buildflags.1:273 |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:267 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:44 dpkg-distaddfile.1:53 |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:269 dpkg-divert.8:139 dpkg-genchanges.1:154 |
| #: dpkg-gencontrol.1:150 dpkg-gensymbols.1:464 dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:139 |
| #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:71 dpkg-name.1:108 dpkg-parsechangelog.1:131 |
| #: dpkg-query.1:219 dpkg-shlibdeps.1:339 dpkg-source.1:738 dpkg-split.1:227 |
| #: dpkg-statoverride.8:91 dpkg-vendor.1:53 update-alternatives.8:501 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "" |
| "This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later " |
| "for copying conditions. There is NO WARRANTY." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Debian update-alternatives é copyright 1995 Ian Jackson. Isso é software " |
| "livre; veja a Licença Pública Geral GNU versão 2 ou posterior para as " |
| "condições de cópia. NÂO existe garantia." |
| |
| #. type: TH |
| #: deb-old.5:1 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "deb-old" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-old.5:4 |
| msgid "deb-old - old style Debian binary package format" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-old.5:17 |
| msgid "" |
| "The B<.deb> format is the Debian binary package file format. This manual " |
| "page describes the B<old> format, used before Debian 0.93. Please see B<deb>" |
| "(5) for details of the new format." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-old.5:21 |
| msgid "" |
| "The file is two lines of format information as ASCII text, followed by two " |
| "concatenated gzipped ustar files." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-old.5:25 |
| msgid "" |
| "The first line is the format version number padded to 8 digits, and is " |
| "B<0.939000> for all old-format archives." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-old.5:28 |
| msgid "" |
| "The second line is a decimal string (without leading zeroes) giving the " |
| "length of the first gzipped tarfile." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-old.5:30 |
| msgid "Each of these lines is terminated with a single newline character." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-old.5:35 |
| msgid "" |
| "The first tarfile contains the control information, as a series of ordinary " |
| "files. The file B<control> must be present, as it contains the core control " |
| "information." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-old.5:46 |
| msgid "" |
| "In some very old archives, the files in the control tarfile may optionally " |
| "be in a B<DEBIAN> subdirectory. In that case, the B<DEBIAN> subdirectory " |
| "will be in the control tarfile too, and the control tarfile will have only " |
| "files in that directory. Optionally the control tarfile may contain an entry " |
| "for `B<.>', that is, the current directory." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-old.5:50 |
| msgid "" |
| "The second gzipped tarfile is the filesystem archive, containing pathnames " |
| "relative to the root directory of the system to be installed on. The " |
| "pathnames do not have leading slashes." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-old.5:54 |
| msgid "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TH |
| #: deb-override.5:15 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "deb-override" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TH |
| #: deb-override.5:15 deb-extra-override.5:1 deb-shlibs.5:16 deb-substvars.5:2 |
| #: deb-symbols.5:2 deb-triggers.5:1 dpkg-architecture.1:1 |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:1 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:1 dpkg-distaddfile.1:1 |
| #: dpkg-divert.8:1 dpkg-genchanges.1:1 dpkg-gencontrol.1:1 dpkg-gensymbols.1:2 |
| #: dpkg-name.1:6 dpkg-parsechangelog.1:1 dpkg-scanpackages.1:15 |
| #: dpkg-scansources.1:1 dpkg-shlibdeps.1:1 dpkg-source.1:2 dpkg-split.1:2 |
| #: dpkg-statoverride.8:1 start-stop-daemon.8:1 update-alternatives.8:8 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "dpkg utilities" |
| msgstr "utilitários dpkg" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-override.5:18 |
| msgid "deb-override - Debian archive override file" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-override.5:21 deb-extra-override.5:7 |
| msgid "override" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-override.5:27 |
| msgid "" |
| "While most information about a package can be found in the control file, " |
| "some is managed centrally by the distribution czars rather than by the " |
| "maintainer in order to offer some global consistency. This information is " |
| "found in the override file." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-override.5:31 |
| msgid "" |
| "The override file has a simple whitespace-delimited format. Comments are " |
| "allowed (denoted with a B<#>)." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-override.5:37 |
| msgid "I<package> I<priority> I<section> [I<maintainerinfo>]" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-override.5:42 |
| msgid "" |
| "I<package> is the name of the package. Entries in the override file for " |
| "packages not found in the tree of binary packages are ignored." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-override.5:48 |
| msgid "" |
| "I<priority> and I<section> correspond to the respective control fields " |
| "available in the .deb. The allowed values are listed in the Debian policy." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-override.5:56 |
| msgid "" |
| "I<maintainerinfo>, if present, can be either the name of a maintainer for an " |
| "unconditional override, or else I<oldmaintainer> B<=E<gt>> I<newmaintainer> " |
| "to perform a substitution." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-override.5:61 |
| msgid "" |
| "The override files used to make the official Packages lists may be found in " |
| "the I<indices> directory on any Debian mirror." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-override.5:66 |
| msgid "" |
| "B<dpkg-scanpackages>(1), B<dpkg-scansources>(1), B<apt-ftparchive>(1), B</" |
| "usr/share/doc/debian-policy/policy.html/index.html>." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TH |
| #: deb-extra-override.5:1 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "deb-extra-override" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TH |
| #: deb-extra-override.5:1 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "2009-08-16" |
| msgstr "2006-04-09" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-extra-override.5:4 |
| msgid "deb-extra-override - Debian archive extra override file" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-extra-override.5:12 |
| msgid "" |
| "While most information about a binary/source package can be found in the " |
| "control/.dsc file, all of it can be overridden when it's exported to " |
| "Packages/Sources files. The extra override file contains those overrides." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-extra-override.5:16 |
| msgid "" |
| "The extra override file has a simple whitespace-delimited format. Comments " |
| "are allowed (denoted with a B<#>)." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-extra-override.5:21 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "I<package> I<field-name> I<value>" |
| msgstr "B<-D>I<octal>B< | --debug=>I<octal>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-extra-override.5:25 |
| msgid "I<package> is the name of the binary/source package." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-extra-override.5:31 |
| msgid "" |
| "I<field-name> is the name of the field that is overridden. I<value> is the " |
| "value to put in the field. It can contain spaces as the line is split in no " |
| "more than 3 columns when it's parsed." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-extra-override.5:36 |
| msgid "" |
| "The extra override files used to make the official Packages lists may be " |
| "found in the I<indices> directory on any Debian mirror." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-extra-override.5:40 |
| msgid "B<dpkg-scanpackages>(1), B<dpkg-scansources>(1), B<apt-ftparchive>(1)." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TH |
| #: deb-shlibs.5:16 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "deb-shlibs" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TH |
| #: deb-shlibs.5:16 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "2008-02-17" |
| msgstr "2006-04-09" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-shlibs.5:19 |
| msgid "deb-shlibs - Debian shared library information file" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-shlibs.5:29 |
| msgid "" |
| "B<shlibs> files map shared library names and versions (I<sonames>) to " |
| "dependencies suitable for a package control file. There is one entry per " |
| "line. Blank lines are B<not> allowed. Lines beginning with an B<#> " |
| "character are considered commentary, and are ignored. All other lines must " |
| "have the format" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-shlibs.5:34 |
| msgid "[I<type>B<:>] I<library> I<version> I<dependencies>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-shlibs.5:38 |
| msgid "" |
| "The I<library> and I<version> fields are whitespace-delimited, but the " |
| "I<dependencies> field extends to the end of the line. The I<type> field is " |
| "optional and normally not needed." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-shlibs.5:40 |
| msgid "See the Debian Policy Manual for further details." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: SH |
| #: deb-shlibs.5:41 deb-symbols.5:43 dpkg.1:714 dpkg-architecture.1:262 |
| #: dpkg-divert.8:91 dpkg-name.1:65 update-alternatives.8:459 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "EXAMPLES" |
| msgstr "EXEMPLOS" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-shlibs.5:50 |
| msgid "" |
| "The B<shlibs> file for a typical library package, named I<libcrunch1>, that " |
| "provides one library whose soname is I<libcrunch.so.1>, might read" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-shlibs.5:52 |
| msgid "libcrunch 1 libcrunch1 (E<gt>= 1.2-1)" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-shlibs.5:60 |
| msgid "" |
| "The I<dependencies> must mention the most recent version of the package that " |
| "added new symbols to the library: in the above example, new symbols were " |
| "added to version 1.2 of I<libcrunch>. This is not the only reason the " |
| "dependencies might need to be tightened; again, see the Debian Policy Manual " |
| "for details." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-shlibs.5:63 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "B<dpkg-shlibdeps>(1), B<deb-symbols>(5)." |
| msgstr "B<dpkg-deb-actions>" |
| |
| #. type: TH |
| #: deb-substvars.5:2 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "deb-substvars" |
| msgstr "B<deinstall>" |
| |
| #. type: TH |
| #: deb-substvars.5:2 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "2009-07-15" |
| msgstr "2006-04-09" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-substvars.5:5 |
| msgid "deb-substvars - Debian source substitution variables" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-substvars.5:8 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "substvars" |
| msgstr "B<deinstall>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-substvars.5:19 |
| msgid "" |
| "Before B<dpkg-source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges> write their " |
| "control information (to the source control file B<.dsc> for B<dpkg-source> " |
| "and to standard output for B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges>) they " |
| "perform some variable substitutions on the output file." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-substvars.5:26 |
| msgid "" |
| "A variable substitution has the form B<${>I<variable-name>B<}>. Variable " |
| "names consist of alphanumerics, hyphens and colons and start with an " |
| "alphanumeric. Variable substitutions are performed repeatedly until none are " |
| "left; the full text of the field after the substitution is rescanned to look " |
| "for more substitutions." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-substvars.5:33 |
| msgid "" |
| "After all the substitutions have been done each occurrence of the string B<" |
| "${}> (which is not a legal substitution) is replaced with a B<$> sign." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-substvars.5:38 |
| msgid "" |
| "While variable substitution is done on all control fields, some of those " |
| "fields are used and needed during the build when the substitution did not " |
| "yet occur. That's why you can't use variables in the B<Package>, B<Source> " |
| "and B<Architecture> fields." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-substvars.5:45 |
| msgid "" |
| "Variable substitution happens on the content of the fields after they have " |
| "been parsed, thus if you want a variable to expand over multiple lines you " |
| "do not have to include a space after the newline. This is done implicitly " |
| "when the field is output. For example, if the variable B<${Description}> is " |
| "set to \"foo is bar.${Newline}foo is great.\" and if you have the following " |
| "field:" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-substvars.5:50 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "" |
| " Description: foo application\n" |
| " ${Description}\n" |
| " .\n" |
| " More text.\n" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-substvars.5:52 |
| msgid "It will result in:" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-substvars.5:58 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "" |
| " Description: foo application\n" |
| " foo is bar.\n" |
| " foo is great.\n" |
| " .\n" |
| " More text.\n" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-substvars.5:71 |
| msgid "" |
| "Variables can be set using the B<-V> common option. They can be also " |
| "specified in the file B<debian/substvars> (or whatever other file is " |
| "specified using the B<-T> option). This file consists of lines of the form " |
| "I<name>B<=>I<value>. Trailing whitespace on each line, blank lines, and " |
| "lines starting with a B<#> symbol (comments) are ignored." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-substvars.5:73 |
| msgid "Additionally, the following standard variables are available:" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: deb-substvars.5:73 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<Arch>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-substvars.5:77 |
| msgid "The current build architecture (from B<dpkg --print-architecture>)." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: deb-substvars.5:77 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<source:Version>" |
| msgstr "B<--version>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-substvars.5:80 |
| msgid "The source package version." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: deb-substvars.5:80 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<source:Upstream-Version>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-substvars.5:84 |
| msgid "" |
| "The upstream source package version, including the Debian version epoch if " |
| "any." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: deb-substvars.5:84 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<binary:Version>" |
| msgstr "B<--version>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-substvars.5:88 |
| msgid "" |
| "The binary package version (which may differ from source:Version in a binNMU " |
| "for example)." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: deb-substvars.5:88 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<Source-Version>" |
| msgstr "B<--version>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-substvars.5:93 |
| msgid "" |
| "The source package version (from the changelog file). This variable is now " |
| "B<deprecated> as its meaning is different from its function, please use the " |
| "B<source:Version> or B<binary:Version> as appropriate." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: deb-substvars.5:93 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<Installed-Size>" |
| msgstr "B<installed>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-substvars.5:102 |
| msgid "" |
| "The total size of the package's installed files. This value is copied into " |
| "the corresponding control file field; setting it will modify the value of " |
| "that field. If this variable isn't set B<dpkg-gencontrol> will use B<du -k " |
| "debian/tmp> to find the default value." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: deb-substvars.5:102 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<Extra-Size>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-substvars.5:111 |
| msgid "" |
| "Additional disk space used when the package is installed. If this variable " |
| "is set its value is added to that of the B<Installed-Size> variable (whether " |
| "set explicitly or using the default value) before it is copied into the " |
| "B<Installed-Size> control file field." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: deb-substvars.5:111 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<F:>I<fieldname>" |
| msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-substvars.5:118 |
| msgid "" |
| "The value of the output field I<fieldname> (which must be given in the " |
| "canonical capitalisation). Setting these variables has no effect other than " |
| "on places where they are expanded explicitly." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: deb-substvars.5:118 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<Format>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-substvars.5:128 |
| msgid "" |
| "The B<.changes> file format version generated by this version of the source " |
| "packaging scripts. If you set this variable the contents of the B<Format> " |
| "field in the B<.changes> file will change too." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: deb-substvars.5:128 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<Newline>, B<Space>, B<Tab>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-substvars.5:131 |
| msgid "These variables each hold the corresponding character." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: deb-substvars.5:131 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<shlibs:>I<dependencyfield>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-substvars.5:135 |
| msgid "" |
| "Variable settings with names of this form are generated by B<dpkg-shlibdeps>." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: deb-substvars.5:135 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<dpkg:Upstream-Version>" |
| msgstr "B<dpkg --version>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-substvars.5:138 |
| msgid "The upstream version of dpkg." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: deb-substvars.5:138 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<dpkg:Version>" |
| msgstr "B<dpkg --version>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-substvars.5:141 |
| msgid "The full version of dpkg." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-substvars.5:144 |
| msgid "" |
| "If a variable is referred to but not defined it generates a warning and an " |
| "empty value is assumed." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: SH |
| #: deb-substvars.5:145 dpkg.1:627 dpkg-architecture.1:284 dpkg.cfg.5:12 |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:121 dpkg-distaddfile.1:39 dpkg-divert.8:122 |
| #: dpkg-genchanges.1:138 dpkg-gencontrol.1:128 dpkg-parsechangelog.1:115 |
| #: dpkg-split.1:206 dpkg-statoverride.8:74 dselect.cfg.5:12 |
| #: update-alternatives.8:360 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "FILES" |
| msgstr "ARQUIVOS" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: deb-substvars.5:146 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<debian/substvars>" |
| msgstr "B<deinstall>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-substvars.5:149 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "List of substitution variables and values." |
| msgstr "Lista dos pacotes disponíveis." |
| |
| #. type: SH |
| #: deb-substvars.5:150 dpkg.1:780 dpkg-buildpackage.1:244 dpkg-deb.1:238 |
| #: dpkg-name.1:86 dpkg-source.1:722 dpkg-split.1:199 dselect.1:429 |
| #: update-alternatives.8:486 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "BUGS" |
| msgstr "BUGS" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-substvars.5:153 dpkg-source.1:725 |
| msgid "" |
| "The point at which field overriding occurs compared to certain standard " |
| "output field settings is rather confused." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-substvars.5:160 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "" |
| "B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-genchanges>(1), B<dpkg-gencontrol>(1), B<dpkg-shlibdeps>" |
| "(1), B<dpkg-source>(1)." |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<dselect>(8), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), e B<dpkg-" |
| "reconfigure>(8)" |
| |
| #. type: SH |
| #: deb-substvars.5:161 dpkg-architecture.1:303 dpkg.cfg.5:19 |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:266 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:40 dpkg-deb.1:265 |
| #: dpkg-divert.8:135 dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:66 dpkg-name.1:104 |
| #: dpkg-query.1:214 dpkg-scansources.1:76 dpkg-split.1:223 |
| #: dpkg-statoverride.8:87 dpkg-vendor.1:48 dselect.cfg.5:19 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "AUTHOR" |
| msgstr "AUTOR" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-substvars.5:163 dpkg-buildpackage.1:259 dpkg-distaddfile.1:49 |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:267 dpkg-genchanges.1:150 dpkg-gencontrol.1:144 |
| #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:125 dpkg-shlibdeps.1:331 dpkg-source.1:732 |
| #: dpkg-split.1:225 |
| msgid "Copyright \\(co 1995-1996 Ian Jackson" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-substvars.5:165 dpkg-buildpackage.1:261 dpkg-distaddfile.1:51 |
| #: dpkg-genchanges.1:152 dpkg-gencontrol.1:146 dpkg-parsechangelog.1:127 |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:333 dpkg-source.1:734 dpkg-statoverride.8:89 |
| msgid "Copyright \\(co 2000 Wichert Akkerman" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TH |
| #: deb-symbols.5:2 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "deb-symbols" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-symbols.5:5 |
| msgid "deb-symbols - Debian's extended shared library information file" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-symbols.5:8 |
| msgid "symbols" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-symbols.5:12 |
| msgid "" |
| "The format for an extended shared library dependency information entry in " |
| "these files is:" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-symbols.5:14 |
| msgid "I<library-soname main-dependency-template>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-symbols.5:16 |
| msgid "[ | I<alternative-dependency-template> ]" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-symbols.5:18 |
| msgid "[ ... ]" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-symbols.5:20 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "[ * I<field-name>: I<field-value> ]" |
| msgstr "B<-D>I<octal>B< | --debug=>I<octal>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-symbols.5:23 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "" |
| "[ ... ]\n" |
| " I<symbol> I<minimal-version>[ I<id-of-dependency-template> ]\n" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-symbols.5:29 |
| msgid "" |
| "The I<library-soname> is exactly the value of the SONAME field as exported " |
| "by B<objdump>(1). A I<dependency-template> is a dependency where I<#MINVER#> " |
| "is dynamically replaced either by a version check like \"(E<gt>= I<minimal-" |
| "version>)\" or by nothing (if an unversioned dependency is deemed " |
| "sufficient)." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-symbols.5:36 |
| msgid "" |
| "Each exported I<symbol> (listed as I<name>@I<version>, with I<version> being " |
| "\"Base\" if the library is not versioned) is associated to a I<minimal-" |
| "version> of its dependency template (the main dependency template is used if " |
| "I<id-of-dependency-template> is not present). The first alternative " |
| "dependency template is numbered 1, the second one 2, etc." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-symbols.5:43 |
| msgid "" |
| "Each entry for a library can also have some fields of meta-information. " |
| "Those fields are stored on lines starting with an asterisk. Currently, the " |
| "only valid field is I<Build-Depends-Package>, it indicates the name of the " |
| "\"-dev\" package associated to the library and is used by B<dpkg-shlibdeps> " |
| "to make sure that the dependency generated is at least as strict as the " |
| "corresponding build dependency." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: SS |
| #: deb-symbols.5:44 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "Simple symbols file" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-symbols.5:50 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "" |
| "libftp.so.3 libftp3 #MINVER#\n" |
| " DefaultNetbuf@Base 3.1-1-6\n" |
| " FtpAccess@Base 3.1-1-6\n" |
| " [...]\n" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: SS |
| #: deb-symbols.5:50 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "Advanced symbols file" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-symbols.5:53 |
| msgid "libGL.so.1 libgl1" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-symbols.5:55 |
| msgid "| libgl1-mesa-glx #MINVER#" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-symbols.5:61 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "" |
| "* Build-Depends-Package: libgl1-mesa-dev\n" |
| " publicGlSymbol@Base 6.3-1\n" |
| " [...]\n" |
| " implementationSpecificSymbol@Base 6.5.2-7 1\n" |
| " [...]\n" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-symbols.5:63 |
| msgid "B<http://wiki.debian.org/Projects/ImprovedDpkgShlibdeps>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-symbols.5:65 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "B<dpkg-shlibdeps>(1), B<dpkg-gensymbols>(1)." |
| msgstr "B<dpkg-deb-actions>" |
| |
| #. type: TH |
| #: deb-triggers.5:1 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "deb-triggers" |
| msgstr "B<--version>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-triggers.5:4 |
| msgid "deb-triggers - package triggers" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-triggers.5:7 |
| msgid "triggers" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-triggers.5:12 |
| msgid "" |
| "A package declares its relationship to some trigger(s) by including a " |
| "I<triggers> file in its control archive (i.e. I<DEBIAN/triggers> during " |
| "package creation)." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-triggers.5:16 |
| msgid "" |
| "This file contains directives, one per line. Leading and trailing whitespace " |
| "and everything after the first B<#> on any line will be trimmed, and empty " |
| "lines will be ignored." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-triggers.5:18 |
| msgid "The trigger control directives currently supported are:" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-triggers.5:22 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "B<interest> I<trigger-name>" |
| msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-triggers.5:26 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "B<interest-noawait> I<trigger-name>" |
| msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-triggers.5:33 |
| msgid "" |
| "Specifies that the package is interested in the named trigger. All triggers " |
| "in which a package is interested must be listed using this directive in the " |
| "triggers control file. The \"noawait\" variant does not put the triggering " |
| "packages in triggers-awaited state. This should be used when the " |
| "functionality provided by the trigger is not crucial." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-triggers.5:37 |
| msgid "B<activate> I<trigger-name>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-triggers.5:41 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "B<activate-noawait> I<trigger-name>" |
| msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-triggers.5:50 |
| msgid "" |
| "Arranges that changes to this package's state will activate the specified " |
| "trigger. The trigger will be activated at the start of the following " |
| "operations: unpack, configure, remove (including for the benefit of a " |
| "conflicting package), purge and deconfigure. The \"noawait\" variant does " |
| "not put the triggering packages in triggers-awaited state. This should be " |
| "used when the functionality provided by the trigger is not crucial." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-triggers.5:58 |
| msgid "" |
| "If this package disappears during the unpacking of another package the " |
| "trigger will be activated when the disappearance is noted towards the end of " |
| "the unpack. Trigger processing, and transition from triggers-awaited to " |
| "installed, does not cause activations. In the case of unpack, triggers " |
| "mentioned in both the old and new versions of the package will be activated." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-triggers.5:61 |
| msgid "" |
| "Unknown directives are an error which will prevent installation of the " |
| "package." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-triggers.5:66 |
| msgid "" |
| "The \"-noawait\" variants are only supported by dpkg 1.16.1 or newer, and " |
| "will lead to errors if used with an older dpkg. It is thus recommended to " |
| "add a \"Pre-Depends: dpkg (E<gt>= 1.16.1)\" to any package that wish to use " |
| "those directives." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: deb-triggers.5:70 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "" |
| "B<dpkg-trigger>(1), B<dpkg>(1), B</usr/share/doc/dpkg-dev/triggers.txt.gz>." |
| msgstr "B<dpkg-deb-actions>" |
| |
| #. type: TH |
| #: dpkg.1:1 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "dpkg" |
| msgstr "dpkg" |
| |
| #. type: TH |
| #: dpkg.1:1 dpkg.cfg.5:1 dpkg-buildflags.1:1 dpkg-deb.1:1 |
| #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:1 dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:1 dpkg-query.1:1 |
| #: dpkg-trigger.1:1 dpkg-vendor.1:1 dselect.cfg.5:1 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "dpkg suite" |
| msgstr "dpkg suite" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:4 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "dpkg - package manager for Debian" |
| msgstr "dpkg - um gerenciador de pacotes de nível médio para o Debian" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:8 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "B<dpkg> [I<options>] I<action>" |
| msgid "B<dpkg> [I<option>...] I<action>" |
| msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opções>] I<ação>" |
| |
| #. type: SH |
| #: dpkg.1:9 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "WARNING" |
| msgstr "ATENÇÃO" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:13 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "" |
| "This manual is intended for users wishing to understand B<dpkg>'s command " |
| "line options and package states in more detail than that provided by B<dpkg " |
| "--help>." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Este manual é elaborado para usuários que desejam compreender as opções da " |
| "linha de comando do B<dpkg> e estados de pacotes em mais detalhes que os " |
| "providos por B<dpkg --help>." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:18 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "" |
| "It should I<not> be used by package maintainers wishing to understand how " |
| "B<dpkg> will install their packages. The descriptions of what B<dpkg> does " |
| "when installing and removing packages are particularly inadequate." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Ele I<não> deve ser usado por mantenedores de pacotes que desejam " |
| "compreender como o B<dpkg> instalará seus pacotes. As descrições do que o " |
| "B<dpkg> faz quando está instalando e removendo pacotes são particularmente " |
| "inadequadas. Para informações detalhadas a esse respeito, por favor, refira-" |
| "se ao tópico I<Package Management System> do I<debian-faq> no sistema GNU " |
| "Info. Para infomações sobre a criação de pacotes Debian, veja o tópico " |
| "I<Debian Package Management Tools> no mesmo documento." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:26 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "" |
| "B<dpkg> is a tool to install, build, remove and manage Debian packages. The " |
| "primary and more user-friendly front-end for B<dpkg> is B<aptitude>(1). " |
| "B<dpkg> itself is controlled entirely via command line parameters, which " |
| "consist of exactly one action and zero or more options. The action-parameter " |
| "tells B<dpkg> what to do and options control the behavior of the action in " |
| "some way." |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<dpkg> é uma ferramenta de nível médio para instalar, criar, remover e " |
| "gerenciar pacotes Debian. O front-end primário e mais amigável para o " |
| "B<dpkg> é o B<dselect>(8). O próprio B<dpkg> é controlado inteiramente " |
| "através de parâmetros de linha de comando, que consistem exatamente de uma " |
| "ação e zero ou mais opções. A ação-parâmetro informa ao dpkg o que fazer e " |
| "as opções controlam o comportamento da ação de alguma maneira." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:33 |
| msgid "" |
| "B<dpkg> can also be used as a front-end to B<dpkg-deb>(1) and B<dpkg-query>" |
| "(1). The list of supported actions can be found later on in the B<ACTIONS> " |
| "section. If any such action is encountered B<dpkg> just runs B<dpkg-deb> or " |
| "B<dpkg-query> with the parameters given to it, but no specific options are " |
| "currently passed to them, to use any such option the back-ends need to be " |
| "called directly." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: SH |
| #: dpkg.1:34 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "INFORMATION ABOUT PACKAGES" |
| msgstr "INFORMAÇÃO SOBRE PACOTES" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:39 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "" |
| "B<dpkg> maintains some usable information about available packages. The " |
| "information is divided in three classes: B<states>, B<selection states> and " |
| "B<flags>. These values are intended to be changed mainly with B<dselect>." |
| msgstr "" |
| "O B<dpkg> mantém algumas informações sobre os pacotes disponíveis. As " |
| "informações são divididas em três grupos: B<estados>, B<estados de seleção> " |
| "e B<sinalizadores>. Esses valores são alterados principalmente com o " |
| "B<dselect>." |
| |
| #. type: SS |
| #: dpkg.1:39 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "PACKAGE STATES" |
| msgstr "ESTADOS DOS PACOTES" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:40 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<not-installed>" |
| msgstr "B<not-installed>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:43 |
| msgid "The package is not installed on your system." |
| msgstr "O pacote não está instalado em seu sistema." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:43 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<config-files>" |
| msgstr "B<config-files>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:46 |
| msgid "Only the configuration files of the package exist on the system." |
| msgstr "Existem apenas os arquivos de configuração em seu sistema." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:46 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<half-installed>" |
| msgstr "B<half-installed>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:50 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "" |
| "The installation of the package has been started, but not completed for some " |
| "reason." |
| msgstr "" |
| "A instalação do pacote foi iniciada, mas não completada por alguma razão." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:50 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<unpacked>" |
| msgstr "B<unpacked>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:53 |
| msgid "The package is unpacked, but not configured." |
| msgstr "O pacote está descompactado, mas não configurado." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:53 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<half-configured>" |
| msgstr "B<half-configured>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:57 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "" |
| "The package is unpacked and configuration has been started, but not yet " |
| "completed for some reason." |
| msgstr "" |
| "O pacote está descompactado e sua configuração começou, mas não foi " |
| "completada por alguma razão." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:57 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<triggers-awaited>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:60 |
| msgid "The package awaits trigger processing by another package." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:60 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<triggers-pending>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:63 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "The package has been triggered." |
| msgstr "O pacote está instalado e configurado." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:63 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<installed>" |
| msgstr "B<installed>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:66 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "The package is unpacked and configured OK." |
| msgstr "O pacote está instalado e configurado." |
| |
| #. type: SS |
| #: dpkg.1:66 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "PACKAGE SELECTION STATES" |
| msgstr "ESTADOS DE SELEÇÃO DOS PACOTES" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:67 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<install>" |
| msgstr "B<install>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:70 |
| msgid "The package is selected for installation." |
| msgstr "O pacote está selecionado para instalação." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:70 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<hold>" |
| msgstr "B<hold>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:74 |
| msgid "" |
| "A package marked to be on B<hold> is not handled by B<dpkg>, unless forced " |
| "to do that with option B<--force-hold>." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Um pacote marcado como B<hold> não é manipulado pelo B<dpkg>, a menos que " |
| "ele seja forçado a isso com a opção B<--force-hold>." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:74 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<deinstall>" |
| msgstr "B<deinstall>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:78 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "" |
| "The package is selected for deinstallation (i.e. we want to remove all " |
| "files, except configuration files)." |
| msgstr "" |
| "O pacote está selecionado para desinstalação (i.e. queremos remover todos os " |
| "arquivos, exceto os arquivos de configuração)." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:78 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<purge>" |
| msgstr "B<purge>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:82 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "" |
| "The package is selected to be purged (i.e. we want to remove everything from " |
| "system directories, even configuration files)." |
| msgstr "" |
| "O pacote está selecionado para ser eliminado (i.e. queremos excluir tudo, " |
| "até os arquivos de configuração)." |
| |
| #. type: SS |
| #: dpkg.1:82 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "PACKAGE FLAGS" |
| msgstr "SINALIZADORES DOS PACOTES" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:83 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<reinst-required>" |
| msgstr "B<reinst-required>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:88 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "" |
| "A package marked B<reinst-required> is broken and requires reinstallation. " |
| "These packages cannot be removed, unless forced with option B<--force-remove-" |
| "reinstreq>." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Um pacote marcado como B<reinst-required> está quebrado e precisa ser " |
| "reinstalado. Esses pacotes não podem ser removidos, a menos que isso seja " |
| "forçado com a opção B<--force-reinstreq>." |
| |
| #. type: SH |
| #: dpkg.1:89 dselect.1:120 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "ACTIONS" |
| msgstr "AÇÕES" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:90 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-i>, B<--install> I<package-file>..." |
| msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<arquivo_do_pacote>..." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:94 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "" |
| "Install the package. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> option is specified, " |
| "I<package-file> must refer to a directory instead." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Instala o pacote. Se a opção B<--recursive> ou B<-R> for especificada, " |
| "I<arquivo_do_pacote> precisa se referir a um diretório." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:96 |
| msgid "Installation consists of the following steps:" |
| msgstr "A instalação consiste dos seguintes passos:" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:99 |
| msgid "B<1.> Extract the control files of the new package." |
| msgstr "B<1.> Os arquivos de controle do novo pacote são extraídos." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:103 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "" |
| "B<2.> If another version of the same package was installed before the new " |
| "installation, execute I<prerm> script of the old package." |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<2.> Se outra versão do mesmo pacote foi instalada antes da nova " |
| "instalação, é executado o script I<prerm> do pacote antigo." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:106 |
| msgid "B<3.> Run I<preinst> script, if provided by the package." |
| msgstr "B<3.> O script I<preinst>, se houver no pacote, é executado." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:110 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "" |
| "B<4.> Unpack the new files, and at the same time back up the old files, so " |
| "that if something goes wrong, they can be restored." |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<4.> Os novos arquivos são descompactados, e ao mesmo tempo é feita uma " |
| "cópia de segurança dos antigos, de forma que se algo sair errado, eles podem " |
| "ser restaurados." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:117 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "" |
| "B<5.> If another version of the same package was installed before the new " |
| "installation, execute the I<postrm> script of the old package. Note that " |
| "this script is executed after the I<preinst> script of the new package, " |
| "because new files are written at the same time old files are removed." |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<5.> Se estava instalada uma outra versão do mesmo pacote antes da nova " |
| "instalação, o script I<postrm> do pacote antigo é executado. Note que esse " |
| "script é executado depois do script I<preinst> do pacote novo, porque os " |
| "novos arquivos são gravados ao mesmo tempo que os antigos são removidos." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:121 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "" |
| "B<6.> Configure the package. See B<--configure> for detailed information " |
| "about how this is done." |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<6.> O pacote é configurado. Veja B<--configure> para informações " |
| "detalhadas sobre como isso é feito." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:121 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--unpack >I<package-file>..." |
| msgstr "B<dpkg --unpack >I<arquivo_do_pacote> ..." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:126 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "" |
| "Unpack the package, but don't configure it. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> " |
| "option is specified, I<package-file> must refer to a directory instead." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Descompacta o pacote, mas não o configura. Se a opção B<--recursive> ou B<-" |
| "R> for especificada, I<arquivo_do_pacote> precisa então se referir a um " |
| "diretório." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:126 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--configure >I<package>...|B<-a>|B<--pending>" |
| msgstr "B<dpkg --configure >I<pacote> ... | B<-a> | B<--pending>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:131 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "" |
| "Configure a package which has been unpacked but not yet configured. If B<-" |
| "a> or B<--pending> is given instead of I<package>, all unpacked but " |
| "unconfigured packages are configured." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Reconfigura um pacote descompactado. Se for especificada a opção B<-a> ou " |
| "B<--pending> ao invés de I<pacote>, todos os pacotes descompactados mas não " |
| "configurados são configurados." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:135 |
| msgid "" |
| "To reconfigure a package which has already been configured, try the B<dpkg-" |
| "reconfigure>(8) command instead." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:137 |
| msgid "Configuring consists of the following steps:" |
| msgstr "A configuração consiste dos seguintes passos:" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:142 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "" |
| "B<1.> Unpack the conffiles, and at the same time back up the old conffiles, " |
| "so that they can be restored if something goes wrong." |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<1.> Os arquivos de configuração são descompactados, e ao mesmo tempo é " |
| "feita uma cópia de segurança dos arquivos de configuração antigos, de forma " |
| "que podem ser restaurados se algo sair errado." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:145 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "B<2.> Run I<postinst> script, if provided by the package." |
| msgstr "B<2.> O script I<postinst>, se existir no pacote, é executado." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:145 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--triggers-only> I<package>...|B<-a>|B<--pending>" |
| msgstr "B<dpkg --configure >I<pacote> ... | B<-a> | B<--pending>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:152 |
| msgid "" |
| "Processes only triggers. All pending triggers will be processed. If package " |
| "names are supplied only those packages' triggers will be processed, exactly " |
| "once each where necessary. Use of this option may leave packages in the " |
| "improper B<triggers-awaited> and B<triggers-pending> states. This can be " |
| "fixed later by running: B<dpkg --configure --pending>." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:152 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-r>, B<--remove>, B<-P>, B<--purge >I<package>...|B<-a>|B<--pending>" |
| msgstr "B<dpkg -r> | B<--remove> | B<-P> | B<--purge >I<pacote> ... | B<-a> | B<--pending>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:169 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "" |
| "Remove an installed package. B<-r> or B<--remove> remove everything except " |
| "conffiles. This may avoid having to reconfigure the package if it is " |
| "reinstalled later. (Conffiles are configuration files that are listed in the " |
| "I<DEBIAN/conffiles> control file). B<-P> or B<--purge> removes everything, " |
| "including conffiles. If B<-a> or B<--pending> is given instead of a package " |
| "name, then all packages unpacked, but marked to be removed or purged in file " |
| "I</var/lib/dpkg/status>, are removed or purged, respectively. Note: some " |
| "configuration files might be unknown to B<dpkg> because they are created and " |
| "handled separately through the configuration scripts. In that case, B<dpkg> " |
| "won't remove them by itself, but the package's I<postrm> script (which is " |
| "called by B<dpkg>), has to take care of their removal during purge. Of " |
| "course, this only applies to files in system directories, not configuration " |
| "files written to individual users' home directories." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Remove um pacote instalado. B<-r> ou B<--remove> remove tudo, exceto os " |
| "arquivos de configuração. Isso pode evitar a necessidade de reconfigurar o " |
| "pacote se ele for reinstalado depois. (os arquivos de configuração são os " |
| "listados no arquivo de controle I<debian/conffiles>). B<-P> ou B<--purge> " |
| "remove tudo, incluindo os arquivos de configuração. Se for dada a opção B<-" |
| "a> ou B<--pending> ao invés do nome do pacote, então todos os pacotes " |
| "descompactados, mas marcados para serem removidos ou eliminados (purge) no " |
| "arquivo I</var/lib/dpkg/status>, são removidos ou eliminados (purge) " |
| "respectivamente." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:171 |
| msgid "Removing of a package consists of the following steps:" |
| msgstr "A remoção de um pacote consiste dos seguintes passos:" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:174 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "B<1.> Run I<prerm> script" |
| msgstr "B<1.> O script I<prerm> é executado." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:177 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "B<2.> Remove the installed files" |
| msgstr "B<2.> Os arquivos instalados são removidos." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:180 |
| msgid "B<3.> Run I<postrm> script" |
| msgstr "B<3.> O script I<postrm> é executado." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:181 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--update-avail>, B<--merge-avail> I<Packages-file>" |
| msgstr "B<dpkg --update-avail> | B<--merge-avail> I<arquivo-Packages>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:190 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "" |
| "Update B<dpkg>'s and B<dselect>'s idea of which packages are available. With " |
| "action B<--merge-avail>, old information is combined with information from " |
| "I<Packages-file>. With action B<--update-avail>, old information is replaced " |
| "with the information in the I<Packages-file>. The I<Packages-file> " |
| "distributed with Debian is simply named I<Packages>. B<dpkg> keeps its " |
| "record of available packages in I</var/lib/dpkg/available>." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Atualiza a idéia do B<dpkg> e do B<dselect> de quais pacotes estão " |
| "disponíveis. Com a ação B<--merge-avail>, as informações antigas são " |
| "combinadas as informações do I<arquivo-Packages>. Com a ação B<--update-" |
| "avail>, as informações antigas são substituídas pelas do I<arquivo-" |
| "Packages>. O I<arquivo-Packages> distribuído com o Debian é simplesmente " |
| "nomeado I<Packages>. O B<dpkg> mantém seu registro dos pacotes disponíveis " |
| "em I</var/lib/dpkg/available>." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:195 |
| msgid "" |
| "A simpler one-shot command to retrieve and update the I<available> file is " |
| "B<dselect update>. Note that this file is mostly useless if you don't use " |
| "B<dselect> but an APT-based frontend: APT has its own system to keep track " |
| "of available packages." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:195 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-A>, B<--record-avail> I<package-file>..." |
| msgstr "B<dpkg -A> | B<--record-avail> I<arquivo_do_pacote> ..." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:201 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "" |
| "Update B<dpkg> and B<dselect>'s idea of which packages are available with " |
| "information from the package I<package-file>. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> " |
| "option is specified, I<package-file> must refer to a directory instead." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Atualiza a idéia do B<dpkg> e do B<dselect> de quais pacotes estão " |
| "disponíveis com as informações do pacote I<arquivo_do_pacote>. Se a opção " |
| "B<--recursive> ou B<-R> for especificada, então I<arquivo_do_pacote> deve se " |
| "referir a um diretório." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:201 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--forget-old-unavail>" |
| msgstr "B<dpkg --forget-old-unavail>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:205 |
| msgid "" |
| "Now B<obsolete> and a no-op as B<dpkg> will automatically forget uninstalled " |
| "unavailable packages." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:205 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--clear-avail>" |
| msgstr "B<dpkg --clear-avail>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:208 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "Erase the existing information about what packages are available." |
| msgstr "Apaga as informações existentes sobre quais pacotes estão disponíveis." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:208 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid " B<-C>, B<--audit>" |
| msgstr "B<--quiet>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:213 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "" |
| "Searches for packages that have been installed only partially on your " |
| "system. B<dpkg> will suggest what to do with them to get them working." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Procura por pacotes que foram apenas parcialmente instalados em seu sistema. " |
| "O B<dpkg> sugerirá o que fazer com eles para que funcionem." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:213 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--get-selections> [I<package-name-pattern>...]" |
| msgstr "B<dpkg --get-selections> [I<padrão>...]" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:218 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "" |
| "Get list of package selections, and write it to stdout. Without a pattern, " |
| "non-installed packages (i.e. those which have been previously purged) will " |
| "not be shown." |
| msgstr "Obtém uma lista de seleção de pacotes e a escreve em stdout." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:218 update-alternatives.8:299 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--set-selections>" |
| msgstr "B<dpkg --set-selections>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:224 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "" |
| "Set package selections using file read from stdin. This file should be in " |
| "the format 'I<package> I<state>', where state is one of B<install>, B<hold>, " |
| "B<deinstall> or B<purge>. Blank lines and comment lines beginning with '#' " |
| "are also permitted." |
| msgstr "Configura as seleções de pacotes usando o arquivo lido de stdin." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:224 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--clear-selections>" |
| msgstr "B<dpkg --set-selections>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:229 |
| msgid "" |
| "Set the requested state of every non-essential package to deinstall. This " |
| "is intended to be used immediately before --set-selections, to deinstall any " |
| "packages not in list given to --set-selections." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:229 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--yet-to-unpack>" |
| msgstr "B<dpkg --yet-to-unpack>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:233 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "" |
| "Searches for packages selected for installation, but which for some reason " |
| "still haven't been installed." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Procura pacotes que foram selecionados para instalação, mas por alguma razão " |
| "ainda não foram instalados." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:234 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--print-architecture>" |
| msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:237 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "" |
| "Print architecture of packages B<dpkg> installs (for example, \"i386\")." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Mostra a arquitetura alvo (por exemplo, \"i386\"). Essa opção usa o B<gcc>." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:237 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--compare-versions >I<ver1 op ver2>" |
| msgstr "B<dpkg --compare-versions >I<ver1 op ver2>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:248 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "" |
| "Compare version numbers, where I<op> is a binary operator. B<dpkg> returns " |
| "success (zero result) if the specified condition is satisfied, and failure " |
| "(nonzero result) otherwise. There are two groups of operators, which differ " |
| "in how they treat an empty I<ver1> or I<ver2>. These treat an empty version " |
| "as earlier than any version: B<lt le eq ne ge gt>. These treat an empty " |
| "version as later than any version: B<lt-nl le-nl ge-nl gt-nl>. These are " |
| "provided only for compatibility with control file syntax: B<E<lt> E<lt>E<lt> " |
| "E<lt>= = E<gt>= E<gt>E<gt> E<gt>>." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Compara números de versão, onde I<op> é um operador binário. O B<dpkg> " |
| "retorna com successo (resultado zero) se a condição especificada for " |
| "satisfeita e com falha (resultado não nulo) em caso contrário. Há dois " |
| "grupos de operadores, que diferem em como tratam a falta de I<ver1> ou " |
| "I<ver2>. Esses tratam a falta de uma versão como anterior a qualquer outra: " |
| "B<lt le eq ne ge gt>. Esses tratam a falta de uma versão como posterior a " |
| "qualquer outra: B<lt-nl le-nl ge-nl gt-nl>. Esses são providos apenas para " |
| "manter compatibilidade com a sintaxe do arquivo de controle: B<E<lt> " |
| "E<lt>E<lt> E<lt>= = E<gt>= E<gt>E<gt> E<gt>>." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:248 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--command-fd >I<n>" |
| msgstr "B<dpkg --command-fd E<lt>nE<gt>>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:253 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "" |
| "Accept a series of commands on input file descriptor I<n>. Note: additional " |
| "options set on the command line, and through this file descriptor, are not " |
| "reset for subsequent commands executed during the same run." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Aceita uma série de comandos no descritor de arquivo de entrada " |
| "B<E<lt>nE<gt>>. Nota: opções adicionais configuradas na linha de comando, e " |
| "através do descritor de arquivo, não são redefinidas para comandos " |
| "subseqüentes usados durante a mesma execução." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:253 dpkg-architecture.1:60 dpkg-buildflags.1:89 dpkg-divert.8:71 |
| #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:38 dpkg-scansources.1:66 dpkg-statoverride.8:44 |
| #: dpkg-vendor.1:28 dselect.1:113 update-alternatives.8:316 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--help>" |
| msgstr "B<--help>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:256 |
| msgid "Display a brief help message." |
| msgstr "Exibe uma breve mensagem de ajuda." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:256 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--force-help>" |
| msgstr "B<dpkg --force-help>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:259 |
| msgid "Give help about the B<--force->I<thing> options." |
| msgstr "Ajuda com as opções B<--force->I<coisa>." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:259 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-Dh>, B<--debug=help>" |
| msgstr "B<--nocheck>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:262 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "Give help about debugging options." |
| msgstr "Ajuda com as opções de depuração." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:262 dpkg-architecture.1:63 dpkg-buildflags.1:92 |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:226 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:36 dpkg-distaddfile.1:35 |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:175 dpkg-divert.8:74 dpkg-genchanges.1:134 dpkg-gencontrol.1:124 |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:446 dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:41 dpkg-parsechangelog.1:36 |
| #: dpkg-query.1:113 dpkg-scanpackages.1:99 dpkg-scansources.1:68 |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:218 dpkg-source.1:99 dpkg-split.1:129 |
| #: dpkg-statoverride.8:47 dpkg-trigger.1:34 dpkg-vendor.1:31 dselect.1:116 |
| #: update-alternatives.8:319 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--version>" |
| msgstr "B<--version>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:265 |
| msgid "Display B<dpkg> version information." |
| msgstr "Exibe informação sobre a versão do B<dpkg>." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:265 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<dpkg-deb actions>" |
| msgstr "B<dpkg-deb-actions>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:268 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "See B<dpkg-deb>(1) for more information about the following actions." |
| msgstr "Veja B<dpkg-deb>(1) para mais informações sobre as seguintes ações." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:288 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "" |
| "B<-b>, B<--build> I<directory> [I<archive>|I<directory>]\n" |
| " Build a deb package.\n" |
| "B<-c>, B<--contents> I<archive>\n" |
| " List contents of a deb package.\n" |
| "B<-e>, B<--control> I<filename> [I<directory>]\n" |
| " Extract control-information from a package.\n" |
| "B<-x>, B<--extract> I<archive directory>\n" |
| " Extract the files contained by package.\n" |
| "B<-X>, B<--vextract> I<archive directory>\n" |
| " Extract and display the filenames contained by a\n" |
| " package.\n" |
| "B<-f>, B<--field> I<archive> [I<control-field>...]\n" |
| " Display control field(s) of a package.\n" |
| "B<--fsys-tarfile> I<archive>\n" |
| " Display the filesystem tar-file contained by a\n" |
| " Debian package.\n" |
| "B<-I>, B<--info> I<archive> [I<control-file>...]\n" |
| " Show information about a package.\n" |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<dpkg -b> | B<--build> I<diretório> [I<nome_de_arquivo>]\n" |
| " Cria um pacote deb.\n" |
| "B<dpkg -c> | B<--contents> I<nome_de_arquivo>\n" |
| " Lista o conteúdo de um pacote deb.\n" |
| "B<dpkg -e> | B<--control> I<nome_de_arquivo> [I<diretório>]\n" |
| " Extrai informação de controle de um pacote.\n" |
| "B<dpkg -x> | B<--extract> I<nome_de_arquivo diretório>\n" |
| " Extrai os arquivos contidos pelo pacote.\n" |
| "B<dpkg -f> | B<--field> I<nome_de_arquivo> [I<campo-de-controle>] ...\n" |
| " Exibe o(s) campo(s) de controle do pacote.\n" |
| "B<dpkg --fsys-tarfile> I<nome_de_arquivo>\n" |
| " Exibe o sistema de arquivo do arquivo tar contido no pacote Debian. \n" |
| "B<dpkg -I> | B<--info> I<nome_de_arquivo> [I<arquivo-de-controle>]\n" |
| " Mostra informação sobre um pacote.\n" |
| "B<dpkg -X> | B<--vextract> I<nome_de_arquivo> I<diretório>\n" |
| " Extrai e exibe os nomes de arquivos contidos em um pacote.\n" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:290 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<dpkg-query actions>" |
| msgstr "B<dpkg-query-actions>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:293 |
| msgid "See B<dpkg-query>(1) for more information about the following actions." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:308 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "" |
| "B<-l>, B<--list> I<package-name-pattern>...\n" |
| " List packages matching given pattern.\n" |
| "B<-s>, B<--status> I<package-name>...\n" |
| " Report status of specified package.\n" |
| "B<-L>, B<--listfiles> I<package-name>...\n" |
| " List files installed to your system from I<package-name>.\n" |
| "B<-S>, B<--search> I<filename-search-pattern>...\n" |
| " Search for a filename from installed packages.\n" |
| "B<-p>, B<--print-avail> I<package-name>...\n" |
| " Display details about I<package-name>, as found in\n" |
| " I</var/lib/dpkg/available>. Users of APT-based frontends\n" |
| " should use B<apt-cache show> I<package-name> instead.\n" |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<dpkg -l> | B<--list> I<padrão-do-nome-do-pacote> ... Lista os pacotes que combinam com o padrão dado.\n" |
| "B<dpkg -s> | B<--status> I<nome-do-pacote> ...\n" |
| " Exibe o estado do pacote especificado. Isso apenas mostra a entrada na base de dados dos pacotes instalados.\n" |
| "B<dpkg -L> | B<--listfiles> I<pacote> ...\n" |
| " Lista os arquivos instalados em seu sistema a partir do B<pacote>.\n" |
| "B<dpkg -S> | B<--search> I<padrão-de-procura> ...\n" |
| " Procura por um nome de arquivo a partir dos pacotes instalados. Todos os caracteres curinga padrões de shell podem ser usados no padrão.\n" |
| "B<dpkg -p|--print-avail >I<pacote>\n" |
| " Exibe detalhes sobre o I<pacote>, como encontrados em I</var/lib/dpkg/available>.\n" |
| |
| #. type: SH |
| #: dpkg.1:310 dpkg-architecture.1:67 dpkg-buildpackage.1:50 |
| #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:18 dpkg-distaddfile.1:27 dpkg-deb.1:179 |
| #: dpkg-divert.8:42 dpkg-genchanges.1:17 dpkg-gencontrol.1:37 |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:369 dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:27 dpkg-name.1:30 |
| #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:15 dpkg-query.1:117 dpkg-scanpackages.1:71 |
| #: dpkg-scansources.1:44 dpkg-shlibdeps.1:106 dpkg-split.1:133 |
| #: dpkg-statoverride.8:51 dpkg-trigger.1:38 dpkg-vendor.1:35 dselect.1:36 |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:103 update-alternatives.8:323 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "OPTIONS" |
| msgstr "OPÇÕES" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:316 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "" |
| "All options can be specified both on the command line and in the B<dpkg> " |
| "configuration file I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg> or the files on the configuration " |
| "directory I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg.d/>. Each line in the configuration file is " |
| "either an option (exactly the same as the command line option but without " |
| "leading dashes) or a comment (if it starts with a B<#>)." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Todas as opções podem ser especificadas tanto na linha de comando quanto no " |
| "arquivo de configuração do B<dpkg> chamado I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>. Cada linha " |
| "no arquivo de configuração é uma opção (exatamente a mesma opção da linha de " |
| "comando, mas sem os hífens) ou um comentário (se começar com uma B<#>)." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:317 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--abort-after=>I<number>" |
| msgstr "B<--abort-after=>I<número>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:320 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "Change after how many errors B<dpkg> will abort. The default is 50." |
| msgstr "Altera o número de erros após os quais o dpkg abortará. O padrão é 50." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:320 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-B>, B<--auto-deconfigure>" |
| msgstr "B<-B>|B<--auto-deconfigure>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:326 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "" |
| "When a package is removed, there is a possibility that another installed " |
| "package depended on the removed package. Specifying this option will cause " |
| "automatic deconfiguration of the package which depended on the removed " |
| "package." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Quando um pacote é removido, há a possibilidade de que outro pacote " |
| "instalado dependa do que foi removido. Especificando essa opção, o pacote " |
| "que depende do que foi removido será automaticamente desconfigurado." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:326 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-D>I<octal>B<, --debug=>I<octal>" |
| msgstr "B<-D>I<octal>B< | --debug=>I<octal>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:332 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "" |
| "Switch debugging on. I<octal> is formed by bitwise-orring desired values " |
| "together from the list below (note that these values may change in future " |
| "releases). B<-Dh> or B<--debug=help> display these debugging values." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Ativa a depuração. I<octal> é formado por uma operação \"or\" bit-a-bit " |
| "entre os valores desejados da lista abaixo (note que esses valores podem ser " |
| "alterados em versões futuras). B<-Dh> ou B<--debug=help> exibe esses " |
| "valores." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:347 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "" |
| " Number Description\n" |
| " 1 Generally helpful progress information\n" |
| " 2 Invocation and status of maintainer scripts\n" |
| " 10 Output for each file processed\n" |
| " 100 Lots of output for each file processed\n" |
| " 20 Output for each configuration file\n" |
| " 200 Lots of output for each configuration file\n" |
| " 40 Dependencies and conflicts\n" |
| " 400 Lots of dependencies/conflicts output\n" |
| " 10000 Trigger activation and processing\n" |
| " 20000 Lots of output regarding triggers\n" |
| " 40000 Silly amounts of output regarding triggers\n" |
| " 1000 Lots of drivel about e.g. the dpkg/info dir\n" |
| " 2000 Insane amounts of drivel\n" |
| msgstr "" |
| " número descrição\n" |
| " 1 Informação de progresso geralmente útil\n" |
| " 2 Invocação e estado dos scripts do mantenedor\n" |
| " 10 Saída de cada arquivo processado\n" |
| " 100 Muita saída de cada arquivo processado\n" |
| " 20 Saída de cada arquivo de configuração\n" |
| " 200 Muita saída de cada arquivo de configuração\n" |
| " 40 Dependências e conflitos\n" |
| " 400 Muita saída de dependências/conflitos\n" |
| " 1000 Muita tagarelice sobre por exemplo o diretório dpkg/info\n" |
| " 2000 Quantidades insanas de saída.\n" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:347 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--force->I<things>, B<--no-force->I<things>, B<--refuse->I<things>" |
| msgstr "B<--force->I<coisas> | B<--no-force->I<coisas> | B<--refuse->I<coisas>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:354 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "" |
| "Force or refuse (B<no-force> and B<refuse> mean the same thing) to do some " |
| "things. I<things> is a comma separated list of things specified below. B<--" |
| "force-help> displays a message describing them. Things marked with (*) are " |
| "forced by default." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Força ou rejeita (B<no-force> e B<refuse> são a mesma coisa) a fazer " |
| "algumas coisas. I<coisas> é uma lista separada por vírgulas de coisas " |
| "especificadas abaixo. B<--force-help> exibe uma mensagem descrevendo-as. " |
| "Coisas marcadas com (*) são forçadas por padrão." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:358 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "" |
| "I<Warning: These options are mostly intended to be used by experts only. " |
| "Using them without fully understanding their effects may break your whole " |
| "system.>" |
| msgstr "" |
| "I<Atenção: A maior parte dessas opções devem ser usadas apenas por experts. " |
| "Usá-las sem o completo conhecimento de seus efeitos pode quebrar todo seu " |
| "sistema.>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:361 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "B<all>: Turns on (or off) all force options." |
| msgstr "B<all>: Liga (ou desliga) todas as opções de força." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:364 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "" |
| "B<downgrade>(*): Install a package, even if newer version of it is already " |
| "installed." |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<downgrade>(*): Instala um pacote, mesmo se uma versão mais nova já estiver " |
| "instalada." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:371 |
| msgid "" |
| "I<Warning: At present dpkg does not do any dependency checking on downgrades " |
| "and therefore will not warn you if the downgrade breaks the dependency of " |
| "some other package. This can have serious side effects, downgrading " |
| "essential system components can even make your whole system unusable. Use " |
| "with care.>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:375 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "" |
| "B<configure-any>: Configure also any unpacked but unconfigured packages on " |
| "which the current package depends." |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<configure-any>: Configura também qualquer pacote descompactado de que o " |
| "pacote atual dependa." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:378 |
| msgid "B<hold>: Process packages even when marked \"hold\"." |
| msgstr "B<hold>: Processa pacotes mesmo quando marcados com \"hold\"." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:383 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "" |
| "B<remove-reinstreq>: Remove a package, even if it's broken and marked to " |
| "require reinstallation. This may, for example, cause parts of the package to " |
| "remain on the system, which will then be forgotten by B<dpkg>." |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<remove-reinstreq>: Remove um pacote, mesmo se estiver quebrado e marcado " |
| "como requer reinstalação. Isso pode, por exemplo, fazer com que partes do " |
| "pacote permaneçam em seu sistema, que serão então esquecidas pelo B<dpkg>." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:388 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "" |
| "B<remove-essential>: Remove, even if the package is considered essential. " |
| "Essential packages contain mostly very basic Unix commands. Removing them " |
| "might cause the whole system to stop working, so use with caution." |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<remove-essential>: Remove, mesmo se o pacote é considerado essencial. " |
| "Pacotes essenciais contém geralmente comandos muito básicos de Unix. Removê-" |
| "los pode causar a parada de funcionamento de todo o sistema, então use-a com " |
| "cuidado." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:391 |
| msgid "B<depends>: Turn all dependency problems into warnings." |
| msgstr "B<depends>: Converte todos os problemas de dependência em avisos." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:394 |
| msgid "" |
| "B<depends-version>: Don't care about versions when checking dependencies." |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<depends-version>: Não verifica versões quando verificando dependências." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:397 |
| msgid "B<breaks>: Install, even if this would break another package." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:401 |
| msgid "" |
| "B<conflicts>: Install, even if it conflicts with another package. This is " |
| "dangerous, for it will usually cause overwriting of some files." |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<conflicts>: Instala, mesmo se conflita com outro pacote. Isso é perigoso, " |
| "pois geralmente causará a regravação de alguns arquivos." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:406 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "" |
| "B<confmiss>: Always install a missing conffile. This is dangerous, since it " |
| "means not preserving a change (removing) made to the file." |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<confmiss>: Sempre instala um arquivo de configuração que falta. Isso é " |
| "perigoso, já que significa que uma mudança (remoção) feita ao arquivo não " |
| "será preservada." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:411 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "" |
| "B<confnew>: If a conffile has been modified always install the new version " |
| "without prompting, unless the B<--force-confdef> is also specified, in which " |
| "case the default action is preferred." |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<confnew>: Se um arquivo de configuração foi modificado, sempre instala a " |
| "nova versão sem perguntar, a menos que B<--force-confdef> também seja " |
| "especificada, quando a ação padrão é então preferida." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:416 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "" |
| "B<confold>: If a conffile has been modified always keep the old version " |
| "without prompting, unless the B<--force-confdef> is also specified, in which " |
| "case the default action is preferred." |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<confold>: Se um arquivo de configuração foi modificado, sempre mantém a " |
| "versão antiga sem perguntar, a menos que B<--force-confdef> também seja " |
| "especificada, quando a ação padrão é então preferida." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:422 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "" |
| "B<confdef>: If a conffile has been modified always choose the default " |
| "action. If there is no default action it will stop to ask the user unless " |
| "B<--force-confnew> or B<--force-confold> is also been given, in which case " |
| "it will use that to decide the final action." |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<confdef>: Se um arquivo de configuração foi modificado, sempre escolhe a " |
| "ação padrão. Se não houver ação padrão, ele irá parar e perguntar ao " |
| "usuário, a menos que B<--force-confnew> ou B<--force-confold> também tenham " |
| "sido dadas, quando será então usado isso para decidir a ação final." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:429 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "" |
| "B<confask>: If a conffile has been modified always offer to replace it with " |
| "the version in the package, even if the version in the package did not " |
| "change. If any of B<--force-confmiss>, B<--force-confnew>, B<--force-" |
| "confold>, or B<--force-confdef> is also given, it will be used to decide the " |
| "final action." |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<confdef>: Se um arquivo de configuração foi modificado, sempre escolhe a " |
| "ação padrão. Se não houver ação padrão, ele irá parar e perguntar ao " |
| "usuário, a menos que B<--force-confnew> ou B<--force-confold> também tenham " |
| "sido dadas, quando será então usado isso para decidir a ação final." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:432 |
| msgid "B<overwrite>: Overwrite one package's file with another's file." |
| msgstr "B<overwrite>: Sobrescreve um arquivo do pacote com arquivo de outro." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:435 |
| msgid "B<overwrite-dir> Overwrite one package's directory with another's file." |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<overwrite-dir> Sobrescreve um diretório do pacote com arquivo de outro." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:438 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "" |
| "B<overwrite-diverted>: Overwrite a diverted file with an undiverted version." |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<overwrite-diverted>: Sobrescreve um arquivo desviado com uma versão não " |
| "desviada." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:446 |
| msgid "" |
| "B<unsafe-io>: Do not perform safe I/O operations when unpacking. Currently " |
| "this implies not performing file system syncs before file renames, which is " |
| "known to cause substantial performance degradation on some file systems, " |
| "unfortunately the ones that require the safe I/O on the first place due to " |
| "their unreliable behaviour causing zero-length files on abrupt system " |
| "crashes." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:452 |
| msgid "" |
| "I<Note>: For ext4, the main offender, consider using instead the mount " |
| "option B<nodelalloc>, which will fix both the performance degradation and " |
| "the data safety issues, the latter by making the file system not produce " |
| "zero-length files on abrupt system crashes with any software not doing syncs " |
| "before atomic renames." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:455 |
| msgid "" |
| "I<Warning: Using this option might improve performance at the cost of losing " |
| "data, use with care.>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:458 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "B<architecture>: Process even packages with the wrong architecture." |
| msgid "B<architecture>: Process even packages with wrong or no architecture." |
| msgstr "B<architecture>: Processa até pacotes com a arquitetura errada." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:461 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "B<architecture>: Process even packages with the wrong architecture." |
| msgid "B<bad-version>: Process even packages with wrong versions." |
| msgstr "B<architecture>: Processa até pacotes com a arquitetura errada." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:464 |
| msgid "" |
| "B<bad-path>: B<PATH> is missing important programs, so problems are likely." |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<bad-path>: Faltam programas importantes no B<PATH>, devendo aparecer " |
| "problemas." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:467 |
| msgid "B<not-root>: Try to (de)install things even when not root." |
| msgstr "B<not-root>: Tenta (des)instalar coisas mesmo não sendo root." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:470 |
| msgid "B<bad-verify>: Install a package even if it fails authenticity check." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:471 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--ignore-depends>=I<package>,..." |
| msgstr "B<--ignore-depends>=I<pacote>,..." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:475 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "" |
| "Ignore dependency-checking for specified packages (actually, checking is " |
| "performed, but only warnings about conflicts are given, nothing else)." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Ignora a verificação de dependência dos pacotes especificados (atualmente, a " |
| "verificação é feita, mas são apenas dados avisos sobre os conflitos, nada " |
| "mais)." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:475 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--no-act>, B<--dry-run>, B<--simulate>" |
| msgstr "B<--no-act>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:480 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "" |
| "Do everything which is supposed to be done, but don't write any changes. " |
| "This is used to see what would happen with the specified action, without " |
| "actually modifying anything." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Faz tudo que se espera que seja feito, mas não grava nenhuma alteração. Isso " |
| "é usado para ver o que acontece com a ação especificada, sem modificar nada." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:485 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "" |
| "Be sure to give B<--no-act> before the action-parameter, or you might end up " |
| "with undesirable results. (e.g. B<dpkg --purge foo --no-act> will first " |
| "purge package foo and then try to purge package --no-act, even though you " |
| "probably expected it to actually do nothing)" |
| msgstr "" |
| "Certifique-se de fornecer B<--no-act> antes da ação-parâmetro, ou você pode " |
| "obter resultados indesejáveis. (por exemplo, B<dpkg --purge foo --no-act> " |
| "irá primeiro excluir (purge) o pacote foo e então tentará excluir o pacote --" |
| "no-act, apesar de que você esperava que nada fosse feito)" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:485 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-R>, B<--recursive>" |
| msgstr "B<-R> | B<--recursive>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:491 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "" |
| "Recursively handle all regular files matching pattern B<*.deb> found at " |
| "specified directories and all of its subdirectories. This can be used with " |
| "B<-i>, B<-A>, B<--install>, B<--unpack> and B<--avail> actions." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Manipula recursivamente todos os arquivos regulares que combinem com o " |
| "padrão B<*.deb> encontrados nos diretórios especificados e todos seus " |
| "subdiretórios. Isso pode ser usado com as ações B<-i>, B<-A>, B<--install>, " |
| "B<--unpack> e B<--avail>." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:491 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-G>" |
| msgstr "B<-G>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:495 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "" |
| "Don't install a package if a newer version of the same package is already " |
| "installed. This is an alias of B<--refuse-downgrade>." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Não instala um pacote se uma nova versão do mesmo pacote já estiver " |
| "instalada. Isso é um apelido de B<--refuse-downgrade.>" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:495 dpkg-buildpackage.1:217 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:19 |
| #: dpkg-query.1:118 dpkg-shlibdeps.1:211 dpkg-trigger.1:39 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--admindir=>I<dir>" |
| msgstr "B<--admindir> I<diretório>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:500 |
| msgid "" |
| "Change default administrative directory, which contains many files that give " |
| "information about status of installed or uninstalled packages, etc. " |
| "(Defaults to I</var/lib/dpkg>)" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:500 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--instdir=>I<dir>" |
| msgstr "B<--admindir> I<diretório>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:507 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "" |
| "Change default installation directory which refers to the directory where " |
| "packages are to be installed. B<instdir> is also the directory passed to " |
| "B<chroot>(2) before running package's installation scripts, which means that " |
| "the scripts see B<instdir> as a root directory. (Defaults to I</>)" |
| msgstr "" |
| "Muda os diretórios padrões. O B<admindir> padrão é I</var/lib/dpkg> e " |
| "contém muitos arquivos que dão informações sobre o estado dos pacotes " |
| "instalados ou não instalados, etc. O B<instdir> padrão é I</> e refere-se " |
| "ao diretório onde os pacotes devem ser instalados. B<instdir> também é o " |
| "diretório passado para B<chroot>(2) antes de executar os scripts de " |
| "instalação do I<pacote>, o que significa que os scripts vêem B<instdir> como " |
| "o diretório raiz. Alterar B<root> modifica B<instdir> para I<dir> e " |
| "B<admindir> para I<dir>B</var/lib/dpkg>." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:507 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--root=>I<dir>" |
| msgstr "B<--admindir> I<diretório>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:511 |
| msgid "" |
| "Changing B<root> changes B<instdir> to I<dir> and B<admindir> to I<dir>B</" |
| "var/lib/dpkg>." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:511 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-O>, B<--selected-only>" |
| msgstr "B<-O> | B<--selected-only>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:517 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "" |
| "Only process the packages that are selected for installation. The actual " |
| "marking is done with B<dselect> or by B<dpkg>, when it handles packages. For " |
| "example, when a package is removed, it will be marked selected for " |
| "deinstallation." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Somente processa os pacotes selecionados para instalação. A marcação atual é " |
| "feita com B<dselect> ou pelo B<dpkg>, quando ele manipula pacotes. Por " |
| "exemplo, quando um pacote é removido, ele será marcado como selecionado para " |
| "instalação." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:517 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-E>, B<--skip-same-version>" |
| msgstr "B<-E> | B<--skip-same-version>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:521 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "" |
| "Don't install the package if the same version of the package is already " |
| "installed." |
| msgstr "Não instala o pacote se a mesma versão dele já estiver instalada." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:523 |
| msgid "B<--pre-invoke=>I<command>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:525 |
| msgid "B<--post-invoke=>I<command>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:534 |
| msgid "" |
| "Set an invoke hook I<command> to be run via ``sh -c'' before or after the " |
| "dpkg run for the I<unpack>, I<configure>, I<install>, I<triggers-only>, " |
| "I<remove> and I<purge> dpkg actions. This option can be specified multiple " |
| "times. The order the options are specified is preserved, with the ones from " |
| "the configuration files taking precedence. The environment variable " |
| "B<DPKG_HOOK_ACTION> is set for the hooks to the current dpkg action. Note: " |
| "front-ends might call dpkg several times per invocation, which might run the " |
| "hooks more times than expected." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:537 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "B<--path-exclude=>I<glob-pattern>" |
| msgstr "B<--status-fd >I<E<lt>nE<gt>>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:539 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "B<--path-include=>I<glob-pattern>" |
| msgstr "B<--status-fd >I<E<lt>nE<gt>>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:542 |
| msgid "" |
| "Set I<glob-pattern> as a path filter, either by excluding or re-including " |
| "previously excluded paths matching the specified patterns during install." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:545 |
| msgid "" |
| "I<Warning: take into account that depending on the excluded paths you might " |
| "completely break your system, use with caution.>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:555 |
| msgid "" |
| "The glob patterns use the same wildcards used in the shell, were '*' matches " |
| "any sequence of characters, including the empty string and also '/'. For " |
| "example, I<'/usr/*/READ*'> matches I<'/usr/share/doc/package/README'>. As " |
| "usual, '?' matches any single character (again, including '/'). And '[' " |
| "starts a character class, which can contain a list of characters, ranges and " |
| "complementations. See B<glob>(7) for detailed information about globbing. " |
| "Note: the current implementation might re-include more directories and " |
| "symlinks than needed, to be on the safe side and avoid possible unpack " |
| "failures, future work might fix this." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:558 |
| msgid "" |
| "This can be used to remove all paths except some particular ones; a typical " |
| "case is:" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:562 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "" |
| "B<--path-exclude=/usr/share/doc/*>\n" |
| "B<--path-include=/usr/share/doc/*/copyright>\n" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:565 |
| msgid "to remove all documentation files except the copyright files." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:569 |
| msgid "" |
| "These two options can be specified multiple times, and interleaved with each " |
| "other. Both are processed in the given order, with the last rule that " |
| "matches a file name making the decision." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:570 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--status-fd >I<n>" |
| msgstr "B<--status-fd >I<E<lt>nE<gt>>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:576 |
| msgid "" |
| "Send machine-readable package status and progress information to file " |
| "descriptor I<n>. This option can be specified multiple times. The " |
| "information is generally one record per line, in one of the following forms:" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:577 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<status: >I<package>B<: >I<status>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:580 |
| msgid "Package status changed; I<status> is as in the status file." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:580 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<status: >I<package>B< : error : >I<extended-error-message>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:584 |
| msgid "" |
| "An error occurred. Any possible newlines in I<extended-error-message> will " |
| "be converted to spaces before output." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:584 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<status: >I<file>B< : conffile-prompt : '>I<real-old>B<' '>I<real-new>B<' >I<useredited>B< >I<distedited>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:587 |
| msgid "User is being asked a conffile question." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:587 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<processing: >I<stage>B<: >I<package>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:592 |
| msgid "" |
| "Sent just before a processing stage starts. I<stage> is one of B<upgrade>, " |
| "B<install> (both sent before unpacking), B<configure>, B<trigproc>, " |
| "B<disappear>, B<remove>, B<purge>." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:593 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--status-logger>=I<command>" |
| msgstr "B<--status-fd >I<E<lt>nE<gt>>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:598 |
| msgid "" |
| "Send machine-readable package status and progress information to the shell " |
| "I<command>'s standard input. This option can be specified multiple times. " |
| "The output format used is the same as in B<--status-fd.>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:599 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--log=>I<filename>" |
| msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:611 |
| msgid "" |
| "Log status change updates and actions to I<filename>, instead of the default " |
| "I</var/log/dpkg.log>. If this option is given multiple times, the last " |
| "filename is used. Log messages are of the form `YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS status " |
| "I<state> I<pkg> I<installed-version>' for status change updates; `YYYY-MM-DD " |
| "HH:MM:SS I<action> I<pkg> I<installed-version> I<available-version>' for " |
| "actions where I<action> is one of B<install>, B<upgrade>, B<remove>, " |
| "B<purge>; and `YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS conffile I<filename> I<decision>' for " |
| "conffile changes where I<decision> is either B<install> or B<keep>." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:611 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--no-debsig>" |
| msgstr "B<--nocheck>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:614 |
| msgid "Do not try to verify package signatures." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:614 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--no-triggers>" |
| msgstr "B<--nocheck>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:623 |
| msgid "" |
| "Do not run any triggers in this run (activations will still be recorded). " |
| "If used with B<--configure> I<package> or B<--triggers-only> I<package> then " |
| "the named package postinst will still be run even if only a triggers run is " |
| "needed. Use of this option may leave packages in the improper B<triggers-" |
| "awaited> and B<triggers-pending> states. This can be fixed later by running: " |
| "B<dpkg --configure --pending>." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:623 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--triggers>" |
| msgstr "B<--test>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:626 |
| msgid "Cancels a previous B<--no-triggers>." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:628 dpkg.cfg.5:16 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>" |
| msgstr "I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:631 |
| msgid "Configuration file with default options." |
| msgstr "Arquivo de configuração com as opções padrões." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:631 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "I</var/log/dpkg.log>" |
| msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/available>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:635 |
| msgid "Default log file (see I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>(5) and option B<--log>)." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:638 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "" |
| "The other files listed below are in their default directories, see option " |
| "B<--admindir> to see how to change locations of these files." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Os outros arquivos listados abaixo estão em seus diretórios padrões, veja a " |
| "opção B<--admindir> para ver como alterar a localização desses arquivos." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:638 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/available>" |
| msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/available>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:641 |
| msgid "List of available packages." |
| msgstr "Lista dos pacotes disponíveis." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:641 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/status>" |
| msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/status>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:647 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "" |
| "Statuses of available packages. This file contains information about whether " |
| "a package is marked for removing or not, whether it is installed or not, " |
| "etc. See section B<INFORMATION ABOUT PACKAGES> for more info." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Dá o estado dos pacotes disponíveis. Esse arquivo contém informação sobre se " |
| "um pacote está marcado para remoção ou não, se está instalado ou não, etc. " |
| "Veja a seção B<INFORMAÇÃO SOBRE PACOTES> para maiores informações." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:650 |
| msgid "" |
| "The status file is backed up daily in I</var/backups>. It can be useful if " |
| "it's lost or corrupted due to filesystems troubles." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:653 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "" |
| "The following files are components of a binary package. See B<deb>(5) for " |
| "more information about them:" |
| msgstr "" |
| "Os seguintes arquivos são componentes de um pacote binário. Veja B<deb>(5) " |
| "para mais informações sobre eles:" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:653 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "I<control>" |
| msgstr "I<control>" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:655 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "I<conffiles>" |
| msgstr "I<conffiles>" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:657 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "I<preinst>" |
| msgstr "I<preinst>" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:659 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "I<postinst>" |
| msgstr "I<postinst>" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:661 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "I<prerm>" |
| msgstr "I<prerm>" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:663 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "I<postrm>" |
| msgstr "I<postrm>" |
| |
| #. type: SH |
| #: dpkg.1:666 dpkg-buildflags.1:128 dpkg-buildpackage.1:230 dpkg-deb.1:232 |
| #: dpkg-divert.8:112 dpkg-query.1:204 dpkg-statoverride.8:68 dpkg-trigger.1:60 |
| #: dpkg-vendor.1:42 dselect.1:423 update-alternatives.8:354 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "ENVIRONMENT" |
| msgstr "VARIÁVEIS DE AMBIENTE" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:667 dselect.1:424 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| #| msgid "B<SHELL>" |
| msgid "B<HOME>" |
| msgstr "B<SHELL>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:671 |
| msgid "" |
| "If set, B<dpkg> will use it as the directory from which to read the user " |
| "specific configuration file." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:671 dpkg-deb.1:233 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<TMPDIR>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:675 |
| msgid "" |
| "If set, B<dpkg> will use it as the directory in which to create temporary " |
| "files and directories." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:675 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| #| msgid "B<-G>" |
| msgid "B<PAGER>" |
| msgstr "B<-G>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:678 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "The program B<dpkg> will execute when displaying the conffiles." |
| msgstr "" |
| "O programa que o B<dpkg> executará quando estiver iniciando um novo shell." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:678 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<SHELL>" |
| msgstr "B<SHELL>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:681 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "The program B<dpkg> will execute when starting a new shell." |
| msgstr "" |
| "O programa que o B<dpkg> executará quando estiver iniciando um novo shell." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:681 dpkg-query.1:209 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<COLUMNS>" |
| msgstr "B<COLUMNS>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:685 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "" |
| "Sets the number of columns B<dpkg> should use when displaying formatted " |
| "text. Currently only used by -l." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Ajusta o número de colunas que o B<dpkg> deve usar quando estiver exibindo " |
| "texto formatado. Atualmente só usado por -l." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:685 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| #| msgid "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>" |
| msgid "B<DPKG_SHELL_REASON>" |
| msgstr "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:689 |
| msgid "" |
| "Defined by B<dpkg> on the shell spawned on the conffile prompt to examine " |
| "the situation. Current valid value: B<conffile-prompt>." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:689 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| #| msgid "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>" |
| msgid "B<DPKG_CONFFILE_OLD>" |
| msgstr "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:693 |
| msgid "" |
| "Defined by B<dpkg> on the shell spawned on the conffile prompt to examine " |
| "the situation. Contains the path to the old conffile." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:693 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| #| msgid "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>" |
| msgid "B<DPKG_CONFFILE_NEW>" |
| msgstr "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:697 |
| msgid "" |
| "Defined by B<dpkg> on the shell spawned on the conffile prompt to examine " |
| "the situation. Contains the path to the new conffile." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:697 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<DPKG_RUNNING_VERSION>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:701 |
| msgid "" |
| "Defined by B<dpkg> on the maintainer script environment to the version of " |
| "the currently running B<dpkg> instance." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:701 dpkg-divert.8:117 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>" |
| msgid "B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_PACKAGE>" |
| msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:705 |
| msgid "" |
| "Defined by B<dpkg> on the maintainer script environment to the package name " |
| "being handled." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:705 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>" |
| msgid "B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_ARCH>" |
| msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:709 |
| msgid "" |
| "Defined by B<dpkg> on the maintainer script environment to the architecture " |
| "the package got built for." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg.1:709 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>" |
| msgid "B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_NAME>" |
| msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:713 |
| msgid "" |
| "Defined by B<dpkg> on the maintainer script environment to the name of the " |
| "script running (preinst, postinst, prerm, postrm)." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:716 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "To list packages related to the editor B<vi>(1):" |
| msgstr "Para listar os pacotes relacionados com o editor vi:" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:718 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid " B<dpkg -l \\(aq*vi*\\(aq>\n" |
| msgstr "B< dpkg -l '*vi*'>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:721 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "To see the entries in I</var/lib/dpkg/available> of two packages:" |
| msgstr "Para ver as entradas em I</var/lib/dpkg/available> em dois pacotes:" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:723 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid " B<dpkg --print-avail elvis vim | less>\n" |
| msgstr "B< dpkg --print-avail elvis vim | less>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:726 |
| msgid "To search the listing of packages yourself:" |
| msgstr "Para procurar na lista de pacotes você mesmo:" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:728 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid " B<less /var/lib/dpkg/available>\n" |
| msgstr "B< less /var/lib/dpkg/available>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:731 |
| msgid "To remove an installed elvis package:" |
| msgstr "Para remover um pacote instalado elvis:" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:733 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid " B<dpkg -r elvis>\n" |
| msgstr "B< dpkg -r elvis>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:738 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "" |
| "To install a package, you first need to find it in an archive or CDROM. The " |
| "\"available\" file shows that the vim package is in section \"editors\":" |
| msgstr "" |
| "Para instalar um pacote, você primeiro precisa encontrá-lo em um repositório " |
| "ou CDROM. O arquivo \"available\" mostra que o pacote vim está na seção " |
| "\"editors\":" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:741 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "" |
| " B<cd /media/cdrom/pool/main/v/vim>\n" |
| " B<dpkg -i vim_4.5-3.deb>\n" |
| msgstr "B< cd /cdrom/hamm/hamm/binary/editors> B< dpkg -i vim_4.5-3.deb>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:744 |
| msgid "To make a local copy of the package selection states:" |
| msgstr "Para fazer uma cópia local dos estados de seleção dos pacotes:" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:746 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid " B<dpkg --get-selections E<gt>myselections>\n" |
| msgstr "B< dpkg --get-selections E<gt>myselections>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:750 |
| msgid "" |
| "You might transfer this file to another computer, and install it there with:" |
| msgstr "" |
| "Você pode transferir esse arquivo para outro computador e instalá-lo com:" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:753 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "" |
| " B<dpkg --clear-selections>\n" |
| " B<dpkg --set-selections E<lt>myselections>\n" |
| msgstr "B< dpkg --set-selections E<lt>myselections>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:759 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "" |
| "Note that this will not actually install or remove anything, but just set " |
| "the selection state on the requested packages. You will need some other " |
| "application to actually download and install the requested packages. For " |
| "example, run B<apt-get dselect-upgrade>." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Note que isso não instalará nem removerá nada, mas apenas irá configurar o " |
| "estado de seleção dos pacotes requisitados. Você precisará de alguma outra " |
| "aplicação para baixar e instalar os pacotes requisitados." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:762 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "" |
| "Ordinarily, you will find that B<dselect>(1) provides a more convenient way " |
| "to modify the package selection states." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Ordinariamente, você verificará que o B<dselect>(8) provê uma maneira mais " |
| "conveniente de modificar o estado de seleção dos pacotes." |
| |
| #. type: SH |
| #: dpkg.1:764 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "ADDITIONAL FUNCTIONALITY" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:767 |
| msgid "" |
| "Additional functionality can be gained by installing any of the following " |
| "packages: B<apt>, B<aptitude> and B<debsums>." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:779 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "" |
| "B<aptitude>(1), B<apt>(1), B<dselect>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg-query>(1), " |
| "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg.cfg>(5), and B<dpkg-reconfigure>(8)." |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<dselect>(8), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), e B<dpkg-" |
| "reconfigure>(8)" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:782 |
| msgid "B<--no-act> usually gives less information than might be helpful." |
| msgstr "B<--no-act> normalmente dá menos informação do que seria útil." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.1:785 dpkg.cfg.5:22 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "" |
| "See I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS> for the list of people who have " |
| "contributed to B<dpkg>." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Veja B</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS> para a lista de pessoas que\n" |
| "contribuíram para o B<dpkg>.\n" |
| |
| #. type: TH |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:1 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "dpkg-architecture" |
| msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:4 |
| msgid "" |
| "dpkg-architecture - set and determine the architecture for package building" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:8 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "B<dpkg-architecture> [I<option>...] [I<command>]" |
| msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opções>] I<ação>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:13 |
| msgid "" |
| "dpkg-architecture does provide a facility to determine and set the build and " |
| "host architecture for package building." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:16 |
| msgid "" |
| "The build architecture is always determined by an external call to B<dpkg>" |
| "(1), and can not be set at the command line." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:25 |
| msgid "" |
| "You can specify the host architecture by providing one or both of the " |
| "options B<-a> and B<-t>. The default is determined by an external call to " |
| "B<gcc>(1), or the same as the build architecture if \\s-1CC\\s0 or gcc are " |
| "both not available. One out of B<-a> and B<-t> is sufficient, the value of " |
| "the other will be set to a usable default. Indeed, it is often better to " |
| "only specify one, because B<dpkg-architecture> will warn you if your choice " |
| "does not match the default." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: SH |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:26 dpkg-buildflags.1:45 dpkg-deb.1:27 dpkg-divert.8:24 |
| #: dpkg-query.1:13 dpkg-source.1:18 dpkg-split.1:31 dpkg-statoverride.8:23 |
| #: dpkg-trigger.1:24 dpkg-vendor.1:14 start-stop-daemon.8:34 |
| #: update-alternatives.8:202 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "COMMANDS" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:27 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-l>" |
| msgstr "B<-G>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:31 |
| msgid "" |
| "Print the environment variables, one each line, in the format " |
| "I<VARIABLE=value>. This is the default action." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:31 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-e>I<debian-architecture>" |
| msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:37 |
| msgid "" |
| "Check for equality of architecture. By default I<debian-architecture> is " |
| "compared against the current Debian architecture, being the host. This " |
| "action will not expand the architecture wildcards. Command finishes with an " |
| "exit status of 0 if matched, 1 if not matched." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:37 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-i>I<architecture-wildcard>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:43 |
| msgid "" |
| "Check for identity of architecture by expanding I<architecture-wildcard> as " |
| "an architecture wildcard and comparing against the current Debian " |
| "architecture. Command finishes with an exit status of 0 if matched, 1 if not " |
| "matched." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:43 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-q>I<variable-name>" |
| msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:46 |
| msgid "Print the value of a single variable." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:46 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-s>" |
| msgstr "B<-G>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:50 |
| msgid "" |
| "Print an export command. This can be used to set the environment variables " |
| "using eval." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:50 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-u>" |
| msgstr "B<-G>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:53 |
| msgid "Print a similar command to B<-s> but to unset all variables." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:53 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-c>I< command>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:57 |
| msgid "" |
| "Execute a I<command> in an environment which has all variables set to the " |
| "determined value." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:57 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-L>" |
| msgstr "B<-G>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:60 |
| msgid "Print a list of valid architecture names." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:63 dpkg-buildflags.1:92 dpkg-buildpackage.1:226 |
| #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:36 dpkg-distaddfile.1:35 dpkg-deb.1:175 |
| #: dpkg-divert.8:74 dpkg-genchanges.1:134 dpkg-gencontrol.1:124 |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:446 dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:41 dpkg-name.1:61 |
| #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:36 dpkg-query.1:113 dpkg-scanpackages.1:99 |
| #: dpkg-scansources.1:68 dpkg-shlibdeps.1:218 dpkg-source.1:99 |
| #: dpkg-split.1:129 dpkg-statoverride.8:47 dpkg-trigger.1:34 dpkg-vendor.1:31 |
| #: update-alternatives.8:319 |
| msgid "Show the usage message and exit." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:66 dpkg-buildflags.1:95 dpkg-buildpackage.1:229 |
| #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:39 dpkg-distaddfile.1:38 dpkg-deb.1:178 |
| #: dpkg-divert.8:77 dpkg-genchanges.1:137 dpkg-gencontrol.1:127 |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:449 dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:44 dpkg-name.1:64 |
| #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:39 dpkg-query.1:116 dpkg-scanpackages.1:102 |
| #: dpkg-scansources.1:70 dpkg-shlibdeps.1:221 dpkg-source.1:102 |
| #: dpkg-split.1:132 dpkg-statoverride.8:50 dpkg-trigger.1:37 dpkg-vendor.1:34 |
| #: update-alternatives.8:322 |
| msgid "Show the version and exit." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:68 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-a>I<debian-architecture>" |
| msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:71 |
| msgid "Set the Debian architecture." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:71 dpkg-buildpackage.1:110 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-t>I<gnu-system-type>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:74 |
| msgid "Set the GNU system type." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:74 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-f>" |
| msgstr "B<-G>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:81 |
| msgid "" |
| "Values set by existing environment variables with the same name as used by " |
| "the scripts are honored (i.e. used by B<dpkg-architecture>), except if this " |
| "force flag is present. This allows the user to override a value even when " |
| "the call to B<dpkg-architecture> is buried in some other script (for example " |
| "B<dpkg-buildpackage>(1))." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: SH |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:82 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "TERMS" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: IP |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:83 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "build machine" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:85 |
| msgid "The machine the package is built on." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: IP |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:85 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "host machine" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:87 |
| msgid "The machine the package is built for." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: IP |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:87 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "Debian architecture" |
| msgstr "Projeto Debian" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:90 |
| msgid "" |
| "The Debian architecture string, which specifies the binary tree in the " |
| "\\s-1FTP\\s0 archive. Examples: i386, sparc, hurd-i386." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: IP |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:90 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "architecture wildcard" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:94 |
| msgid "" |
| "An architecture wildcard is a special architecture string that will match " |
| "any real architecture being part of it. The general form is E<lt>kernelE<gt>-" |
| "E<lt>cpuE<gt>. Examples: linux-any, any-i386, hurd-any." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: IP |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:94 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "\\s-1GNU\\s0 system type" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:98 |
| msgid "" |
| "An architecture specification string consisting of two parts separated by a " |
| "dash: cpu and system. Examples: i386-linux-gnu, sparc-linux-gnu, i386-gnu, " |
| "x86_64-netbsd." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: SH |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:99 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "VARIABLES" |
| msgstr "VARIÁVEIS DE AMBIENTE" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:101 |
| msgid "The following variables are set by B<dpkg-architecture>:" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: IP |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:101 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH\\s0" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:103 |
| msgid "The Debian architecture of the build machine." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: IP |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:103 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH_OS\\s0" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:105 |
| msgid "The Debian system name of the build machine." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: IP |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:105 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH_CPU\\s0" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:107 |
| msgid "The Debian cpu name of the build machine." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: IP |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:107 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH_BITS\\s0" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:109 |
| msgid "The pointer size of the build machine (in bits)." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: IP |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:109 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH_ENDIAN\\s0" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:111 |
| msgid "The endianness of the build machine (little / big)." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: IP |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:111 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_CPU\\s0" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:113 |
| msgid "The \\s-1CPU\\s0 part of \\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: IP |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:113 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:115 |
| msgid "The System part of \\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: IP |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:115 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:117 |
| msgid "The \\s-1GNU\\s0 system type of the build machine." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: IP |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:117 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "\\s-1DEB_BUILD_MULTIARCH\\s0" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:120 |
| msgid "" |
| "The clarified \\s-1GNU\\s0 system type of the build machine, used for " |
| "filesystem paths." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: IP |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:120 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH\\s0" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:122 |
| msgid "The Debian architecture of the host machine." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: IP |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:122 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS\\s0" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:124 |
| msgid "The Debian system name of the host machine." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: IP |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:124 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU\\s0" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:126 |
| msgid "The Debian cpu name of the host machine." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: IP |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:126 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH_BITS\\s0" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:128 |
| msgid "The pointer size of the host machine (in bits)." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: IP |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:128 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH_ENDIAN\\s0" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:130 |
| msgid "The endianness of the host machine (little / big)." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: IP |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:130 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_CPU\\s0" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:132 |
| msgid "The \\s-1CPU\\s0 part of \\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: IP |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:132 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:134 |
| msgid "The System part of \\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: IP |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:134 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:136 |
| msgid "The \\s-1GNU\\s0 system type of the host machine." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: IP |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:136 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "\\s-1DEB_HOST_MULTIARCH\\s0" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:139 |
| msgid "" |
| "The clarified \\s-1GNU\\s0 system type of the host machine, used for " |
| "filesystem paths." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: SH |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:140 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "DEBIAN/RULES" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:148 |
| msgid "" |
| "The environment variables set by B<dpkg-architecture> are passed to I<debian/" |
| "rules> as make variables (see make documentation). However, you should not " |
| "rely on them, as this breaks manual invocation of the script. Instead, you " |
| "should always initialize them using B<dpkg-architecture> with the -q option. " |
| "Here are some examples, which also show how you can improve the cross " |
| "compilation support in your package:" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:151 dpkg-architecture.1:168 |
| msgid "Instead of:" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:155 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "" |
| "ARCH=\\`dpkg --print-architecture\\`\n" |
| "configure $(\\s-1ARCH\\s0)-linux\n" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:158 |
| msgid "please use the following:" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:162 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "" |
| "\\&\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0 := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE)\n" |
| "\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0 := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE)\n" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:164 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "configure --build=$(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0) --host=$(\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0)\n" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:174 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "" |
| "ARCH=\\`dpkg --print-architecture\\`\n" |
| "ifeq ($(\\s-1ARCH\\s0),alpha)\n" |
| " ...\n" |
| "endif\n" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:177 |
| msgid "please use:" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:180 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH\\s0 := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_ARCH)\n" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:184 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "" |
| "ifeq ($(\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH\\s0),alpha)\n" |
| " ...\n" |
| "endif\n" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:188 |
| msgid "" |
| "or if you only need to check the CPU or OS type, use the DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU " |
| "or DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS variables." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:193 |
| msgid "" |
| "In general, calling dpkg in the rules file to get architecture information " |
| "is deprecated (unless you want to provide backward compatibility, see " |
| "below). Especially the --print-architecture option is unreliable since we " |
| "have Debian architectures which don't equal a processor name." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: SH |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:194 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "BACKWARD COMPATIBILITY" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:198 |
| msgid "" |
| "The DEB_*_ARCH_BITS and DEB_*_ARCH_ENDIAN variables were introduced in dpkg-" |
| "dev 1.15.4. Using them in I<debian/rules> thus requires a build-dependency " |
| "on dpkg-dev (E<gt>= 1.15.4)." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:203 |
| msgid "" |
| "The DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU and DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS variables were introduced in dpkg-" |
| "dev 1.13.2. Before this I<debian/rules> files tended to check the values of " |
| "the DEB_HOST_GNU_CPU or DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE variables which have been subject " |
| "to change." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:208 |
| msgid "" |
| "Where I<debian/rules> files check these variables to decide how or what to " |
| "compile, this should be updated to use the new variables and values. You " |
| "may wish to retain backwards compatibility with older version of dpkg-dev by " |
| "using the following code:" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:212 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "" |
| "DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU 2E<gt>/dev/null)\n" |
| "DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_ARCH_OS 2E<gt>/dev/null)\n" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:226 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "" |
| "# Take account of old dpkg-architecture output.\n" |
| "ifeq ($(DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU),)\n" |
| " DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU := $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_GNU_CPU)\n" |
| " ifeq ($(DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU),x86_64)\n" |
| " DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU := amd64\n" |
| " endif\n" |
| "endif\n" |
| "ifeq ($(DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS),)\n" |
| " DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS := $(subst -gnu,,$(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_GNU_SYSTEM))\n" |
| " ifeq ($(DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS),gnu)\n" |
| " DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS := hurd\n" |
| " endif\n" |
| "endif\n" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:229 |
| msgid "And similarly for DEB_BUILD_ARCH_CPU and DEB_BUILD_ARCH_OS." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:232 |
| msgid "" |
| "If you still wish to support versions of dpkg-dev that did not include " |
| "B<dpkg-architecture>, the following does the job:" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:242 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "" |
| "\\&\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH\\s0 := $(shell dpkg --print-architecture)\n" |
| "\\&\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_CPU\\s0 := $(patsubst hurd-%,%,$(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH\\s0))\n" |
| "ifeq ($(filter-out hurd-%,$(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH\\s0)),)\n" |
| " \\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0 := gnu\n" |
| "else\n" |
| " \\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0 := linux-gnu\n" |
| "endif\n" |
| "DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE=$(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_CPU\\s0)-$(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0)\n" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:247 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "" |
| "\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_ARCH\\s0 := $(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_ARCH\\s0)\n" |
| "\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_CPU\\s0 := $(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_CPU\\s0)\n" |
| "\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0 := $(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM\\s0)\n" |
| "\\&\\s-1DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE\\s0 := $(\\s-1DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE\\s0)\n" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:251 |
| msgid "" |
| "Put a subset of these lines at the top of your debian/rules file; these " |
| "default values will be overwritten if dpkg-architecture is used." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:258 |
| msgid "" |
| "You don't need the full set. Choose a consistent set which contains the " |
| "values you use in the rules file. For example, if you only need the host " |
| "Debian architecture, `DEB_HOST_ARCH=\\`dpkg --print-architecture\\`' is " |
| "sufficient (this is indeed the Debian architecture of the build machine, but " |
| "remember that we are only trying to be backward compatible with native " |
| "compilation)." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:261 |
| msgid "" |
| "The B<-e> and B<-i> options were only introduced in relatively recent " |
| "versions of B<dpkg-architecture> (since dpkg 1.13.13)." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:265 |
| msgid "" |
| "B<dpkg-buildpackage> accepts the B<-a> option and passes it to B<dpkg-" |
| "architecture>. Other examples:" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:267 |
| msgid "CC=i386-gnu-gcc dpkg-architecture -c debian/rules build" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:269 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "eval \\`dpkg-architecture -u\\`" |
| msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:272 |
| msgid "" |
| "Check if an architecture is equal to the current architecture or a given one:" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:274 |
| msgid "dpkg-architecture -elinux-alpha" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:276 |
| msgid "dpkg-architecture -amips -elinux-mips" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:279 |
| msgid "" |
| "Check if the current architecture or an architecture provided with -a are " |
| "Linux systems:" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:281 |
| msgid "dpkg-architecture -ilinux-any" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:283 |
| msgid "dpkg-architecture -ai386 -ilinux-any" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:288 |
| msgid "" |
| "All these files have to be present for B<dpkg-architecture> to work. Their " |
| "location can be overridden at runtime with the environment variable " |
| "B<DPKG_DATADIR>." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:288 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "I</usr/share/dpkg/cputable>" |
| msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/available>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:291 |
| msgid "Table of known CPU names and mapping to their GNU name." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:291 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "I</usr/share/dpkg/ostable>" |
| msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/available>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:294 |
| msgid "Table of known operating system names and mapping to their GNU name." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:294 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "I</usr/share/dpkg/triplettable>" |
| msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/available>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:298 |
| msgid "" |
| "Mapping between Debian architecture triplets and Debian architecture names." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:302 |
| msgid "B<dpkg-buildpackage>(1), B<dpkg-cross>(1)." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-architecture.1:307 |
| msgid "" |
| "B<dpkg-architecture> and this man page were initially written by Marcus " |
| "Brinkmann E<lt>brinkmd@debian.orgE<gt>." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TH |
| #: dpkg.cfg.5:1 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "dpkg.cfg" |
| msgstr "dpkg" |
| |
| #. type: TH |
| #: dpkg.cfg.5:1 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "2009-09-05" |
| msgstr "2006-04-09" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.cfg.5:4 |
| msgid "dpkg.cfg - dpkg configuration file" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.cfg.5:11 |
| msgid "" |
| "This file contains default options for dpkg. Each line contains a single " |
| "option which is exactly the same as a normal command line option for dpkg " |
| "except for the leading dashes which are not used here. Quotes surrounding " |
| "option values are stripped. Comments are allowed by starting a line with a " |
| "hash sign (\"B<#>\")." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.cfg.5:14 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>" |
| msgid "I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg.d/[0-9a-zA-Z_-]*>" |
| msgstr "I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.cfg.5:18 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "I<~/.dpkg.cfg>" |
| msgstr "I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg.cfg.5:24 dpkg-divert.8:134 dpkg-query.1:222 dpkg-statoverride.8:86 |
| msgid "B<dpkg>(1)." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TH |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:1 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "dpkg-buildflags" |
| msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opções>] I<ação>" |
| |
| #. type: TH |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:1 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "2011-09-13" |
| msgstr "2006-04-09" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:4 |
| msgid "dpkg-buildflags - returns build flags to use during package build" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:8 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "B<dpkg-buildflags> [I<option>...] [I<command>]" |
| msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opções>] I<ação>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:12 |
| msgid "" |
| "B<dpkg-buildflags> is a tool to retrieve compilation flags to use during " |
| "build of Debian packages." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:15 |
| msgid "" |
| "The default flags are defined by the vendor but they can be extended/" |
| "overriden in several ways:" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: IP |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:15 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "1." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:17 |
| msgid "system-wide with B</etc/dpkg/buildflags.conf>;" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: IP |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:17 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "2." |
| msgstr "2" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:20 |
| msgid "" |
| "for the current user with B<$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/dpkg/buildflags.conf> where B<" |
| "$XDG_CONFIG_HOME> defaults to B<$HOME/.config>;" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: IP |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:20 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "3." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:23 |
| msgid "" |
| "temporarily by the user with environment variables (see section " |
| "B<ENVIRONMENT>);" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: IP |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:23 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "4." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:26 |
| msgid "" |
| "dynamically by the package maintainer with environment variables set via " |
| "B<debian/rules> (see section B<ENVIRONMENT>)." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:28 |
| msgid "The configuration files can contain two types of directives:" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:28 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<SET>I< flag value>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:31 |
| msgid "Override the flag named I<flag> to have the value I<value>." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:31 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<STRIP>I< flag value>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:34 |
| msgid "" |
| "Strip from the flag named I<flag> all the build flags listed in I<value>." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:34 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<APPEND>I< flag value>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:38 |
| msgid "" |
| "Extend the flag named I<flag> by appending the options given in I<value>. A " |
| "space is prepended to the appended value if the flag's current value is non-" |
| "empty." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:38 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<PREPEND>I< flag value>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:42 |
| msgid "" |
| "Extend the flag named I<flag> by prepending the options given in I<value>. " |
| "A space is appended to the prepended value if the flag's current value is " |
| "non-empty." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:45 |
| msgid "" |
| "The configuration files can contain comments on lines starting with a hash " |
| "(#). Empty lines are also ignored." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:46 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--dump>" |
| msgstr "B<--nocheck>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:51 |
| msgid "" |
| "Print to standard output all compilation flags and their values. It prints " |
| "one flag per line separated from its value by an equal sign " |
| "(\"I<flag>=I<value>\"). This is the default action." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:51 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--list>" |
| msgstr "B<install>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:56 |
| msgid "" |
| "Print the list of flags supported by the current vendor (one per line). See " |
| "the B<SUPPORTED FLAGS> section for more information about them." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:56 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--export=>I<format>" |
| msgstr "B<--admindir> I<diretório>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:66 |
| msgid "" |
| "Print to standard output shell (if I<format> is B<sh>) or make (if I<format> " |
| "is B<make>) commands that can be used to export all the compilation flags in " |
| "the environment. If I<format> is B<configure> then the output can be used on " |
| "a B<./configure> command-line. If the I<format> value is not given, B<sh> is " |
| "assumed. Only compilation flags starting with an upper case character are " |
| "included, others are assumed to not be suitable for the environment." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:66 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--get>I< flag>" |
| msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:70 |
| msgid "" |
| "Print the value of the flag on standard output. Exits with 0 if the flag is " |
| "known otherwise exits with 1." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:70 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--origin>I< flag>" |
| msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:75 |
| msgid "" |
| "Print the origin of the value that is returned by B<--get>. Exits with 0 if " |
| "the flag is known otherwise exits with 1. The origin can be one of the " |
| "following values:" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:76 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<vendor>" |
| msgstr "B<--admindir> I<diretório>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:79 |
| msgid "the original flag set by the vendor is returned;" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:79 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<system>" |
| msgstr "B<-G>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:82 |
| msgid "the flag is set/modified by a system-wide configuration;" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:82 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<user>" |
| msgstr "B<--quiet>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:85 |
| msgid "the flag is set/modified by a user-specific configuration;" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:85 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<env>" |
| msgstr "B<-G>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:88 |
| msgid "the flag is set/modified by an environment-specific configuration." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: SH |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:96 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "SUPPORTED FLAGS" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:97 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<CFLAGS>" |
| msgstr "B<COLUMNS>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:103 |
| msgid "" |
| "Options for the C compiler. The default value set by the vendor includes I<-" |
| "g> and the default optimization level (I<-O2> usually, or I<-O0> if the " |
| "B<DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS> environment variable defines I<noopt>)." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:103 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<CPPFLAGS>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:106 |
| msgid "Options for the C preprocessor. Default value: empty." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:106 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<CXXFLAGS>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:109 |
| msgid "Options for the C++ compiler. Same as B<CFLAGS>." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:109 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<FFLAGS>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:112 |
| msgid "Options for the Fortran compiler. Same as B<CFLAGS>." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:112 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<LDFLAGS>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:120 |
| msgid "" |
| "Options passed to the compiler when linking executables or shared objects " |
| "(if the linker is called directly, then B<-Wl> and B<,> have to be stripped " |
| "from these options). Default value: empty." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:122 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| #| msgid "I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>" |
| msgid "B</etc/dpkg/buildflags.conf>" |
| msgstr "I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:125 |
| msgid "System wide configuration file." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:125 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/dpkg/buildflags.conf> or B<$HOME/.config/dpkg/buildflags.conf>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:128 |
| msgid "User configuration file." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:135 |
| msgid "" |
| "There are 2 sets of environment variables doing the same operations, the " |
| "first one (DEB_I<flag>_I<op>) should never be used within B<debian/rules>. " |
| "It's meant for any user that wants to rebuild the source package with " |
| "different build flags. The second set (DEB_I<flag>_MAINT_I<op>) should only " |
| "be used in B<debian/rules> by package maintainers to change the resulting " |
| "build flags." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:135 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<DEB_>I<flag>B<_SET>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TQ |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:137 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<DEB_>I<flag>B<_MAINT_SET>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:141 |
| msgid "" |
| "This variable can be used to force the value returned for the given I<flag>." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:141 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<DEB_>I<flag>B<_STRIP>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TQ |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:143 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<DEB_>I<flag>B<_MAINT_STRIP>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:148 |
| msgid "" |
| "This variable can be used to provide a space separated list of options that " |
| "will be stripped from the set of flags returned for the given I<flag>." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:148 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<DEB_>I<flag>B<_APPEND>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TQ |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:150 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<DEB_>I<flag>B<_MAINT_APPEND>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:154 |
| msgid "" |
| "This variable can be used to append supplementary options to the value " |
| "returned for the given I<flag>." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:154 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<DEB_>I<flag>B<_PREPEND>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TQ |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:156 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<DEB_>I<flag>B<_MAINT_PREPEND>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:160 |
| msgid "" |
| "This variable can be used to prepend supplementary options to the value " |
| "returned for the given I<flag>." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:160 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_MAINT_OPTIONS>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:165 |
| msgid "" |
| "This variable can be used to disable/enable various hardening build flags " |
| "through the B<hardening> option. See the B<HARDENING> section for details." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: SH |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:166 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| #| msgid "WARNING" |
| msgid "HARDENING" |
| msgstr "ATENÇÃO" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:171 |
| msgid "" |
| "Several compile-time options (detailed below) can be used to help harden a " |
| "resulting binary against memory corruption attacks, or provide additional " |
| "warning messages during compilation. Except as noted below, these are " |
| "enabled by default for architectures that support them." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:177 |
| msgid "" |
| "Each hardening feature can be enabled and disabled in the " |
| "B<DEB_BUILD_MAINT_OPTIONS> environment variable's B<hardening> value with " |
| "the \"+\" and \"-\" modifier. For example, to enable the \"pie\" feature and " |
| "disable the \"fortify\" feature you can do this in B<debian/rules>:" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:179 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid " export DEB_BUILD_MAINT_OPTIONS=hardening=+pie,-fortify\n" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:183 |
| msgid "" |
| "The special feature B<all> can be used to enable or disable all hardening " |
| "features at the same time. Thus disabling everything and enabling only " |
| "\"format\" and \"fortify\" can be achieved with:" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:185 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid " export DEB_BUILD_MAINT_OPTIONS=hardening=-all,+format,+fortify\n" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:186 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<format>" |
| msgstr "B<--abort-after=>I<número>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:198 |
| msgid "" |
| "This setting (enabled by default) adds B<-Wformat -Wformat-security -" |
| "Werror=format-security> to B<CFLAGS> and B<CXXFLAGS>. This will warn about " |
| "improper format string uses, and will fail when format functions are used in " |
| "a way that that represent possible security problems. At present, this warns " |
| "about calls to B<printf> and B<scanf> functions where the format string is " |
| "not a string literal and there are no format arguments, as in B<printf(foo);" |
| "> instead of B<printf(\"%s\", foo);> This may be a security hole if the " |
| "format string came from untrusted input and contains \"%n\"." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:199 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<fortify>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:210 |
| msgid "" |
| "This setting (enabled by default) adds B<-D_FORTIFY_SOURCE=2> to B<CFLAGS> " |
| "and B<CXXFLAGS>. During code generation the compiler knows a great deal of " |
| "information about buffer sizes (where possible), and attempts to replace " |
| "insecure unlimited length buffer function calls with length-limited ones. " |
| "This is especially useful for old, crufty code. Additionally, format " |
| "strings in writable memory that contain '%n' are blocked. If an application " |
| "depends on such a format string, it will need to be worked around." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:213 |
| msgid "" |
| "Note that for this option to have any effect, the source must also be " |
| "compiled with B<-O1> or higher." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:213 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<stackprotector>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:222 |
| msgid "" |
| "This setting (enabled by default) adds B<-fstack-protector --param=ssp-" |
| "buffer-size=4> to B<CFLAGS> and B<CXXFLAGS>. This adds safety checks against " |
| "stack overwrites. This renders many potential code injection attacks into " |
| "aborting situations. In the best case this turns code injection " |
| "vulnerabilities into denial of service or into non-issues (depending on the " |
| "application)." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:226 |
| msgid "" |
| "This feature requires linking against glibc (or another provider of " |
| "B<__stack_chk_fail>), so needs to be disabled when building with B<-" |
| "nostdlib> or B<-ffreestanding> or similar." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:227 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| #| msgid "B<purge>" |
| msgid "B<relro>" |
| msgstr "B<purge>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:235 |
| msgid "" |
| "This setting (enabled by default) adds B<-Wl,-z,relro> to B<LDFLAGS>. " |
| "During program load, several ELF memory sections need to be written to by " |
| "the linker. This flags the loader to turn these sections read-only before " |
| "turning over control to the program. Most notably this prevents GOT " |
| "overwrite attacks." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:236 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<bindnow>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:243 |
| msgid "" |
| "This setting (disabled by default) adds B<-Wl,-z,now> to B<LDFLAGS>. During " |
| "program load, all dynamic symbols are resolved, allowing for the entire PLT " |
| "to be marked read-only (due to B<relro> above)." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:244 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<pie>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:256 |
| msgid "" |
| "This setting (disabled by default) adds B<-fPIE> to B<CFLAGS> and " |
| "B<CXXFLAGS>, and B<-fPIE -pie> to B<LDFLAGS>. Position Independent " |
| "Executable are needed to take advantage of Address Space Layout " |
| "Randomization, supported by some kernel versions. While ASLR can already be " |
| "enforced for data areas in the stack and heap (brk and mmap), the code areas " |
| "must be compiled as position-independent. Shared libraries already do this (-" |
| "fPIC), so they gain ASLR automatically, but binary .text regions need to be " |
| "build PIE to gain ASLR. When this happens, ROP (Return Oriented Programming) " |
| "attacks are much harder since there are no static locations to bounce off of " |
| "during a memory corruption attack." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:259 |
| msgid "" |
| "This is not compatible with B<-fPIC> so care must be taken when building " |
| "shared objects." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:265 |
| msgid "" |
| "Additionally, since PIE is implemented via a general register, some " |
| "architectures (most notably i386) can see performance losses of up to 15% in " |
| "very text-segment-heavy application workloads; most workloads see less than " |
| "1%. Architectures with more general registers (e.g. amd64) do not see as " |
| "high a worst-case penalty." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:268 |
| msgid "Copyright \\(co 2010-2011 Rapha\\[:e]l Hertzog" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildflags.1:270 |
| msgid "Copyright \\(co 2011 Kees Cook" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TH |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:1 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "dpkg-buildpackage" |
| msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opções>] I<ação>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:4 |
| msgid "dpkg-buildpackage - build binary or source packages from sources" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:8 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "B<dpkg-buildpackage> [I<option>...]" |
| msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opções>] I<ação>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:13 |
| msgid "" |
| "B<dpkg-buildpackage> is a program that automates the process of building a " |
| "Debian package. It consists of the following steps:" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: IP |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:13 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<1.>" |
| msgstr "B<-G>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:17 |
| msgid "" |
| "It prepares the build environment by setting various environment variables " |
| "(see B<ENVIRONMENT>) and calls B<dpkg-source --before-build> (unless B<-T> " |
| "or B<--target> has been used)." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: IP |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:17 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<2.>" |
| msgstr "B<-G>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:20 |
| msgid "" |
| "It checks that the build-dependencies and build-conflicts are satisfied " |
| "(unless B<-d> is specified)." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: IP |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:20 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<3.>" |
| msgstr "B<-G>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:25 |
| msgid "" |
| "If a specific target has been selected with the B<-T> or B<--target> option, " |
| "it calls that target and stops here. Otherwise it calls B<fakeroot debian/" |
| "rules clean> to clean the build-tree (unless B<-nc> is specified)." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: IP |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:25 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<4.>" |
| msgstr "B<-G>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:29 |
| msgid "" |
| "It calls B<dpkg-source -b> to generate the source package (unless a binary-" |
| "only build has been requested with B<-b>, B<-B> or B<-A>)." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: IP |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:29 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<5.>" |
| msgstr "B<-G>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:36 |
| msgid "" |
| "It calls B<debian/rules> B<build> followed by B<fakeroot debian/rules> " |
| "I<binary-target> (unless a source-only build has been requested with B<-S>). " |
| "Note that I<binary-target> is either B<binary> (default case, or if B<-b> is " |
| "specified) or B<binary-arch> (if B<-B> is specified) or B<binary-indep> (if " |
| "B<-A> is specified)." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: IP |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:36 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<6.>" |
| msgstr "B<-G>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:39 |
| msgid "" |
| "It calls B<gpg> to sign the B<.dsc> file (if any, unless B<-us> is " |
| "specified)." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: IP |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:39 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<7.>" |
| msgstr "B<-G>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:43 |
| msgid "" |
| "It calls B<dpkg-genchanges> to generate a B<.changes> file. Many B<dpkg-" |
| "buildpackage> options are forwarded to B<dpkg-genchanges>." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: IP |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:43 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<8.>" |
| msgstr "B<-G>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:46 |
| msgid "" |
| "It calls B<gpg> to sign the B<.changes> file (unless B<-uc> is specified)." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: IP |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:46 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<9.>" |
| msgstr "B<-G>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:49 |
| msgid "" |
| "If B<-tc> is specified, it will call B<fakeroot debian/rules clean> again. " |
| "Finally it calls B<dpkg-source --after-build>." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:51 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-b>" |
| msgstr "B<-G>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:55 |
| msgid "" |
| "Specifies a binary-only build, no source files are to be built and/or " |
| "distributed. Passed to B<dpkg-genchanges>." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:55 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:23 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-B>" |
| msgstr "B<-G>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:59 |
| msgid "" |
| "Specifies a binary-only build, limited to architecture dependent packages. " |
| "Passed to B<dpkg-genchanges>." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:59 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-A>" |
| msgstr "B<-G>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:63 |
| msgid "" |
| "Specifies a binary-only build, limited to architecture independent packages. " |
| "Passed to B<dpkg-genchanges>." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:63 dpkg-genchanges.1:27 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-S>" |
| msgstr "B<-G>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:67 |
| msgid "" |
| "Specifies a source-only build, no binary packages need to be made. Passed " |
| "to B<dpkg-genchanges>." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:67 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-F>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:71 |
| msgid "" |
| "Specifies a normal full build, binary and source packages will be built. " |
| "This is the same as the default case when no build option is specified." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:73 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "B<--target=>I<target>" |
| msgstr "B<--abort-after=>I<número>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:75 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "B<--target >I<target>" |
| msgstr "B<--abort-after=>I<número>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:77 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "B<-T>I<target>" |
| msgstr "B<unpacked>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:83 |
| msgid "" |
| "Calls B<debian/rules> I<target> after having setup the build environment and " |
| "stops the package build process here. If B<--as-root> is also given, then " |
| "the command is executed as root (see B<-r>). Note that official targets that " |
| "are required to be run as root by the Debian policy do not need this option." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:84 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--as-root>" |
| msgstr "B<--test>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:88 |
| msgid "" |
| "Only meaningful together with B<--target>. Requires that the target be run " |
| "with root rights." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:90 dpkg-genchanges.1:36 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-si>" |
| msgstr "B<-G>" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:92 dpkg-genchanges.1:42 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-sa>" |
| msgstr "B<-G>" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:94 dpkg-genchanges.1:45 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-sd>" |
| msgstr "B<-G>" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:96 dpkg-genchanges.1:49 dpkg-gencontrol.1:38 |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:377 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-v>I<version>" |
| msgstr "B<--version>" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:98 dpkg-genchanges.1:54 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-C>I<changesdescription>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:100 dpkg-genchanges.1:60 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-m>I<maintaineraddress>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:102 dpkg-genchanges.1:66 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-e>I<maintaineraddress>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:104 |
| msgid "Passed unchanged to B<dpkg-genchanges>. See its manual page." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:105 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-a>I<architecture>" |
| msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:110 |
| msgid "" |
| "Specify the Debian architecture we build for. The architecture of the " |
| "machine we build on is determined automatically, and is also the default for " |
| "the host machine." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:115 |
| msgid "" |
| "Specify the GNU system type we build for. It can be used in place of -a or " |
| "as a complement to override the default GNU system type of the target Debian " |
| "architecture." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:115 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-j>I<jobs>" |
| msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:126 |
| msgid "" |
| "Number of jobs allowed to be run simultaneously, equivalent to the B<make>" |
| "(1) option of the same name. Will add itself to the MAKEFLAGS environment " |
| "variable, which should cause all subsequent make invocations to inherit the " |
| "option. Also adds B<parallel=>I<jobs> to the DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS environment " |
| "variable which allows debian/rules files to use this information for their " |
| "own purposes. The B<parallel=>I<jobs> in DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS environment " |
| "variable will override the B<-j> value if this option is given." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:126 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-D>" |
| msgstr "B<-G>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:130 |
| msgid "" |
| "Check build dependencies and conflicts; abort if unsatisfied. This is the " |
| "default behavior." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:130 dpkg-gensymbols.1:432 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-d>" |
| msgstr "B<-G>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:133 |
| msgid "Do not check build dependencies and conflicts." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:133 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-nc>" |
| msgstr "B<-G>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:137 |
| msgid "" |
| "Do not clean the source tree (implies B<-b> if nothing else has been " |
| "selected among B<-B>, B<-A> or B<-S>)." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:137 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-tc>" |
| msgstr "B<-G>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:143 |
| msgid "" |
| "Clean the source tree (using I<gain-root-command> B<debian/rules clean>) " |
| "after the package has been built." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:143 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-r>I<gain-root-command>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:167 |
| msgid "" |
| "When B<dpkg-buildpackage> needs to execute part of the build process as " |
| "root, it prefixes the command it executes with I<gain-root-command> if one " |
| "has been specified. Otherwise, if none has been specified, B<fakeroot> will " |
| "be used by default, if the command is present. I<gain-root-command> should " |
| "start with the name of a program on the B<PATH> and will get as arguments " |
| "the name of the real command to run and the arguments it should take. " |
| "I<gain-root-command> can include parameters (they must be space-separated) " |
| "but no shell metacharacters. I<gain-root-command> might typically be " |
| "B<fakeroot>, B<sudo>, B<super> or B<really>. B<su> is not suitable, since " |
| "it can only invoke the user's shell with B<-c> instead of passing arguments " |
| "individually to the command to be run." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:167 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-R>I<rules-file>" |
| msgstr "I<control>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:178 |
| msgid "" |
| "Building a Debian package usually involves invoking B<debian/rules> as a " |
| "command with several standard parameters. With this option it's possible to " |
| "use another program invocation to build the package (it can include space " |
| "separated parameters). Alternatively it can be used to execute the standard " |
| "rules file with another make program (for example by using B</usr/local/bin/" |
| "make -f debian/rules> as I<rules-file>)." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:178 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-p>I<sign-command>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:188 |
| msgid "" |
| "When B<dpkg-buildpackage> needs to execute GPG or PGP to sign a source " |
| "control (B<.dsc>) file or a B<.changes> file it will run I<sign-command> " |
| "(searching the B<PATH> if necessary) instead of B<gpg>. I<sign-command> will " |
| "get all the arguments that B<pgp> would have gotten. If I<sign-command> " |
| "takes its arguments in GPG rather than PGP style, you should give the B<-" |
| "sgpg> option. I<sign-command> should not contain spaces or any other shell " |
| "metacharacters." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:188 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-k>I<key-id>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:191 |
| msgid "Specify a key-ID to use when signing packages." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:191 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-us>" |
| msgstr "B<-G>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:194 |
| msgid "Do not sign the source package." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:194 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-uc>" |
| msgstr "B<-G>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:197 |
| msgid "Do not sign the B<.changes> file." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:199 |
| msgid "B<-i>[I<regexp>]" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:201 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "B<-I>I<[pattern]>" |
| msgstr "B<--status-fd >I<E<lt>nE<gt>>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:203 |
| msgid "B<-s>[B<nsAkurKUR>]" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:205 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "B<-z>, B<-Z>" |
| msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:208 |
| msgid "Passed unchanged to B<dpkg-source>. See its manual page." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:209 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--source-option=>I<opt>" |
| msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opções>] I<ação>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:212 |
| msgid "Pass option I<opt> to B<dpkg-source>." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:212 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--changes-option=>I<opt>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:215 |
| msgid "Pass option I<opt> to B<dpkg-genchanges>." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:219 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "B<--admindir >I<dir>" |
| msgstr "B<--admindir> I<diretório>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:222 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:23 dpkg-query.1:122 |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:215 dpkg-trigger.1:43 |
| msgid "" |
| "Change the location of the B<dpkg> database. The default location is I</var/" |
| "lib/dpkg>." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:223 dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:33 dpkg-distaddfile.1:32 |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:172 dpkg-genchanges.1:131 dpkg-gencontrol.1:121 |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:443 dpkg-name.1:58 dpkg-parsechangelog.1:33 |
| #: dpkg-query.1:110 dpkg-scanpackages.1:96 dpkg-shlibdeps.1:215 |
| #: dpkg-source.1:96 dpkg-split.1:126 dpkg-trigger.1:31 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-h>, B<--help>" |
| msgstr "B<--help>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:234 |
| msgid "" |
| "Even if B<dpkg-buildpackage> exports some variables, B<debian/rules> should " |
| "not rely on their presence and should instead use the respective interface " |
| "to retrieve the needed values." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: SS |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:234 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "Variables set by dpkg-architecture" |
| msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:238 |
| msgid "" |
| "B<dpkg-architecture> is called with the B<-a> and B<-t> parameters " |
| "forwarded. Any variable that is output by its B<-s> option is integrated in " |
| "the build environment." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: SS |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:238 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "Compiler flags are no longer exported" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:243 |
| msgid "" |
| "Between versions 1.14.17 and 1.16.1, B<dpkg-buildpackage> exported compiler " |
| "flags (B<CFLAGS>, B<CXXFLAGS>, B<FFLAGS>, B<CPPFLAGS> and B<LDFLAGS>) with " |
| "values as returned by B<dpkg-buildflags>. This is no longer the case." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:248 |
| msgid "" |
| "It should be possible to specify spaces and shell metacharacters in and " |
| "initial arguments for I<gain-root-command> and I<sign-command>." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:256 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "" |
| "B<dpkg-source>(1), B<dpkg-architecture>(1), B<dpkg-buildflags>(1), B<dpkg-" |
| "genchanges>(1), B<fakeroot>(1), B<gpg>(1)." |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<dselect>(8), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), e B<dpkg-" |
| "reconfigure>(8)" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-buildpackage.1:265 |
| msgid "Copyright \\(co 2008-2010 Rapha\\[:e]l Hertzog" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TH |
| #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:1 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "dpkg-checkbuilddeps" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:4 |
| msgid "dpkg-checkbuilddeps - check build dependencies and conflicts" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:9 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "B<dpkg-checkbuilddeps> [I<option>...] [I<control-file>]" |
| msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opções>] I<ação>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:14 |
| msgid "" |
| "This program checks the installed packages in the system against the build " |
| "dependencies and build conflicts listed in the control file. If any are not " |
| "met, it displays them and exits with a nonzero return code." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:17 |
| msgid "" |
| "By default, B<debian/control> is read, but an alternate control filename may " |
| "be specified on the command line." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:27 |
| msgid "" |
| "Ignore I<Build-Depends-Indep> lines. Use when no arch-indep packages will be " |
| "built." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:27 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-d >I<build-depends-string>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:29 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-c >I<build-conflicts-string>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:33 |
| msgid "" |
| "Use the given build dependencies/conflicts instead of those contained in the " |
| "I<debian/control> file." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.1:42 |
| msgid "Copyright \\(co 2001 Joey Hess" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TH |
| #: dpkg-distaddfile.1:1 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "dpkg-distaddfile" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-distaddfile.1:4 |
| msgid "dpkg-distaddfile - add entries to debian/files" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-distaddfile.1:8 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "B<dpkg-distaddfile> [I<option>...]I< filename section priority>" |
| msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opções>] I<ação>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-distaddfile.1:13 |
| msgid "B<dpkg-distaddfile> adds an entry for a named file to B<debian/files>." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-distaddfile.1:18 |
| msgid "" |
| "It takes three non-option arguments, the filename and the section and " |
| "priority for the B<.changes> file." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-distaddfile.1:26 |
| msgid "" |
| "The filename should be specified relative to the directory where B<dpkg-" |
| "genchanges> will expect to find the files, usually B<..>, rather than being " |
| "a pathname relative to the current directory when B<dpkg-distaddfile> is run." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-distaddfile.1:28 dpkg-genchanges.1:103 dpkg-gencontrol.1:69 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-f>I<fileslistfile>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-distaddfile.1:32 dpkg-gencontrol.1:73 |
| msgid "" |
| "Read or write the list of files to be uploaded here, rather than using " |
| "B<debian/files>." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-distaddfile.1:40 dpkg-genchanges.1:139 dpkg-gencontrol.1:134 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<debian/files>" |
| msgstr "B<config-files>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-distaddfile.1:46 |
| msgid "" |
| "The list of generated files which are part of the upload being prepared. " |
| "B<dpkg-distaddfile> can be used to add additional files." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TH |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:1 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "dpkg-deb" |
| msgstr "dpkg" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:4 |
| msgid "dpkg-deb - Debian package archive (.deb) manipulation tool" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:8 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "B<dpkg-deb> [I<option>...] I<command>" |
| msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opções>] I<ação>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:12 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "" |
| "B<dpkg-deb> packs, unpacks and provides information about Debian archives." |
| msgstr "Veja B<dpkg-deb>(1) para mais informações sobre as seguintes ações." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:16 |
| msgid "Use B<dpkg> to install and remove packages from your system." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:26 |
| msgid "" |
| "You can also invoke B<dpkg-deb> by calling B<dpkg> with whatever options you " |
| "want to pass to B<dpkg-deb>. B<dpkg> will spot that you wanted B<dpkg-deb> " |
| "and run it for you." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:28 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-b>, B<--build> I<directory> [I<archive>|I<directory>]" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:40 |
| msgid "" |
| "Creates a debian archive from the filesystem tree stored in I<directory>. " |
| "I<directory> must have a B<DEBIAN> subdirectory, which contains the control " |
| "information files such as the control file itself. This directory will " |
| "I<not> appear in the binary package's filesystem archive, but instead the " |
| "files in it will be put in the binary package's control information area." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:52 |
| msgid "" |
| "Unless you specify B<--nocheck>, B<dpkg-deb> will read B<DEBIAN/control> and " |
| "parse it. It will check it for syntax errors and other problems, and display " |
| "the name of the binary package being built. B<dpkg-deb> will also check the " |
| "permissions of the maintainer scripts and other files found in the B<DEBIAN> " |
| "control information directory." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:59 |
| msgid "" |
| "If no I<archive> is specified then B<dpkg-deb> will write the package into " |
| "the file I<directory>B<.deb>." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:61 |
| msgid "If the archive to be created already exists it will be overwritten." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:77 |
| msgid "" |
| "If the second argument is a directory then B<dpkg-deb> will write to the " |
| "file I<package>B<_>I<version>B<_>I<arch>B<.deb>, or " |
| "I<package>B<_>I<version>B<.deb> if no B<Architecture> field is present in " |
| "the package control file. When a target directory is specified, rather than " |
| "a file, the B<--nocheck> option may not be used (since B<dpkg-deb> needs to " |
| "read and parse the package control file to determine which filename to use)." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:77 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-I>, B<--info> I<archive> [I<control-file-name>...]" |
| msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<arquivo_do_pacote>..." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:80 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "Provides information about a binary package archive." |
| msgstr "Apaga as informações existentes sobre quais pacotes estão disponíveis." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:85 |
| msgid "" |
| "If no I<control-file-name>s are specified then it will print a summary of " |
| "the contents of the package as well as its control file." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:93 |
| msgid "" |
| "If any I<control-file-name>s are specified then B<dpkg-deb> will print them " |
| "in the order they were specified; if any of the components weren't present " |
| "it will print an error message to stderr about each one and exit with status " |
| "2." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:93 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-W>, B<--show> I<archive>" |
| msgstr "B<-R> | B<--recursive>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:100 |
| msgid "" |
| "Provides information about a binary package archive in the format specified " |
| "by the B<--showformat> argument. The default format displays the package's " |
| "name and version on one line, separated by a tabulator." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:100 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-f>, B<--field> I<archive> [I<control-field-name>...]" |
| msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<arquivo_do_pacote>..." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:103 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "Extracts control file information from a binary package archive." |
| msgstr "B<1.> Os arquivos de controle do novo pacote são extraídos." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:107 |
| msgid "" |
| "If no B<control-file-field>s are specified then it will print the whole " |
| "control file." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:116 |
| msgid "" |
| "If any are specified then B<dpkg-deb> will print their contents, in the " |
| "order in which they appear in the control file. If more than one B<control-" |
| "file-field> is specified then B<dpkg-deb> will precede each with its field " |
| "name (and a colon and space)." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:118 |
| msgid "No errors are reported for fields requested but not found." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:118 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-c>, B<--contents> I<archive>" |
| msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:124 |
| msgid "" |
| "Lists the contents of the filesystem tree archive portion of the package " |
| "archive. It is currently produced in the format generated by B<tar>'s " |
| "verbose listing." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:124 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-x>, B<--extract> I<archive directory>" |
| msgstr "B<--altdir> I<diretório>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:128 |
| msgid "" |
| "Extracts the filesystem tree from a package archive into the specified " |
| "directory." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:134 |
| msgid "" |
| "Note that extracting a package to the root directory will I<not> result in a " |
| "correct installation! Use B<dpkg> to install packages." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:138 |
| msgid "" |
| "I<directory> (but not its parents) will be created if necessary, and its " |
| "permissions modified to match the contents of the package." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:138 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-X>, B<--vextract> I<archive directory>" |
| msgstr "B<--altdir> I<diretório>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:145 |
| msgid "" |
| "Is like B<--extract> (B<-x>) with B<--verbose> (B<-v>) which prints a " |
| "listing of the files extracted as it goes." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:145 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-R>, B<--raw-extract> I<archive directory>" |
| msgstr "B<--altdir> I<diretório>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:150 |
| msgid "" |
| "Extracts the filesystem tree from a package archive into a specified " |
| "directory, and the control information files into a DEBIAN subdirectory of " |
| "the specified directory." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:152 dpkg-deb.1:172 |
| msgid "" |
| "The target directory (but not its parents) will be created if necessary." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:152 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--fsys-tarfile> I<archive>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:161 |
| msgid "" |
| "Extracts the filesystem tree data from a binary package and sends it to " |
| "standard output in B<tar> format. Together with B<tar>(1) this can be used " |
| "to extract a particular file from a package archive. The input archive will " |
| "always be processed sequentially." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:161 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-e>, B<--control> I<archive> [I<directory>]" |
| msgstr "B<--altdir> I<diretório>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:165 |
| msgid "" |
| "Extracts the control information files from a package archive into the " |
| "specified directory." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:169 |
| msgid "" |
| "If no directory is specified then a subdirectory B<DEBIAN> in the current " |
| "directory is used." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:180 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--showformat=>I<format>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:185 dpkg-query.1:127 |
| msgid "" |
| "This option is used to specify the format of the output B<--show> will " |
| "produce. The format is a string that will be output for each package listed." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:194 |
| msgid "" |
| "The string may reference any status field using the \"${I<field-name>}\" " |
| "form, a list of the valid fields can be easily produced using B<-I> on the " |
| "same package. A complete explanation of the formatting options (including " |
| "escape sequences and field tabbing) can be found in the explanation of the " |
| "B<--showformat> option in B<dpkg-query>(1)." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:196 |
| msgid "The default for this field is \"${Package}\\et${Version}\\en\"." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:196 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-z>I<compress-level>" |
| msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:200 |
| msgid "" |
| "Specify which compression level to use on the compressor backend, when " |
| "building a package (default is 9 for gzip and bzip2, 6 for xz and lzma)." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:200 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-Z>I<compress-type>" |
| msgstr "B<--version>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:205 |
| msgid "" |
| "Specify which compression type to use when building a package. Allowed " |
| "values are I<gzip>, I<xz>, I<bzip2>, I<lzma>, and I<none> (default is " |
| "I<gzip>)." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:205 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--new>" |
| msgstr "B<--test>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:210 |
| msgid "" |
| "Ensures that B<dpkg-deb> builds a `new' format archive. This is the default." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:210 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--old>" |
| msgstr "B<hold>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:218 |
| msgid "" |
| "Forces B<dpkg-deb> to build an `old' format archive. This old archive format " |
| "is less easily parsed by non-Debian tools and is now obsolete; its only use " |
| "is when building packages to be parsed by versions of dpkg older than " |
| "0.93.76 (September 1995), which was released as i386 a.out only." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:218 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--nocheck>" |
| msgstr "B<--nocheck>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:224 |
| msgid "" |
| "Inhibits B<dpkg-deb --build>'s usual checks on the proposed contents of an " |
| "archive. You can build any archive you want, no matter how broken, this way." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:224 start-stop-daemon.8:255 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-v>, B<--verbose>" |
| msgstr "B<--verbose>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:228 |
| msgid "" |
| "Enables verbose output. This currently only affects B<--extract> making it " |
| "behave like B<--vextract>." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:228 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-D>, B<--debug>" |
| msgstr "B<--nocheck>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:231 |
| msgid "Enables debugging output. This is not very interesting." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:237 |
| msgid "" |
| "If set, B<dpkg-deb> will use it as the directory in which to create " |
| "temporary files and directories." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:243 |
| msgid "" |
| "B<dpkg-deb -I> I<package1>B<.deb> I<package2>B<.deb> does the wrong thing." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:251 |
| msgid "" |
| "There is no authentication on B<.deb> files; in fact, there isn't even a " |
| "straightforward checksum. (Higher level tools like APT support " |
| "authenticating B<.deb> packages retrieved from a given repository, and most " |
| "packages nowadays provide an md5sum control file generated by debian/rules. " |
| "Though this is not directly supported by the lower level tools.)" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:258 |
| msgid "" |
| "Do not attempt to use just B<dpkg-deb> to install software! You must use " |
| "B<dpkg> proper to ensure that all the files are correctly placed and the " |
| "package's scripts run and its status and contents recorded." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-deb.1:264 |
| msgid "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1)." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TH |
| #: dpkg-divert.8:1 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "dpkg-divert" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-divert.8:4 |
| msgid "dpkg-divert - override a package's version of a file" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-divert.8:9 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "B<dpkg-divert> [I<option>...] I<command>" |
| msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opções>] I<ação>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-divert.8:13 |
| msgid "" |
| "B<dpkg-divert> is the utility used to set up and update the list of " |
| "diversions." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-divert.8:23 |
| msgid "" |
| "File I<diversions> are a way of forcing B<dpkg>(1) not to install a file " |
| "into its location, but to a I<diverted> location. Diversions can be used " |
| "through the Debian package scripts to move a file away when it causes a " |
| "conflict. System administrators can also use it to override some package's " |
| "configuration file, or whenever some files (which aren't marked as " |
| "'conffiles') need to be preserved by dpkg, when installing a newer version " |
| "of a package which contains those files." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-divert.8:25 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "[B<--add>] I<file>" |
| msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-divert.8:28 |
| msgid "Add a diversion for I<file>." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-divert.8:28 dpkg-statoverride.8:35 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--remove>I< file>" |
| msgstr "B<--status-fd >I<E<lt>nE<gt>>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-divert.8:31 |
| msgid "Remove a diversion for I<file>." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-divert.8:31 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--list>I< glob-pattern>" |
| msgstr "B<--status-fd >I<E<lt>nE<gt>>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-divert.8:34 |
| msgid "List diversions matching I<glob-pattern>." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-divert.8:34 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--listpackage>I< file>" |
| msgstr "B<--status-fd >I<E<lt>nE<gt>>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-divert.8:38 |
| msgid "" |
| "Print the name of the package that diverts I<file>. Prints LOCAL if I<file> " |
| "is locally diverted and nothing if I<file> is not diverted." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-divert.8:38 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--truename>I< file>" |
| msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-divert.8:41 |
| msgid "Print the real name for a diverted file." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-divert.8:43 dpkg-statoverride.8:52 dselect.1:44 |
| #: update-alternatives.8:328 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--admindir>I< directory>" |
| msgstr "B<--admindir> I<diretório>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-divert.8:46 |
| msgid "" |
| "Set the dpkg data directory to I<directory> (default: I</var/lib/dpkg>)." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-divert.8:46 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--divert>I< divert-to>" |
| msgstr "B<--status-fd >I<E<lt>nE<gt>>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-divert.8:50 |
| msgid "" |
| "I<divert-to> is the location where the versions of I<file>, as provided by " |
| "other packages, will be diverted." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-divert.8:50 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--local>" |
| msgstr "B<--all>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-divert.8:56 |
| msgid "" |
| "Specifies that all packages' versions of this file are diverted. This " |
| "means, that there are no exceptions, and whatever package is installed, the " |
| "file is diverted. This can be used by an admin to install a locally modified " |
| "version." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-divert.8:56 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--package>I< package>" |
| msgstr "B<--status-fd >I<E<lt>nE<gt>>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-divert.8:61 |
| msgid "" |
| "I<package> is the name of a package whose copy of I<file> will not be " |
| "diverted. i.e. I<file> will be diverted for all packages except I<package>." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-divert.8:61 dpkg-statoverride.8:64 update-alternatives.8:350 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--quiet>" |
| msgstr "B<--quiet>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-divert.8:64 |
| msgid "Quiet mode, i.e. no verbose output." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-divert.8:64 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--rename>" |
| msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-divert.8:68 |
| msgid "" |
| "Actually move the file aside (or back). B<dpkg-divert> will abort operation " |
| "in case the destination file already exists." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-divert.8:68 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--test>" |
| msgstr "B<--test>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-divert.8:71 |
| msgid "Test mode, i.e. don't actually perform any changes, just demonstrate." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: SH |
| #: dpkg-divert.8:78 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "NOTES" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-divert.8:82 |
| msgid "" |
| "When adding, default is B<--local> and B<--divert> I<original>B<.distrib>. " |
| "When removing, B<--package> or B<--local> and B<--divert> must match if " |
| "specified." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-divert.8:84 |
| msgid "Directories can't be diverted with B<dpkg-divert>." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-divert.8:90 |
| msgid "" |
| "Care should be taken when diverting shared libraries, B<ldconfig>(8) " |
| "creates a symbolic link based on the DT_SONAME field embedded in the " |
| "library. Because ldconfig doesn't honour diverts (only dpkg does), the " |
| "symlink may end up pointing at the diverted library, if a diverted library " |
| "has the same SONAME as the undiverted one." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-divert.8:95 |
| msgid "" |
| "To divert all copies of a I</usr/bin/example> to I</usr/bin/example.foo>, i." |
| "e. directs all packages providing I</usr/bin/example> to install it as I</" |
| "usr/bin/example.foo>, performing the rename if required:" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-divert.8:97 |
| msgid "dpkg-divert --divert /usr/bin/example.foo --rename /usr/bin/example" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-divert.8:99 dpkg-divert.8:109 |
| msgid "To remove that diversion:" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-divert.8:101 |
| msgid "dpkg-divert --rename --remove /usr/bin/example" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-divert.8:105 |
| msgid "" |
| "To divert any package trying to install I</usr/bin/example> to I</usr/bin/" |
| "example.foo>, except your own I<wibble> package:" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-divert.8:107 |
| msgid "" |
| "dpkg-divert --package wibble --divert /usr/bin/example.foo --rename /usr/bin/" |
| "example" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-divert.8:111 |
| msgid "dpkg-divert --package wibble --rename --remove /usr/bin/example" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-divert.8:113 dpkg-query.1:205 dpkg-statoverride.8:69 dpkg-trigger.1:61 |
| #: update-alternatives.8:355 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>" |
| msgid "B<DPKG_ADMINDIR>" |
| msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-divert.8:117 dpkg-query.1:209 dpkg-statoverride.8:73 dpkg-trigger.1:65 |
| msgid "" |
| "If set and the B<--admindir> option has not been specified, it will be used " |
| "as the dpkg data directory." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-divert.8:121 |
| msgid "" |
| "If set and the B<--local> and B<--package> options have not been specified, " |
| "B<dpkg-divert> will use it as the package name." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-divert.8:123 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/diversions>" |
| msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/status>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-divert.8:128 |
| msgid "" |
| "File which contains the current list of diversions of the system. It is " |
| "located in the dpkg administration directory, along with other files " |
| "important to dpkg, such as I<status> or I<available>." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-divert.8:131 |
| msgid "" |
| "Note: B<dpkg-divert> preserves the old copy of this file, with extension I<-" |
| "old>, before replacing it with the new one." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-divert.8:137 update-alternatives.8:496 |
| msgid "Copyright \\(co 1995 Ian Jackson" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TH |
| #: dpkg-genchanges.1:1 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "dpkg-genchanges" |
| msgstr "dpkg" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-genchanges.1:4 |
| msgid "dpkg-genchanges - generate Debian .changes files" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-genchanges.1:8 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "B<dpkg-genchanges> [I<option>...]" |
| msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opções>] I<ação>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-genchanges.1:16 |
| msgid "" |
| "B<dpkg-genchanges> reads information from an unpacked and built Debian " |
| "source tree and from the files it has generated and generates a Debian " |
| "upload control file (B<.changes> file)." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-genchanges.1:18 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-b>, B<-B>, B<-A>" |
| msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-genchanges.1:27 |
| msgid "" |
| "Specifies that a binary-only build is taking place (no source files are to " |
| "be included). There's no distinction between B<-b>, B<-B> and B<-A>, the " |
| "produced B<.changes> file will include whatever files were created by the " |
| "B<binary-*> target(s) of the package being built." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-genchanges.1:31 |
| msgid "" |
| "Specifies that only the source should be uploaded (no binary packages will " |
| "be included)." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-genchanges.1:36 |
| msgid "" |
| "The B<-s>I<x> options control whether the original source archive is " |
| "included in the upload if any source is being generated (i.e. B<-b> or B<-" |
| "B> haven't been used)." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-genchanges.1:42 |
| msgid "" |
| "By default, or if specified, the original source will be included only if " |
| "the upstream version number (the version without epoch and without Debian " |
| "revision) differs from the upstream version number of the previous changelog " |
| "entry." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-genchanges.1:45 |
| msgid "Forces the inclusion of the original source." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-genchanges.1:48 |
| msgid "Forces the exclusion of the original source and includes only the diff." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-genchanges.1:54 |
| msgid "" |
| "Causes changelog information from all versions strictly later than " |
| "I<version> to be used." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-genchanges.1:60 |
| msgid "" |
| "Read the description of the changes from the file I<changesdescription> " |
| "rather than using the information from the source tree's changelog file." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-genchanges.1:66 |
| msgid "" |
| "Use I<maintaineraddress> as the name and email address of the maintainer for " |
| "this package, rather than using the information from the source tree's " |
| "control file." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-genchanges.1:72 |
| msgid "" |
| "Use I<maintaineraddress> as the name and email address of the maintainer for " |
| "this upload, rather than using the information from the source tree's " |
| "changelog." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-genchanges.1:72 dpkg-gencontrol.1:41 dpkg-source.1:127 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-V>I<name>B<=>I<value>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-genchanges.1:76 dpkg-source.1:131 |
| msgid "" |
| "Set an output substitution variable. See B<deb-substvars>(5) for a " |
| "discussion of output substitution." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-genchanges.1:76 dpkg-gencontrol.1:45 dpkg-shlibdeps.1:169 |
| #: dpkg-source.1:131 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-T>I<substvarsfile>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-genchanges.1:86 |
| msgid "" |
| "Read substitution variables in I<substvarsfile>; the default is B<debian/" |
| "substvars>. No variable substitution is done on any of the fields that are " |
| "output, however the special variable I<Format> will override the field of " |
| "the same name. This option can be used multiple times to read substitution " |
| "variables from multiple files." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-genchanges.1:87 dpkg-gencontrol.1:53 dpkg-source.1:137 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-D>I<field>B<=>I<value>" |
| msgstr "B<-D>I<octal>B< | --debug=>I<octal>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-genchanges.1:90 dpkg-gencontrol.1:56 dpkg-source.1:140 |
| msgid "Override or add an output control file field." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-genchanges.1:90 dpkg-gencontrol.1:56 dpkg-source.1:140 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-U>I<field>" |
| msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-genchanges.1:93 dpkg-gencontrol.1:59 dpkg-source.1:143 |
| msgid "Remove an output control file field." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-genchanges.1:93 dpkg-gencontrol.1:59 dpkg-source.1:104 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-c>I<controlfile>" |
| msgstr "I<control>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-genchanges.1:98 dpkg-gencontrol.1:64 |
| msgid "" |
| "Specifies the main source control file to read information from. The default " |
| "is B<debian/control>." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-genchanges.1:98 dpkg-gencontrol.1:64 dpkg-parsechangelog.1:16 |
| #: dpkg-source.1:111 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-l>I<changelogfile>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-genchanges.1:103 dpkg-gencontrol.1:69 dpkg-parsechangelog.1:21 |
| msgid "" |
| "Specifies the change log file to read information from. The default is " |
| "B<debian/changelog>." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-genchanges.1:107 |
| msgid "" |
| "Read the list of files to be uploaded here, rather than using B<debian/" |
| "files>." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-genchanges.1:107 dpkg-gencontrol.1:73 dpkg-parsechangelog.1:21 |
| #: dpkg-source.1:118 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-F>I<changelogformat>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-genchanges.1:112 dpkg-gencontrol.1:78 dpkg-parsechangelog.1:26 |
| #: dpkg-source.1:123 |
| msgid "" |
| "Specifies the format of the changelog. By default the format is read from a " |
| "special line near the bottom of the changelog or failing that defaults to " |
| "the debian standard format." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-genchanges.1:112 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-u>I<uploadfilesdir>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-genchanges.1:123 |
| msgid "" |
| "Look for the files to be uploaded in I<uploadfilesdir> rather than B<..> " |
| "(B<dpkg-genchanges> needs to find these files so that it can include their " |
| "sizes and checksums in the B<.changes> file)." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-genchanges.1:123 dpkg-gensymbols.1:421 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-q>" |
| msgstr "B<-G>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-genchanges.1:131 |
| msgid "" |
| "Usually B<dpkg-genchanges> will produce informative messages on standard " |
| "error, for example about how many of the package's source files are being " |
| "uploaded. B<-q> suppresses these messages." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-genchanges.1:147 |
| msgid "" |
| "The list of generated files which are part of the upload being prepared. " |
| "B<dpkg-genchanges> reads the data here when producing a B<.changes> file." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TH |
| #: dpkg-gencontrol.1:1 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "dpkg-gencontrol" |
| msgstr "I<control>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gencontrol.1:4 |
| msgid "dpkg-gencontrol - generate Debian control files" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gencontrol.1:8 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "B<dpkg-gencontrol> [I<option>...]" |
| msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opções>] I<ação>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gencontrol.1:14 |
| msgid "" |
| "B<dpkg-gencontrol> reads information from an unpacked Debian source tree and " |
| "generates a binary package control file (which defaults to debian/tmp/DEBIAN/" |
| "control); during this process it will simplify the relation fields." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gencontrol.1:27 |
| msgid "" |
| "Thus I<Pre-Depends>, I<Depends>, I<Recommends> and I<Suggests> are " |
| "simplified in this order by removing dependencies which are known to be true " |
| "according to the stronger dependencies already parsed. It will also remove " |
| "any self-dependency (in fact it will remove any dependency which evaluates " |
| "to true given the current version of the package as installed). Logically it " |
| "keeps the intersection of multiple dependencies on the same package. The " |
| "order of dependencies is preserved as best as possible: if any dependency " |
| "must be discarded due to another dependency appearing further in the field, " |
| "the superseding dependency will take the place of the discarded one." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gencontrol.1:32 |
| msgid "" |
| "The other relation fields (I<Enhances>, I<Conflicts>, I<Breaks>, I<Replaces> " |
| "and I<Provides>) are also simplified individually by computing the union of " |
| "the various dependencies when a package is listed multiple times in the " |
| "field." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gencontrol.1:36 |
| msgid "" |
| "B<dpkg-gencontrol> also adds an entry for the binary package to B<debian/" |
| "files>." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gencontrol.1:41 |
| msgid "Sets the version number of the binary package which will be generated." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gencontrol.1:45 |
| msgid "" |
| "Set an output substitution variable. See B<deb-substvars>(5) for discussion " |
| "of output substitution." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gencontrol.1:53 |
| msgid "" |
| "Read substitution variables in I<substvarsfile>; the default is B<debian/" |
| "substvars>. This option can be used multiple times to read substitution " |
| "variables from multiple files." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-gencontrol.1:78 dpkg-gensymbols.1:373 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-p>I<package>" |
| msgstr "B<unpacked>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gencontrol.1:85 |
| msgid "" |
| "Generate information for the binary package I<package>. If the source " |
| "control file lists only one binary package then this option may be omitted; " |
| "otherwise it is essential to select which binary package's information to " |
| "generate." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-gencontrol.1:85 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-n>I<filename>" |
| msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gencontrol.1:90 |
| msgid "" |
| "Assume the filename of the package will be I<filename> instead of the normal " |
| "package_version_arch.deb filename." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-gencontrol.1:90 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-is>, B<-ip>, B<-isp>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gencontrol.1:99 |
| msgid "" |
| "These options are ignored for compatibility with older versions of dpkg-dev " |
| "but are now deprecated. Previously they were used to tell dpkg-gencontrol to " |
| "include the Section and Priority fields in the control file. This is now the " |
| "default behaviour. If you want to get the old behaviour you can use the B<-" |
| "U> option to delete the fields from the control file." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-gencontrol.1:99 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-P>I<packagebuilddir>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gencontrol.1:112 |
| msgid "" |
| "Tells B<dpkg-source> that the package is being built in I<packagebuilddir> " |
| "instead of B<debian/tmp>. This value is used to find the default value of " |
| "the B<Installed-Size> substitution variable and control file field (using " |
| "B<du>), and for the default location of the output file." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-gencontrol.1:112 dpkg-gensymbols.1:391 dpkg-shlibdeps.1:150 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-O>" |
| msgstr "B<-G>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gencontrol.1:121 |
| msgid "" |
| "Print the control file to standard output, rather than to B<debian/tmp/" |
| "DEBIAN/control> (or I<packagebuilddir>B</DEBIAN/control> if B<-P> was used)." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-gencontrol.1:129 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<debian/control>" |
| msgstr "I<control>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gencontrol.1:134 |
| msgid "" |
| "The main source control information file, giving version-independent " |
| "information about the source package and the binary packages it can produce." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gencontrol.1:141 |
| msgid "" |
| "The list of generated files which are part of the upload being prepared. " |
| "B<dpkg-gencontrol> adds the presumed filenames of binary packages whose " |
| "control files it generates here." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gencontrol.1:148 dpkg-shlibdeps.1:337 |
| msgid "Copyright \\(co 2007-2008 Rapha\\[:e]l Hertzog" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TH |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:2 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "dpkg-gensymbols" |
| msgstr "I<control>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:5 |
| msgid "" |
| "dpkg-gensymbols - generate symbols files (shared library dependency " |
| "information)" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:9 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "B<dpkg-gensymbols> [I<option>...]" |
| msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opções>] I<ação>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:16 |
| msgid "" |
| "B<dpkg-gensymbols> scans a temporary build tree (debian/tmp by default) " |
| "looking for libraries and generate a I<symbols> file describing them. This " |
| "file, if non-empty, is then installed in the DEBIAN subdirectory of the " |
| "build tree so that it ends up included in the control information of the " |
| "package." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:20 |
| msgid "" |
| "When generating those files, it uses as input some symbols files provided by " |
| "the maintainer. It looks for the following files (and use the first that is " |
| "found):" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:22 |
| msgid "debian/I<package>.symbols.I<arch>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:24 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "debian/symbols.I<arch>" |
| msgstr "B<deinstall>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:26 |
| msgid "debian/I<package>.symbols" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:28 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "debian/symbols" |
| msgstr "B<config-files>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:36 |
| msgid "" |
| "The main interest of those files is to provide the minimal version " |
| "associated to each symbol provided by the libraries. Usually it corresponds " |
| "to the first version of that package that provided the symbol, but it can be " |
| "manually incremented by the maintainer if the ABI of the symbol is extended " |
| "without breaking backwards compatibility. It's the responsibility of the " |
| "maintainer to keep those files up-to-date and accurate, but B<dpkg-" |
| "gensymbols> helps him." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:42 |
| msgid "" |
| "When the generated symbols files differ from the maintainer supplied one, " |
| "B<dpkg-gensymbols> will print a diff between the two versions. Furthermore " |
| "if the difference is too significant, it will even fail (you can customize " |
| "how much difference you can tolerate, see the B<-c> option)." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: SH |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:42 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "MAINTAINING SYMBOLS FILES" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:55 |
| msgid "" |
| "The symbols files are really useful only if they reflect the evolution of " |
| "the package through several releases. Thus the maintainer has to update them " |
| "every time that a new symbol is added so that its associated minimal version " |
| "matches reality. To do this properly he can use the diffs contained in the " |
| "build logs. In most cases, the diff applies directly to his debian/" |
| "I<package>.symbols file. That said, further tweaks are usually needed: it's " |
| "recommended for example to drop the Debian revision from the minimal version " |
| "so that backports with a lower version number but the same upstream version " |
| "still satisfy the generated dependencies. If the Debian revision can't be " |
| "dropped because the symbol really got added by the Debian specific change, " |
| "then one should suffix the version with \"~\"." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:59 |
| msgid "" |
| "Before applying any patch to the symbols file, the maintainer should double-" |
| "check that it's sane. Public symbols are not supposed to disappear, so the " |
| "patch should ideally only add new lines." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:64 |
| msgid "" |
| "Note that you can put comments in symbols files: any line with '#' as the " |
| "first character is a comment except if it starts with '#include' (see " |
| "section B<Using includes>). Lines starting with '#MISSING:' are special " |
| "comments documenting symbols that have disappeared." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: SS |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:64 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "Using #PACKAGE# substitution" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:72 |
| msgid "" |
| "In some rare cases, the name of the library varies between architectures. " |
| "To avoid hardcoding the name of the package in the symbols file, you can use " |
| "the marker I<#PACKAGE#>. It will be replaced by the real package name during " |
| "installation of the symbols files. Contrary to the I<#MINVER#> marker, " |
| "I<#PACKAGE#> will never appear in a symbols file inside a binary package." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: SS |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:72 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "Using symbol tags" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:79 |
| msgid "" |
| "Symbol tagging is useful for marking symbols that are special in some way. " |
| "Any symbol can have an arbitrary number of tags associated with it. While " |
| "all tags are parsed and stored, only a some of them are understood by B<dpkg-" |
| "gensymbols> and trigger special handling of the symbols. See subsection " |
| "B<Standard symbol tags> for reference of these tags." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:91 |
| msgid "" |
| "Tag specification comes right before the symbol name (no whitespace is " |
| "allowed in between). It always starts with an opening bracket B<(>, ends " |
| "with a closing bracket B<)> and must contain at least one tag. Multiple tags " |
| "are separated by the B<|> character. Each tag can optionally have a value " |
| "which is separated form the tag name by the B<=> character. Tag names and " |
| "values can be arbitrary strings except they cannot contain any of the " |
| "special B<)> B<|> B<=> characters. Symbol names following a tag " |
| "specification can optionally be quoted with either B<'> or B<\"> characters " |
| "to allow whitespaces in them. However, if there are no tags specified for " |
| "the symbol, quotes are treated as part of the symbol name which continues up " |
| "until the first space." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:95 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "" |
| " (tag1=i am marked|tag name with space)\"tagged quoted symbol\"@Base 1.0\n" |
| " (optional)tagged_unquoted_symbol@Base 1.0 1\n" |
| " untagged_symbol@Base 1.0\n" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:101 |
| msgid "" |
| "The first symbol in the example is named I<tagged quoted symbol> and has two " |
| "tags: I<tag1> with value I<i am marked> and I<tag name with space> that has " |
| "no value. The second symbol named I<tagged_unquoted_symbol> is only tagged " |
| "with the tag named I<optional>. The last symbol is an example of the normal " |
| "untagged symbol." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:113 |
| msgid "" |
| "Since symbol tags are an extension of the I<deb-symbols(5)> format, they can " |
| "only be part of the symbols files used in source packages (those files " |
| "should then be seen as templates used to build the symbols files that are " |
| "embedded in binary packages). When B<dpkg-gensymbols> is called without the " |
| "I<-t> option, it will output symbols files compatible to the I<deb-symbols(5)" |
| "> format: it fully processes symbols according to the requirements of their " |
| "standard tags and strips all tags from the output. On the contrary, in " |
| "template mode (I<-t>) all symbols and their tags (both standard and unknown " |
| "ones) are kept in the output and are written in their original form as they " |
| "were loaded." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: SS |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:113 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "Standard symbol tags" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:114 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| #| msgid "B<not-installed>" |
| msgid "B<optional>" |
| msgstr "B<not-installed>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:124 |
| msgid "" |
| "A symbol marked as optional can disappear from the library at any time and " |
| "that will never cause B<dpkg-gensymbols> to fail. However, disappeared " |
| "optional symbols will continuously appear as MISSING in the diff in each new " |
| "package revision. This behaviour serves as a reminder for the maintainer " |
| "that such a symbol needs to be removed from the symbol file or readded to " |
| "the library. When the optional symbol, which was previously declared as " |
| "MISSING, suddenly reappears in the next revision, it will be upgraded back " |
| "to the \"existing\" status with its minimum version unchanged." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:129 |
| msgid "" |
| "This tag is useful for symbols which are private where their disappearance " |
| "do not cause ABI breakage. For example, most of C++ template instantiations " |
| "fall into this category. Like any other tag, this one may also have an " |
| "arbitrary value: it could be used to indicate why the symbol is considered " |
| "optional." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:129 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<arch=>I<architecture list>" |
| msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:142 |
| msgid "" |
| "This tag allows one to restrict the set of architectures where the symbol is " |
| "supposed to exist. When the symbols list is updated with the symbols " |
| "discovered in the library, all arch-specific symbols which do not concern " |
| "the current host architecture are treated as if they did not exist. If an " |
| "arch-specific symbol matching the current host architecture does not exist " |
| "in the library, normal procedures for missing symbols apply and it may cause " |
| "B<dpkg-gensymbols> to fail. On the other hand, if the arch-specific symbol " |
| "is found when it was not supposed to exist (because the current host " |
| "architecture is not listed in the tag), it is made arch neutral (i.e. the " |
| "arch tag is dropped and the symbol will appear in the diff due to this " |
| "change), but it is not considered as new." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:148 |
| msgid "" |
| "When operating in the default non-template mode, among arch-specific symbols " |
| "only those that match the current host architecture are written to the " |
| "symbols file. On the contrary, all arch-specific symbols (including those " |
| "from foreign arches) are always written to the symbol file when operating in " |
| "template mode." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:154 |
| msgid "" |
| "The format of I<architecture list> is the same as the one used in the " |
| "I<Build-Depends> field of I<debian/control> (except the enclosing square " |
| "brackets []). For example, the first symbol from the list below will be " |
| "considered only on alpha, amd64, kfreebsd-amd64 and ia64 architectures while " |
| "the second one anywhere except on armel." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:157 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "" |
| " (arch=alpha amd64 kfreebsd-amd64 ia64)a_64bit_specific_symbol@Base 1.0\n" |
| " (arch=!armel)symbol_armel_does_not_have@Base 1.0\n" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:157 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<ignore-blacklist>" |
| msgstr "B<--nocheck>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:165 |
| msgid "" |
| "dpkg-gensymbols has an internal blacklist of symbols that should not appear " |
| "in symbols files as they are usually only side-effects of implementation " |
| "details of the toolchain. If for some reason, you really want one of those " |
| "symbols to be included in the symbols file, you should tag the symbol with " |
| "B<ignore-blacklist>. It can be necessary for some low level toolchain " |
| "libraries like libgcc." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:165 dpkg-gensymbols.1:202 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<c++>" |
| msgstr "B<-G>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:169 |
| msgid "" |
| "Denotes I<c++> symbol pattern. See B<Using symbol patterns> subsection below." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:169 dpkg-gensymbols.1:233 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<symver>" |
| msgstr "B<-G>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:173 |
| msgid "" |
| "Denotes I<symver> (symbol version) symbol pattern. See B<Using symbol " |
| "patterns> subsection below." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:173 dpkg-gensymbols.1:258 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| #| msgid "B<purge>" |
| msgid "B<regex>" |
| msgstr "B<purge>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:177 |
| msgid "" |
| "Denotes I<regex> symbol pattern. See B<Using symbol patterns> subsection " |
| "below." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: SS |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:177 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "Using symbol patterns" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:185 |
| msgid "" |
| "Unlike a standard symbol specification, a pattern may cover multiple real " |
| "symbols from the library. B<dpkg-gensymbols> will attempt to match each " |
| "pattern against each real symbol that does I<not> have a specific symbol " |
| "counterpart defined in the symbol file. Whenever the first matching pattern " |
| "is found, all its tags and properties will be used as a basis specification " |
| "of the symbol. If none of the patterns matches, the symbol will be " |
| "considered as new." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:193 |
| msgid "" |
| "A pattern is considered lost if it does not match any symbol in the library. " |
| "By default this will trigger a B<dpkg-gensymbols> failure under I<-c1> or " |
| "higher level. However, if the failure is undesired, the pattern may be " |
| "marked with the I<optional> tag. Then if the pattern does not match " |
| "anything, it will only appear in the diff as MISSING. Moreover, like any " |
| "symbol, the pattern may be limited to the specific architectures with the " |
| "I<arch> tag. Please refer to B<Standard symbol tags> subsection above for " |
| "more information." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:200 |
| msgid "" |
| "Patterns are an extension of the I<deb-symbols(5)> format hence they are " |
| "only valid in symbol file templates. Pattern specification syntax is not any " |
| "different from the one of a specific symbol. However, symbol name part of " |
| "the specification serves as an expression to be matched against " |
| "I<name@version> of the real symbol. In order to distinguish among different " |
| "pattern types, a pattern will typically be tagged with a special tag." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:202 |
| msgid "At the moment, B<dpkg-gensymbols> supports three basic pattern types:" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:214 |
| msgid "" |
| "This pattern is denoted by the I<c++> tag. It matches only C++ symbols by " |
| "their demangled symbol name (as emitted by B<c++filt>(1) utility). This " |
| "pattern is very handy for matching symbols which mangled names might vary " |
| "across different architectures while their demangled names remain the same. " |
| "One group of such symbols is I<non-virtual thunks> which have architecture " |
| "specific offsets embedded in their mangled names. A common instance of this " |
| "case is a virtual destructor which under diamond inheritance needs a non-" |
| "virtual thunk symbol. For example, even if _ZThn8_N3NSB6ClassDD1Ev@Base on " |
| "32bit architectures will probably be _ZThn16_N3NSB6ClassDD1Ev@Base on 64bit " |
| "ones, it can be matched with a single I<c++> pattern:" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:220 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "" |
| "libdummy.so.1 libdummy1 #MINVER#\n" |
| " [...]\n" |
| " (c++)\"non-virtual thunk to NSB::ClassD::~ClassD()@Base\" 1.0\n" |
| " [...]\n" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:222 |
| msgid "" |
| "The demangled name above can be obtained by executing the following command:" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:224 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid " $ echo '_ZThn8_N3NSB6ClassDD1Ev@Base' | c++filt\n" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:232 |
| msgid "" |
| "Please note that while mangled name is unique in the library by definition, " |
| "this is not necessarily true for demangled names. A couple of distinct real " |
| "symbols may have the same demangled name. For example, that's the case with " |
| "non-virtual thunk symbols in complex inheritance configurations or with most " |
| "constructors and destructors (since g++ typically generates two real symbols " |
| "for them). However, as these collisions happen on the ABI level, they should " |
| "not degrade quality of the symbol file." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:239 |
| msgid "" |
| "This pattern is denoted by the I<symver> tag. Well maintained libraries have " |
| "versioned symbols where each version corresponds to the upstream version " |
| "where the symbol got added. If that's the case, you can use a I<symver> " |
| "pattern to match any symbol associated to the specific version. For example:" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:246 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "" |
| "libc.so.6 libc6 #MINVER#\n" |
| " (symver)GLIBC_2.0 2.0\n" |
| " [...]\n" |
| " (symver)GLIBC_2.7 2.7\n" |
| " access@GLIBC_2.0 2.2\n" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:252 |
| msgid "" |
| "All symbols associated with versions GLIBC_2.0 and GLIBC_2.7 will lead to " |
| "minimal version of 2.0 and 2.7 respectively with the exception of the symbol " |
| "access@GLIBC_2.0. The latter will lead to a minimal dependency on libc6 " |
| "version 2.2 despite being in the scope of the \"(symver)GLIBC_2.0\" pattern " |
| "because specific symbols take precedence over patterns." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:257 |
| msgid "" |
| "Please note that while old style wildcard patterns (denoted by \"*@version\" " |
| "in the symbol name field) are still supported, they have been deprecated by " |
| "new style syntax \"(symver|optional)version\". For example, \"*@GLIBC_2.0 " |
| "2.0\" should be written as \"(symver|optional)GLIBC_2.0 2.0\" if the same " |
| "behaviour is needed." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:265 |
| msgid "" |
| "Regular expression patterns are denoted by the I<regex> tag. They match by " |
| "the perl regular expression specified in the symbol name field. A regular " |
| "expression is matched as it is, therefore do not forget to start it with the " |
| "I<^> character or it may match any part of the real symbol I<name@version> " |
| "string. For example:" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:270 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "" |
| "libdummy.so.1 libdummy1 #MINVER#\n" |
| " (regex)\"^mystack_.*@Base$\" 1.0\n" |
| " (regex|optional)\"private\" 1.0\n" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:275 |
| msgid "" |
| "Symbols like \"mystack_new@Base\", \"mystack_push@Base\", \"mystack_pop@Base" |
| "\" etc. will be matched by the first pattern while e.g. " |
| "\"ng_mystack_new@Base\" won't. The second pattern will match all symbols " |
| "having the string \"private\" in their names and matches will inherit " |
| "I<optional> tag from the pattern." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:280 |
| msgid "" |
| "Basic patterns listed above can be combined where it makes sense. In that " |
| "case, they are processed in the order in which the tags are specified. For " |
| "example, both" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:283 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "" |
| " (c++|regex)\"^NSA::ClassA::Private::privmethod\\ed\\e(int\\e)@Base\" 1.0\n" |
| " (regex|c++)N3NSA6ClassA7Private11privmethod\\edEi@Base 1.0\n" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:293 |
| msgid "" |
| "will match symbols \"_ZN3NSA6ClassA7Private11privmethod1Ei@Base\" and " |
| "\"_ZN3NSA6ClassA7Private11privmethod2Ei@Base\". When matching the first " |
| "pattern, the raw symbol is first demangled as C++ symbol, then the demangled " |
| "name is matched against the regular expression. On the other hand, when " |
| "matching the second pattern, regular expression is matched against the raw " |
| "symbol name, then the symbol is tested if it is C++ one by attempting to " |
| "demangle it. A failure of any basic pattern will result in the failure of " |
| "the whole pattern. Therefore, for example, " |
| "\"__N3NSA6ClassA7Private11privmethod\\edEi@Base\" will not match either of " |
| "the patterns because it is not a valid C++ symbol." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:299 |
| msgid "" |
| "In general, all patterns are divided into two groups: aliases (basic I<c++> " |
| "and I<symver>) and generic patterns (I<regex>, all combinations of multiple " |
| "basic patterns). Matching of basic alias-based patterns is fast (O(1)) " |
| "while generic patterns are O(N) (N - generic pattern count) for each " |
| "symbol. Therefore, it is recommended not to overuse generic patterns." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:306 |
| msgid "" |
| "When multiple patterns match the same real symbol, aliases (first I<c++>, " |
| "then I<symver>) are preferred over generic patterns. Generic patterns are " |
| "matched in the order they are found in the symbol file template until the " |
| "first success. Please note, however, that manual reordering of template " |
| "file entries is not recommended because B<dpkg-gensymbols> generates diffs " |
| "based on the alphanumerical order of their names." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: SS |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:306 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "Using includes" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:311 |
| msgid "" |
| "When the set of exported symbols differ between architectures, it may become " |
| "inefficient to use a single symbol file. In those cases, an include " |
| "directive may prove to be useful in a couple of ways:" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:315 |
| msgid "" |
| "You can factorize the common part in some external file and include that " |
| "file in your I<package>.symbols.I<arch> file by using an include directive " |
| "like this:" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:317 |
| msgid "#include \"I<packages>.symbols.common\"" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:319 |
| msgid "The include directive may also be tagged like any symbol:" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:321 |
| msgid "(tag|..|tagN)#include \"file-to-include\"" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:326 |
| msgid "" |
| "As a result, all symbols included from I<file-to-include> will be considered " |
| "to be tagged with I<tag> .. I<tagN> by default. You can use this feature to " |
| "create a common I<package>.symbols file which includes architecture specific " |
| "symbol files:" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:331 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "" |
| " common_symbol1@Base 1.0\n" |
| " (arch=amd64 ia64 alpha)#include \"package.symbols.64bit\"\n" |
| " (arch=!amd64 !ia64 !alpha)#include \"package.symbols.32bit\"\n" |
| " common_symbol2@Base 1.0\n" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:340 |
| msgid "" |
| "The symbols files are read line by line, and include directives are " |
| "processed as soon as they are encountered. This means that the content of " |
| "the included file can override any content that appeared before the include " |
| "directive and that any content after the directive can override anything " |
| "contained in the included file. Any symbol (or even another #include " |
| "directive) in the included file can specify additional tags or override " |
| "values of the inherited tags in its tag specification. However, there is no " |
| "way for the symbol to remove any of the inherited tags." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:345 |
| msgid "" |
| "An included file can repeat the header line containing the SONAME of the " |
| "library. In that case, it overrides any header line previously read. " |
| "However, in general it's best to avoid duplicating header lines. One way to " |
| "do it is the following:" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:348 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "" |
| "#include \"libsomething1.symbols.common\"\n" |
| " arch_specific_symbol@Base 1.0\n" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: SS |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:348 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "Good library management" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:351 |
| msgid "A well-maintained library has the following features:" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:355 |
| msgid "" |
| "its API is stable (public symbols are never dropped, only new public symbols " |
| "are added) and changes in incompatible ways only when the SONAME changes;" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:358 |
| msgid "" |
| "ideally, it uses symbol versioning to achieve ABI stability despite internal " |
| "changes and API extension;" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:361 |
| msgid "" |
| "it doesn't export private symbols (such symbols can be tagged optional as " |
| "workaround)." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:369 |
| msgid "" |
| "While maintaining the symbols file, it's easy to notice appearance and " |
| "disappearance of symbols. But it's more difficult to catch incompatible API " |
| "and ABI change. Thus the maintainer should read thoroughly the upstream " |
| "changelog looking for cases where the rules of good library management have " |
| "been broken. If potential problems are discovered, the upstream author " |
| "should be notified as an upstream fix is always better than a Debian " |
| "specific work-around." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:370 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-P>I<package-build-dir>" |
| msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:373 |
| msgid "Scan I<package-build-dir> instead of debian/tmp." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:377 |
| msgid "" |
| "Define the package name. Required if more than one binary package is listed " |
| "in debian/control (or if there's no debian/control file)." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:381 |
| msgid "" |
| "Define the package version. Defaults to the version extracted from debian/" |
| "changelog. Required if called outside of a source package tree." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:381 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-e>I<library-file>" |
| msgstr "I<control>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:387 |
| msgid "" |
| "Only analyze libraries explicitly listed instead of finding all public " |
| "libraries. You can use a regular expression in I<library-file> to match " |
| "multiple libraries with a single argument (otherwise you need multiple B<-" |
| "e>)." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:387 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-I>I<filename>" |
| msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:391 |
| msgid "" |
| "Use I<filename> as reference file to generate the symbols file that is " |
| "integrated in the package itself." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:395 |
| msgid "" |
| "Print the generated symbols file to standard output, rather than being " |
| "stored in the package build tree." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:395 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-O>I<filename>" |
| msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:401 |
| msgid "" |
| "Store the generated symbols file as I<filename>. If I<filename> is pre-" |
| "existing, its content is used as basis for the generated symbols file. You " |
| "can use this feature to update a symbols file so that it matches a newer " |
| "upstream version of your library." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:401 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-t>" |
| msgstr "B<-G>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:410 |
| msgid "" |
| "Write the symbol file in template mode rather than the format compatible " |
| "with I<deb-symbols(5)>. The main difference is that in the template mode " |
| "symbol names and tags are written in their original form contrary to the " |
| "post-processed symbol names with tags stripped in the compatibility mode. " |
| "Moreover, some symbols might be omitted when writing a standard I<deb-symbols" |
| "(5)> file (according to the tag processing rules) while all symbols are " |
| "always written to the symbol file template." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:410 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-c>I<[0-4]>" |
| msgstr "B<--status-fd >I<E<lt>nE<gt>>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:418 |
| msgid "" |
| "Define the checks to do when comparing the generated symbols file with the " |
| "template file used as starting point. By default the level is 1. Increasing " |
| "levels do more checks and include all checks of lower levels. Level 0 never " |
| "fails. Level 1 fails if some symbols have disappeared. Level 2 fails if some " |
| "new symbols have been introduced. Level 3 fails if some libraries have " |
| "disappeared. Level 4 fails if some libraries have been introduced." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:421 |
| msgid "" |
| "This value can be overridden by the environment variable " |
| "DPKG_GENSYMBOLS_CHECK_LEVEL." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:427 |
| msgid "" |
| "Keep quiet and never generate a diff between generated symbols file and the " |
| "template file used as starting point or show any warnings about new/lost " |
| "libraries or new/lost symbols. This option only disables informational " |
| "output but not the checks themselves (see I<-c> option)." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:427 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-a>I<arch>" |
| msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:432 |
| msgid "" |
| "Assume I<arch> as host architecture when processing symbol files. Use this " |
| "option to generate a symbol file or diff for any architecture provided its " |
| "binaries are already available." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:437 |
| msgid "" |
| "Enable debug mode. Numerous messages are displayed to explain what B<dpkg-" |
| "gensymbols> does." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:437 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| #| msgid "B<-G>" |
| msgid "B<-V>" |
| msgstr "B<-G>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:443 |
| msgid "" |
| "Enable verbose mode. The generated symbols file contains deprecated symbols " |
| "as comments. Furthermore in template mode, pattern symbols are followed by " |
| "comments listing real symbols that have matched the pattern." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:452 |
| msgid "B<http://people.redhat.com/drepper/symbol-versioning>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:454 |
| msgid "B<http://people.redhat.com/drepper/goodpractice.pdf>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:456 |
| msgid "B<http://people.redhat.com/drepper/dsohowto.pdf>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:459 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "B<deb-symbols>(5), B<dpkg-shlibdeps>(1)." |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<dselect>(8), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), e B<dpkg-" |
| "reconfigure>(8)" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-gensymbols.1:462 |
| msgid "Copyright \\(co 2007-2009 Rapha\\[:e]l Hertzog" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TH |
| #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:1 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "dpkg-maintscript-helper" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:4 |
| msgid "" |
| "dpkg-maintscript-helper - works around known dpkg limitations in maintainer " |
| "scripts" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:8 |
| msgid "" |
| "B<dpkg-maintscript-helper> I<command> [I<parameter>...] B<--> I<maint-script-" |
| "parameter>..." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: SH |
| #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:9 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "COMMANDS AND PARAMETERS" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:12 |
| msgid "B<rm_conffile> I<conffile> [I<lastversion> [I<package>]]" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:14 |
| msgid "" |
| "B<mv_conffile> I<oldconffile> I<newconffile> [I<lastversion> [I<package>]]" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:20 |
| msgid "" |
| "This program is designed to be run within maintainer scripts to achieve some " |
| "tasks that dpkg can't (yet) handle natively either because of design " |
| "decisions or due to current limitations." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:27 |
| msgid "" |
| "Many of those tasks require coordinated actions from several maintainer " |
| "scripts (B<preinst>, B<postinst>, B<prerm>, B<postrm>). To avoid mistakes " |
| "the same call simply needs to be put in all scripts and the program will " |
| "automatically adapt its behaviour based on the environment variable " |
| "B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_NAME> and on the maintainer scripts arguments that you " |
| "have to forward after a double dash." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: SH |
| #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:28 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "CONFFILE RELATED TASKS" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:38 |
| msgid "" |
| "When upgrading a package, dpkg will not automatically remove a conffile (a " |
| "configuration file for which dpkg should preserve user changes) if it is not " |
| "present in the newer version. There are two principal reasons for this; the " |
| "first is that the conffile could've been dropped by accident and the next " |
| "version could restore it, users wouldn't want their changes thrown away. The " |
| "second is to allow packages to transition files from a dpkg-maintained " |
| "conffile to a file maintained by the package's maintainer scripts, usually " |
| "with a tool like debconf or ucf." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:43 |
| msgid "" |
| "This means that if a package is intended to rename or remove a conffile, it " |
| "must explicitly do so and B<dpkg-maintscript-helper> can be used to " |
| "implement graceful deletion and moving of conffiles within maintainer " |
| "scripts." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: SS |
| #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:44 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "REMOVING A CONFFILE" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:50 |
| msgid "" |
| "If a conffile is completely removed, it should be removed from disk, unless " |
| "the user has modified it. If there are local modifications, they should be " |
| "preserved. If the package upgrades aborts, the newly obsolete conffile " |
| "should not disappear." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:53 |
| msgid "" |
| "All of this is implemented by putting the following shell snippet in the " |
| "B<preinst>, B<postinst> and B<postrm> maintainer scripts:" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:56 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "" |
| " dpkg-maintscript-helper rm_conffile \\e\n" |
| " I<conffile> I<lastversion> I<package> -- \"$@\"\n" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:66 |
| msgid "" |
| "I<conffile> is the filename of the conffile to remove. I<lastversion> is " |
| "the last version of the package that contained the conffile (or the last " |
| "version of the package that did not take care to remove the obsolete " |
| "conffile if this was not immediately implemented). If I<lastversion> is " |
| "empty or omitted, then the operation is tried on every upgrade. I<package> " |
| "is the package name, it's optional as it will default to " |
| "$DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_PACKAGE (this variable is set by dpkg to the name of the " |
| "package acted upon). All the parameters of the maintainer scripts have to be " |
| "forwarded to the program after \"--\"." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:75 |
| msgid "" |
| "Current implementation: in the B<preinst>, it checks if the conffile was " |
| "modified and renames it either to I<conffile>B<.dpkg-remove> (if not " |
| "modified) or to I<conffile>B<.dpkg-backup> (if modified). In the " |
| "B<postinst>, the latter file is renamed to I<conffile>B<.dpkg-bak> and kept " |
| "for reference as it contains user modifications but the former will be " |
| "removed. If the package upgrade aborts, the B<postrm> reinstalls the " |
| "original conffile. During purge, the B<postrm> will also delete the B<.dpkg-" |
| "bak> file kept up to now." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: SS |
| #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:76 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "RENAMING A CONFFILE" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:83 |
| msgid "" |
| "If a conffile is moved from one location to another, you need to make sure " |
| "you move across any changes the user has made. This may seem a simple change " |
| "to the B<preinst> script at first, however that will result in the user " |
| "being prompted by dpkg to approve the conffile edits even though they are " |
| "not responsible of them." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:87 |
| msgid "" |
| "Graceful renaming can be implemented by putting the following shell snippet " |
| "in the B<preinst>, B<postinst> and B<postrm> maintainer scripts:" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:90 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "" |
| " dpkg-maintscript-helper mv_conffile \\e\n" |
| " I<oldconffile> I<newconffile> I<lastversion> I<package> -- \"$@\"\n" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:100 |
| msgid "" |
| "I<oldconffile> and I<newconffile> are the old and new name of the conffile " |
| "to rename. I<lastversion> is the last version of the package that contained " |
| "the conffile with the old name. If I<lastversion> is empty or omitted, then " |
| "the operation is tried on every upgrade (note: it's safer to give the " |
| "version and have the operation tried only once). I<package> is the package " |
| "name, it's optional as it will default to $DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_PACKAGE (this " |
| "variable is set by dpkg to the name of the package acted upon). All the " |
| "parameters of the maintainer scripts have to be forwarded to the program " |
| "after \"--\"." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:108 |
| msgid "" |
| "Current implementation: the B<preinst> checks if the conffile has been " |
| "modified, if yes it's left on place otherwise it's renamed to " |
| "I<oldconffile>B<.dpkg-remove>. On configuration, the B<postinst> removes " |
| "I<oldconffile>B<.dpkg-remove> and renames I<oldconffile> to I<newconffile> " |
| "if I<oldconffile> is still available. On abort-upgrade/abort-install, the " |
| "B<postrm> renames I<oldconffile>B<.dpkg-remove> back to I<oldconffile> if " |
| "required." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: SH |
| #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:109 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| #| msgid "INFORMATION ABOUT PACKAGES" |
| msgid "INTEGRATION IN PACKAGES" |
| msgstr "INFORMAÇÃO SOBRE PACOTES" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:116 |
| msgid "" |
| "Given that B<dpkg-maintscript-helper> is used in the B<preinst>, using it " |
| "unconditionally requires a pre-dependency to ensure that the required " |
| "version of dpkg has been unpacked before. The required version depends on " |
| "the command used, for B<rm_conffile> and B<mv_conffile> it is 1.15.7.2:" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:118 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid " B<Pre-Depends:> dpkg (E<gt>= 1.15.7.2)\n" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:123 |
| msgid "" |
| "But in many cases the operation done by the program is not critical for the " |
| "package, and instead of using a pre-dependency we can call the program only " |
| "if we know that the required command is supported by the currently installed " |
| "dpkg:" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:127 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "" |
| " if dpkg-maintscript-helper supports I<command>; then\n" |
| " dpkg-maintscript-helper I<command> ...\n" |
| " fi\n" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:130 |
| msgid "Copyright \\(co 2010 Rapha\\[:e]l Hertzog" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:132 |
| msgid "Copyright \\(co 2008 Joey Hess" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:134 |
| msgid "Copyright \\(co 2007 Guillem Jover" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.1:136 |
| msgid "Copyright \\(co 2005 Scott James Remnant" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TH |
| #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:1 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "dpkg-mergechangelogs" |
| msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opções>] I<ação>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:4 |
| msgid "dpkg-mergechangelogs - 3-way merge of debian/changelog files" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:8 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "" |
| "B<dpkg-mergechangelogs> [I<option>...] I<old> I<new-a> I<new-b> [I<out>]" |
| msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opções>] I<ação>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:15 |
| msgid "" |
| "This program will use the 3 provided versions of the Debian changelog to " |
| "generate a merged changelog file. The resulting changelog is stored in the " |
| "file I<out> or output to the standard output if that parameter is not given." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:26 |
| msgid "" |
| "Each entry is identified by its version number and they are assumed to be " |
| "not conflicting, they are simply merged in the right order (by decreasing " |
| "version number). When B<--merge-prereleases> is used, the part of the " |
| "version number after the last tilde is dropped so that 1.0-1~exp1 and " |
| "1.0-1~exp5 are considered to be the same entry. When the same version is " |
| "available in both I<new-a> and I<new-b>, a standard line-based 3-way merge " |
| "is attempted (provided that the module Algorithm::Merge is available \\[em] " |
| "it's part of the package libalgorithm-merge-perl \\[em] otherwise you get a " |
| "global conflict on the content of the entry)." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:28 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--merge-prereleases>, B<-m>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:33 |
| msgid "" |
| "Drop the part after the last tilde in the version number when doing version " |
| "comparison to identify if two entries are supposed to be the same or not." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:38 |
| msgid "" |
| "This is useful when you keep using the same changelog entry but you increase " |
| "its version number regularly. For instance, you might have 2.3-1~exp1, " |
| "2.3-1~exp2, ... until the official release 2.3-1 and they are all the same " |
| "changelog entry that has evolved over time." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: SH |
| #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:45 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| #| msgid "ACTIONS" |
| msgid "LIMITATIONS" |
| msgstr "AÇÕES" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:50 |
| msgid "" |
| "Anything that is not parsed by Dpkg::Changelog is lost during the merge. " |
| "This might include stuff like vim modelines, comments which were not " |
| "supposed to be there, etc." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: SH |
| #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:51 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "INTEGRATION WITH GIT" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:56 |
| msgid "" |
| "If you want to use this program to merge Debian changelog files in a git " |
| "repository, you have first to register a new merge driver in B<.git/config> " |
| "or B<~/.gitconfig>:" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:60 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "" |
| " [merge \"dpkg-mergechangelogs\"]\n" |
| " name = debian/changelog merge driver\n" |
| " driver = dpkg-mergechangelogs -m %O %A %B %A\n" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:64 |
| msgid "" |
| "Then you have to setup the merge attribute for the debian/changelog file " |
| "either in B<.gitattributes> in the repository itself, or in B<.git/info/" |
| "attributes>:" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:66 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid " debian/changelog merge=dpkg-mergechangelogs\n" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.1:68 |
| msgid "Copyright \\(co 2009-2010 Rapha\\[:e]l Hertzog" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TH |
| #: dpkg-name.1:6 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "dpkg-name" |
| msgstr "dpkg" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-name.1:9 |
| msgid "dpkg-name - rename Debian packages to full package names" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-name.1:15 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "B<dpkg-name> [I<option>...] [B<-->] I<file>..." |
| msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<optções>] B<--auto> I<nome>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-name.1:29 |
| msgid "" |
| "This manual page documents the B<dpkg-name> program which provides an easy " |
| "way to rename B<Debian> packages into their full package names. A full " |
| "package name consists of I<package>B<_>I<version>B<_>I<architecture>B<." |
| ">I<package-type> as specified in the control file of the package. The " |
| "I<version> part of the filename consists of the upstream version information " |
| "optionally followed by a hyphen and the revision information. The I<package-" |
| "type> part comes from that field if present or fallbacks to B<deb>." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-name.1:31 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-a>, B<--no-architecture>" |
| msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-name.1:34 |
| msgid "The destination filename will not have the architecture information." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-name.1:34 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-k>, B<--symlink>" |
| msgstr "B<--display> I<ligação>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-name.1:37 |
| msgid "Create a symlink, instead of moving." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-name.1:37 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-o>, B<--overwrite>" |
| msgstr "B<--verbose>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-name.1:41 |
| msgid "" |
| "Existing files will be overwritten if they have the same name as the " |
| "destination filename." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-name.1:41 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-s>, B<--subdir> [I<dir>]" |
| msgstr "B<--altdir> I<diretório>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-name.1:53 |
| msgid "" |
| "Files will be moved into a subdirectory. If the directory given as argument " |
| "exists the files will be moved into that directory otherwise the name of the " |
| "target directory is extracted from the section field in the control part of " |
| "the package. The target directory will be `unstable/binary-I<architecture>/" |
| "I<section>'. If the section is not found in the control, then `no-section' " |
| "is assumed, and in this case, as well as for sections `non-free' and " |
| "`contrib' the target directory is `I<section>/binary-I<architecture>'. The " |
| "section field isn't required so a lot of packages will find their way to the " |
| "`no-section' area. Use this option with care, it's messy." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-name.1:53 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-c>, B<--create-dir>" |
| msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-name.1:58 |
| msgid "" |
| "This option can used together with the -s option. If a target directory " |
| "isn't found it will be created automatically. B<Use this option with care.>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-name.1:61 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-v>, B<--version>" |
| msgstr "B<--version>" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-name.1:66 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<dpkg-name bar-foo.deb>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-name.1:71 |
| msgid "" |
| "The file `bar-foo.deb' will be renamed to bar-foo_1.0-2_i386.deb or " |
| "something similar (depending on whatever information is in the control part " |
| "of `bar-foo.deb')." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-name.1:71 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<find /root/debian/ -name \\(aq*.deb\\(aq | xargs -n 1 dpkg-name -a>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-name.1:76 |
| msgid "" |
| "All files with the extension `deb' in the directory /root/debian and its " |
| "subdirectory's will be renamed by dpkg-name if required into names with no " |
| "architecture information." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-name.1:76 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<find -name \\(aq*.deb\\(aq | xargs -n 1 dpkg-name -a -o -s -c>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-name.1:82 |
| msgid "" |
| "B<Don't do this.> Your archive will be messed up completely because a lot of " |
| "packages don't come with section information. B<Don't do this.>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-name.1:82 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<dpkg --build debian-tmp && dpkg-name -o -s .. debian-tmp.deb>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-name.1:85 |
| msgid "This can be used when building new packages." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-name.1:95 |
| msgid "" |
| "Some packages don't follow the name structure " |
| "I<package>B<_>I<version>B<_>I<architecture>B<.deb>. Packages renamed by " |
| "dpkg-name will follow this structure. Generally this will have no impact on " |
| "how packages are installed by B<dselect>(1)/B<dpkg>(1), but other " |
| "installation tools might depend on this naming structure." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-name.1:103 |
| msgid "" |
| "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<find>(1), " |
| "B<xargs>(1)." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-name.1:106 |
| msgid "Copyright \\(co 1995,1996 Erick Branderhorst" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TH |
| #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:1 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "dpkg-parsechangelog" |
| msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opções>] I<ação>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:4 |
| msgid "dpkg-parsechangelog - parse Debian changelog files" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:8 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "B<dpkg-parsechangelog> [I<option>...]" |
| msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opções>] I<ação>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:14 |
| msgid "" |
| "B<dpkg-parsechangelog> reads and parses the changelog of an unpacked Debian " |
| "source tree and outputs the information in it to standard output in a " |
| "machine-readable form." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:26 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-L>I<libdir>" |
| msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:33 |
| msgid "" |
| "Specify an additional directory to search for parser scripts. This " |
| "directory is searched before the default directories which are currently B</" |
| "usr/local/lib/dpkg/parsechangelog> and B</usr/lib/dpkg/parsechangelog>." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: SS |
| #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:39 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "Parser Options" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:44 |
| msgid "" |
| "The following options can be used to influence the output of the changelog " |
| "parser, e.g. the range of entries or the format of the output. They need to " |
| "be supported by the parser script in question. See also B<CAVEATS>." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:44 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--format>I< outputformat>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:53 |
| msgid "" |
| "Set the output format. Currently supported values are I<dpkg> and " |
| "I<rfc822>. I<dpkg> is the classic output format (from before this option " |
| "existed) and the default. It consists of one paragraph in Debian control " |
| "format (see B<deb-control>(5)). If more than one entry is requested, then " |
| "most fields are taken from the latest entry, except otherwise stated:" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:54 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<Source:>I< pkg-name>" |
| msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:56 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<Version:>I< version>" |
| msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:58 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<Distribution:>I< target-distribution>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:60 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<Urgency:>I< urgency>" |
| msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:63 |
| msgid "The highest urgency of all included entries is used." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:63 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<Maintainer:>I< author>" |
| msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:65 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<Date:>I< date>" |
| msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:67 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<Closes:>I< bug-number>" |
| msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:70 |
| msgid "The Closes fields of all included entries are merged." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:70 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<Changes:>I< changelog-entries>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:77 |
| msgid "" |
| "The text of all changelog entries is concatenated. To make this field a " |
| "valid Debian control format multiline field empty lines are replaced with a " |
| "single full stop and all lines is intended by one space character. The exact " |
| "content depends on the changelog format." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:80 |
| msgid "There might be additional user-defined fields present." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:84 |
| msgid "" |
| "The B<rfc822> format uses the same fields but outputs a separate paragraph " |
| "for each changelog entry so that all metadata for each entry is preserved." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:84 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--since> I<version>, B<-s>I<version>,B< -v>I<version>" |
| msgstr "B<--version>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:87 |
| msgid "include all changes later than I<version>." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:87 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--until> I<version>, B<-u>I<version>" |
| msgstr "B<--version>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:90 |
| msgid "include all changes earlier than I<version>." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:90 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--from> I<version>, B<-f>I<version>" |
| msgstr "B<--version>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:93 |
| msgid "include all changes equal or later than I<version>." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:93 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--to> I<version>, B<-t>I<version>" |
| msgstr "B<--version>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:96 |
| msgid "include all changes up to or equal than I<version>." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:96 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--count> I<number>, B<-c>I<number>, B<-n>I<number>" |
| msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<arquivo_do_pacote>..." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:100 |
| msgid "" |
| "include I<number> entries from the top (or the tail if I<number> is lower " |
| "than 0)." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:100 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--offset> I<number>, B<-o>I<number>" |
| msgstr "B<--abort-after=>I<número>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:104 |
| msgid "" |
| "change the starting point for --count, counted from the top (or the tail if " |
| "I<number> is lower than 0)." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:104 update-alternatives.8:268 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--all>" |
| msgstr "B<--all>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:108 |
| msgid "" |
| "include all changes. Note: other options have no effect when this is in use." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:114 |
| msgid "" |
| "All B<Parser Options> except for -v are only supported in B<dpkg>, version " |
| "1.14.16 and later. Third party parsers for changelog formats other than " |
| "I<debian> might not support all options." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:116 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<debian/changelog>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:122 |
| msgid "" |
| "The changelog file, used to obtain version-dependent information about the " |
| "source package, such as the urgency and distribution of an upload, the " |
| "changes made since a particular release, and the source version number " |
| "itself." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-parsechangelog.1:129 |
| msgid "Copyright \\(co 2007, 2008 Frank Lichtenheld" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TH |
| #: dpkg-query.1:1 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "dpkg-query" |
| msgstr "B<dpkg-query-actions>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-query.1:4 |
| msgid "dpkg-query - a tool to query the dpkg database" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-query.1:8 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "B<dpkg-query> [I<option>...] I<command>" |
| msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opções>] I<ação>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-query.1:12 |
| msgid "" |
| "B<dpkg-query> is a tool to show information about packages listed in the " |
| "B<dpkg> database." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-query.1:14 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-l>, B<--list> [I<package-name-pattern>...]" |
| msgstr "B<dpkg --get-selections> [I<padrão>...]" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-query.1:24 |
| msgid "" |
| "List packages matching given pattern. If no I<package-name-pattern> is " |
| "given, list all packages in I</var/lib/dpkg/status>, excluding the ones " |
| "marked as not-installed (i.e. those which have been previously purged). " |
| "Normal shell wildchars are allowed in I<package-name-pattern>. Please note " |
| "you will probably have to quote I<package-name-pattern> to prevent the shell " |
| "from performing filename expansion. For example this will list all package " |
| "names starting with ``libc6'':" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-query.1:27 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid " B<dpkg-query -l \\(aqlibc6*\\(aq>\n" |
| msgstr "B< dpkg -l '*vi*'>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-query.1:31 |
| msgid "" |
| "The first three columns of the output show the desired action, the package " |
| "status, and errors, in that order." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-query.1:33 |
| msgid "Desired action:" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-query.1:39 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "" |
| " u = Unknown\n" |
| " i = Install\n" |
| " h = Hold\n" |
| " r = Remove\n" |
| " p = Purge\n" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-query.1:42 |
| msgid "Package status:" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-query.1:51 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "" |
| " n = Not-installed\n" |
| " c = Config-files\n" |
| " H = Half-installed\n" |
| " U = Unpacked\n" |
| " F = Half-configured\n" |
| " W = Triggers-awaiting\n" |
| " t = Triggers-pending\n" |
| " i = Installed\n" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-query.1:54 |
| msgid "Error flags:" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-query.1:57 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "" |
| " E<lt>emptyE<gt> = (none)\n" |
| " R = Reinst-required\n" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-query.1:62 |
| msgid "" |
| "An uppercase status or error letter indicates the package is likely to cause " |
| "severe problems. Please refer to B<dpkg>(1) for information about the above " |
| "states and flags." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-query.1:67 |
| msgid "" |
| "The output format of this option is not configurable, but varies " |
| "automatically to fit the terminal width. It is intended for human readers, " |
| "and is not easily machine-readable. See B<-W> (B<--show>) and B<--" |
| "showformat> for a way to configure the output format." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-query.1:67 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-W>, B<--show> [I<package-name-pattern>...]" |
| msgstr "B<dpkg --get-selections> [I<padrão>...]" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-query.1:74 |
| msgid "" |
| "Just like the B<--list> option this will list all packages matching the " |
| "given pattern. However the output can be customized using the B<--" |
| "showformat> option. The default output format gives one line per matching " |
| "package, each line having the name and installed version of the package, " |
| "separated by a tab." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-query.1:74 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-s>, B<--status> I<package-name>..." |
| msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<arquivo_do_pacote>..." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-query.1:79 |
| msgid "" |
| "Report status of specified package. This just displays the entry in the " |
| "installed package status database. When multiple I<package-name> are listed, " |
| "the requested status entries are separated by an empty line." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-query.1:79 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-L>, B<--listfiles> I<package-name>..." |
| msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<arquivo_do_pacote>..." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-query.1:85 |
| msgid "" |
| "List files installed to your system from I<package-name>. When multiple " |
| "I<package-name> are listed, the requested lists of files are separated by an " |
| "empty line. However, note that files created by package-specific " |
| "installation-scripts are not listed." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-query.1:85 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-c>, B<--control-path> I<package-name> [I<control-file>]" |
| msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<arquivo_do_pacote>..." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-query.1:93 |
| msgid "" |
| "List paths for control files installed to your system from I<package-name>. " |
| "If I<control-file> is specified then only list the path for that control " |
| "file if it is present. B<Warning>: this command is semi-public, it should be " |
| "used only as a last resort solution, and if no other interface is available. " |
| "It might get deprecated later on if better interfaces or the current " |
| "architectural deficiencies have been solved." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-query.1:93 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-S>, B<--search> I<filename-search-pattern>..." |
| msgstr "B<dpkg --get-selections> [I<padrão>...]" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-query.1:99 |
| msgid "" |
| "Search for packages that own files corresponding to the given pattern. " |
| "Standard shell wildchars can be used in the pattern. This command will not " |
| "list extra files created by maintainer scripts, nor will it list " |
| "alternatives." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-query.1:99 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-p>, B<--print-avail> I<package-name>..." |
| msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<arquivo_do_pacote>..." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-query.1:105 |
| msgid "" |
| "Display details about I<package-name>, as found in I</var/lib/dpkg/" |
| "available>. When multiple I<package-name> are listed, the requested " |
| "I<available> entries are separated by an empty line." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-query.1:110 |
| msgid "" |
| "Users of APT-based frontends should use B<apt-cache show> I<package-name> " |
| "instead as the I<available> file is only kept up-to-date when using " |
| "B<dselect>." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-query.1:122 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-f>, B<--showformat=>I<format>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-query.1:129 |
| msgid "In the format string, \\(lqB<\\e>\\(rq introduces escapes:" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-query.1:134 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "" |
| " B<\\en> newline\n" |
| " B<\\er> carriage return\n" |
| " B<\\et> tab\n" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-query.1:139 |
| msgid "" |
| "\\(lqB<\\e>\\(rq before any other character suppresses any special meaning " |
| "of the following character, which is useful for \\(lqB<\\e>\\(rq and \\(lqB<" |
| "$>\\(rq." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-query.1:147 |
| msgid "" |
| "Package information can be included by inserting variable references to " |
| "package fields using the syntax \\(lqB<${>I<field>[B<;>I<width>]B<}>\\(rq. " |
| "Fields are printed right-aligned unless the width is negative in which case " |
| "left alignment will be used. The following I<field>s are recognised but they " |
| "are not necessarily available in the status file (only internal fields or " |
| "fields stored in the binary package end up in it):" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-query.1:182 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "" |
| " B<Architecture>\n" |
| " B<Bugs>\n" |
| " B<Conffiles> (internal)\n" |
| " B<Config-Version> (internal)\n" |
| " B<Conflicts>\n" |
| " B<Breaks>\n" |
| " B<Depends>\n" |
| " B<Description>\n" |
| " B<Enhances>\n" |
| " B<Essential>\n" |
| " B<Filename> (internal, front-end related)\n" |
| " B<Homepage>\n" |
| " B<Installed-Size>\n" |
| " B<MD5sum> (internal, front-end related)\n" |
| " B<MSDOS-Filename> (internal, front-end related)\n" |
| " B<Maintainer>\n" |
| " B<Origin>\n" |
| " B<Package>\n" |
| " B<Pre-Depends>\n" |
| " B<Priority>\n" |
| " B<Provides>\n" |
| " B<Recommends>\n" |
| " B<Replaces>\n" |
| " B<Revision> (obsolete)\n" |
| " B<Section>\n" |
| " B<Size> (internal, front-end related)\n" |
| " B<Source>\n" |
| " B<Status> (internal)\n" |
| " B<Suggests>\n" |
| " B<Tag> (usually not in the .deb but in the repository Packages files)\n" |
| " B<Triggers-Awaited> (internal)\n" |
| " B<Triggers-Pending> (internal)\n" |
| " B<Version>\n" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-query.1:190 |
| msgid "" |
| "The default format string is \\(lqB<${Package}\\et${Version}\\en>\\(rq. " |
| "Actually, all other fields found in the status file (i.e. user defined " |
| "fields) can be requested, too. They will be printed as-is, though, no " |
| "conversion nor error checking is done on them. To get the name of the dpkg " |
| "maintainer and the installed version, you could run:" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-query.1:193 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid " B<dpkg-query -W -f=\\(aq${Package} ${Version}\\et${Maintainer}\\en\\(aq dpkg>\n" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: SH |
| #: dpkg-query.1:195 dpkg-split.1:179 start-stop-daemon.8:259 |
| #: update-alternatives.8:374 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "EXIT STATUS" |
| msgstr "STATUS DE SAÍDA" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-query.1:196 dpkg-split.1:180 start-stop-daemon.8:260 |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:289 update-alternatives.8:375 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<0>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-query.1:199 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "The requested query was successfully performed." |
| msgstr "A ação requisitada foi completada com sucesso." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-query.1:199 dpkg-split.1:186 start-stop-daemon.8:270 |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:292 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<1>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-query.1:203 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "" |
| "Problems were encountered while parsing the command line or performing the " |
| "query, including no file or package being found (except for --control-path)." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Foram encontrados problemas quando analisando a linha de comando ou " |
| "executando a ação." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-query.1:213 |
| msgid "" |
| "This setting influences the output of the B<--list> option by changing the " |
| "width of its output." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-query.1:216 |
| msgid "Copyright \\(co 2001 Wichert Akkerman" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TH |
| #: dpkg-scanpackages.1:15 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "dpkg-scanpackages" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-scanpackages.1:18 |
| msgid "dpkg-scanpackages - create Packages index files" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-scanpackages.1:26 |
| msgid "" |
| "B<dpkg-scanpackages> [I<option>...] I<binary-dir> [I<override-file> [I<path-" |
| "prefix>]] B<E<gt>> I<Packages>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-scanpackages.1:39 |
| msgid "" |
| "B<dpkg-scanpackages> sorts through a tree of Debian binary packages and " |
| "creates a Packages file, used by B<apt>(8), B<dselect>(1), etc, to tell the " |
| "user what packages are available for installation. These Packages files are " |
| "the same as those found on Debian archive sites and CD-ROMs. You might use " |
| "B<dpkg-scanpackages> yourself if making a directory of local packages to " |
| "install on a cluster of machines." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-scanpackages.1:51 |
| msgid "" |
| "B<Note:> If you want to access the generated Packages file with B<apt> you " |
| "will probably need to compress the file with B<bzip2>(1) (generating a " |
| "Packages.bz2 file) or B<gzip>(1) (generating a Packages.gz file). apt " |
| "ignores uncompressed Packages files except on local access (i.e. B<file://> " |
| "sources)." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-scanpackages.1:58 |
| msgid "" |
| "I<binarydir> is the name of the tree of the binary packages to process (for " |
| "example, B<contrib/binary-i386>). It is best to make this relative to the " |
| "root of the Debian archive, because every Filename field in the new Packages " |
| "file will start with this string." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-scanpackages.1:63 |
| msgid "" |
| "I<overridefile> is the name of a file to read which contains information " |
| "about how the package fits into the distribution (it can be a compressed " |
| "file); see B<deb-override>(5)." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-scanpackages.1:66 |
| msgid "" |
| "I<pathprefix> is an optional string to be prepended to the Filename fields." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-scanpackages.1:70 |
| msgid "" |
| "If more than one version of a package is found only the newest one is " |
| "included in the output. If they have the same version and only differ in " |
| "architecture only the first one found is used." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-scanpackages.1:72 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-t>, B<--type> I<type>" |
| msgstr "B<--test>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-scanpackages.1:75 |
| msgid "Scan for *.I<type> packages, instead of *.deb." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-scanpackages.1:75 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-u>, B<--udeb>" |
| msgstr "B<--help>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-scanpackages.1:78 |
| msgid "B<Obsolete> alias for B<-tudeb>." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: IP |
| #: dpkg-scanpackages.1:78 dpkg-scansources.1:49 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-e>, B<--extra-override> I<file>" |
| msgstr "B<-B>|B<--auto-deconfigure>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-scanpackages.1:84 dpkg-scansources.1:54 |
| msgid "" |
| "Scan I<file> to find supplementary overrides (the file can be compressed). " |
| "See B<deb-extra-override>(5) for more information on its format." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-scanpackages.1:84 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-a>, B<--arch> I<arch>" |
| msgstr "B<--auto> I<ligação>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-scanpackages.1:88 |
| msgid "" |
| "Use a pattern consisting of I<*_all.deb> and I<*_arch.deb> instead of " |
| "scanning for all debs." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-scanpackages.1:88 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-m>, B<--multiversion>" |
| msgstr "B<--version>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-scanpackages.1:91 |
| msgid "Include all found packages in the output." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-scanpackages.1:91 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-M>, B<--medium> I<id-string>" |
| msgstr "B<-B>|B<--auto-deconfigure>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-scanpackages.1:96 |
| msgid "" |
| "Add an X-Medium field containing the value I<id-string>. This field is " |
| "required if you want to generate B<Packages.cd> files for use by the multicd " |
| "access method of dselect." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: SH |
| #: dpkg-scanpackages.1:103 update-alternatives.8:448 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "DIAGNOSTICS" |
| msgstr "DIAGNÓSTICOS" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-scanpackages.1:109 |
| msgid "" |
| "B<dpkg-scanpackages> outputs the usual self-explanatory errors. It also " |
| "warns about packages that are in the wrong subdirectory, are duplicated, " |
| "have a Filename field in their control file, are missing from the override " |
| "file, or have maintainer substitutions which do not take effect." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-scanpackages.1:115 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "" |
| "B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1), B<deb-override>(5), B<deb-extra-override>(5), " |
| "B<dpkg-scansources>(1)." |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<dselect>(8), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), e B<dpkg-" |
| "reconfigure>(8)" |
| |
| #. type: TH |
| #: dpkg-scansources.1:1 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "dpkg-scansources" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-scansources.1:4 |
| msgid "dpkg-scansources - create Sources index files" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-scansources.1:12 |
| msgid "" |
| "B<dpkg-scansources> [I<option>...] I<binary-dir> [I<override-file> [I<path-" |
| "prefix>]] B<E<gt>> I<Sources>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-scansources.1:17 |
| msgid "" |
| "B<dpkg-scansources> scans the given I<binary-dir> for I<.dsc> files. These " |
| "are used to create a Debian source index, which is output to stdout." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-scansources.1:28 |
| msgid "" |
| "The I<override-file>, if given, is used to set priorities in the resulting " |
| "index records and to override the maintainer field given in the I<.dsc> " |
| "files. The file can be compressed. See B<deb-override>(5) for the format of " |
| "this file. \\s-1NB:\\s0 Since the override file is indexed by binary, not " |
| "source, packages, there's a bit of a problem here. The current " |
| "implementation uses the highest priority of all the binary packages produced " |
| "by a I<.dsc> file for the priority of the source package, and the override " |
| "entry for the first binary package listed in the I<.dsc> file to modify " |
| "maintainer information. This might change." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-scansources.1:32 |
| msgid "" |
| "The I<path-prefix>, if given, is prepended to the directory field in the " |
| "generated source index. You generally use this to make the directory fields " |
| "contain the path from the top of the Debian archive hierarchy." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-scansources.1:43 |
| msgid "" |
| "B<Note:> If you want to access the generated Sources file with B<apt>(8) " |
| "you will probably need to compress the file with B<gzip>(1) (generating a " |
| "Sources.gz file). apt ignores uncompressed Sources files except on local " |
| "access (i.e. B<file://> sources)." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: IP |
| #: dpkg-scansources.1:45 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-n>, B<--no-sort>" |
| msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-scansources.1:48 |
| msgid "" |
| "Don't sort the index records. Normally they are sorted by source package " |
| "name." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: IP |
| #: dpkg-scansources.1:54 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-s>, B<--source-override> I<file>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-scansources.1:58 |
| msgid "" |
| "Use I<file> as the source override file (the file can be compressed). The " |
| "default is the name of the override file you specified with I<.src> appended." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-scansources.1:64 |
| msgid "" |
| "The source override file is in a different format from the binary override " |
| "file. It contains only two whitespace separated fields, the first is the " |
| "source package name and the second is the section. Blank lines and comment " |
| "lines are ignored in the normal manner. If a package appears in both files " |
| "the source override takes precedence for setting the section." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: IP |
| #: dpkg-scansources.1:64 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--debug>" |
| msgstr "B<--nocheck>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-scansources.1:66 |
| msgid "Turn debugging on." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-scansources.1:75 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "B<deb-override>(5), B<deb-extra-override>(5), B<dpkg-scanpackages>(1)." |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<dselect>(8), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), e B<dpkg-" |
| "reconfigure>(8)" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-scansources.1:77 |
| msgid "Roderick Schertler E<lt>roderick@argon.orgE<gt>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TH |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:1 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "dpkg-shlibdeps" |
| msgstr "B<dpkg-deb-actions>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:4 |
| msgid "dpkg-shlibdeps - generate shared library substvar dependencies" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:8 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "B<dpkg-shlibdeps> [I<option>...] [B<-e>]I<executable> [I<option>...]" |
| msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opções>] I<ação>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:22 |
| msgid "" |
| "B<dpkg-shlibdeps> calculates shared library dependencies for executables " |
| "named in its arguments. The dependencies are added to the substitution " |
| "variables file B<debian/substvars> as variable names B<shlibs:" |
| ">I<dependencyfield> where I<dependencyfield> is a dependency field name. Any " |
| "other variables starting with B<shlibs:> are removed from the file." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:45 |
| msgid "" |
| "B<dpkg-shlibdeps> has two possible sources of information to generate " |
| "dependency information. Either I<symbols> files or I<shlibs> files. For each " |
| "binary that B<dpkg-shlibdeps> analyzes, it finds out the list of libraries " |
| "that it's linked with. Then, for each library, it looks up either the " |
| "I<symbols> file, or the I<shlibs> file (if the former doesn't exist or if " |
| "debian/shlibs.local contains the relevant dependency). Both files are " |
| "supposed to be provided by the library package and should thus be available " |
| "as /var/lib/dpkg/info/I<package>.I<symbols> or /var/lib/dpkg/info/I<package>." |
| "I<shlibs>. The package name is identified in two steps: find the library " |
| "file on the system (looking in the same directories that B<ld.so> would " |
| "use), then use B<dpkg -S >I<library-file> to lookup the package providing " |
| "the library." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: SS |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:45 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "Symbols files" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:50 |
| msgid "" |
| "Symbols files contain finer-grained dependency information by providing the " |
| "minimum dependency for each symbol that the library exports. The script " |
| "tries to find a symbols file associated to a library package in the " |
| "following places (first match is used):" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: IP |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:50 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "debian/*/DEBIAN/symbols" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:58 |
| msgid "" |
| "Shared library information generated by the current build process that also " |
| "invoked B<dpkg-shlibdeps>. They are generated by B<dpkg-gensymbols>(1). " |
| "They are only used if the library is found in a package's build tree. The " |
| "symbols file in that build tree takes precedence over symbols files from " |
| "other binary packages." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: IP |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:58 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "/etc/dpkg/symbols/I<package>.symbols.I<arch>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: IP |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:59 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "/etc/dpkg/symbols/I<package>.symbols" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:63 |
| msgid "" |
| "Per-system overriding shared library dependency information. I<arch> is the " |
| "architecture of the current system (obtained by B<dpkg-architecture -" |
| "qDEB_HOST_ARCH>)." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: IP |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:63 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "Output from \\(lqB<dpkg-query --control-path> I<package> symbols\\(rq" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:66 dpkg-shlibdeps.1:100 |
| msgid "" |
| "Package-provided shared library dependency information. Unless overridden " |
| "by --admindir, those files are located in /var/lib/dpkg." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:73 |
| msgid "" |
| "While scanning the symbols used by all binaries, B<dpkg-shlibdeps> remembers " |
| "the (biggest) minimal version needed for each library. At the end of the " |
| "process, it is able to write out the minimal dependency for every library " |
| "used (provided that the information of the I<symbols> files are accurate)." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:80 |
| msgid "" |
| "As a safe-guard measure, a symbols file can provide a I<Build-Depends-" |
| "Package> meta-information field and B<dpkg-shlibdeps> will extract the " |
| "minimal version required by the corresponding package in the Build-Depends " |
| "field and use this version if it's higher than the minimal version computed " |
| "by scanning symbols." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: SS |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:80 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "Shlibs files" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:84 |
| msgid "" |
| "Shlibs files associate directly a library to a dependency (without looking " |
| "at the symbols). It's thus often stronger than really needed but very safe " |
| "and easy to handle." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:87 |
| msgid "" |
| "The dependencies for a library are looked up in several places. The first " |
| "file providing information for the library of interest is used:" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: IP |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:87 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "debian/shlibs.local" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:89 |
| msgid "Package-local overriding shared library dependency information." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: IP |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:89 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "/etc/dpkg/shlibs.override" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:91 |
| msgid "Per-system overriding shared library dependency information." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: IP |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:91 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "debian/*/DEBIAN/shlibs" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:97 |
| msgid "" |
| "Shared library information generated by the current build process that also " |
| "invoked B<dpkg-shlibdeps>. They are only used if the library is found in a " |
| "package's build tree. The shlibs file in that build tree takes precedence " |
| "over shlibs files from other binary packages." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: IP |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:97 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "Output from \\(lqB<dpkg-query --control-path> I<package> shlibs\\(rq" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: IP |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:100 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "/etc/dpkg/shlibs.default" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:102 |
| msgid "Per-system default shared library dependency information." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:106 |
| msgid "" |
| "The extracted dependencies are then directly used (except if they are " |
| "filtered out because they have been identified as duplicate, or as weaker " |
| "than another dependency)." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:111 |
| msgid "" |
| "B<dpkg-shlibdeps> interprets non-option arguments as executable names, just " |
| "as if they'd been supplied as B<-e>I<executable>." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:111 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-e>I<executable>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:115 |
| msgid "" |
| "Include dependencies appropriate for the shared libraries required by " |
| "I<executable>." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:115 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-d>I<dependencyfield>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:121 |
| msgid "" |
| "Add dependencies to be added to the control file dependency field " |
| "I<dependencyfield>. (The dependencies for this field are placed in the " |
| "variable B<shlibs:>I<dependencyfield>.)" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:131 |
| msgid "" |
| "The B<-d>I<dependencyfield> option takes effect for all executables after " |
| "the option, until the next B<-d>I<dependencyfield>. The default " |
| "I<dependencyfield> is B<Depends>." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:139 |
| msgid "" |
| "If the same dependency entry (or set of alternatives) appears in more than " |
| "one of the recognised dependency field names B<Pre-Depends>, B<Depends>, " |
| "B<Recommends>, B<Enhances> or B<Suggests> then B<dpkg-shlibdeps> will " |
| "automatically remove the dependency from all fields except the one " |
| "representing the most important dependencies." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:139 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-p>I<varnameprefix>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:150 |
| msgid "" |
| "Start substitution variables with I<varnameprefix>B<:> instead of B<shlibs:" |
| ">. Likewise, any existing substitution variables starting with " |
| "I<varnameprefix>B<:> (rather than B<shlibs:>) are removed from the the " |
| "substitution variables file." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:156 |
| msgid "" |
| "Print substitution variable settings to standard output, rather than being " |
| "added to the substitution variables file (B<debian/substvars> by default)." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:156 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-t>I<type>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:163 |
| msgid "" |
| "Prefer shared library dependency information tagged for the given package " |
| "type. If no tagged information is available, falls back to untagged " |
| "information. The default package type is \"deb\". Shared library dependency " |
| "information is tagged for a given type by prefixing it with the name of the " |
| "type, a colon, and whitespace." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:163 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-L>I<localshlibsfile>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:169 |
| msgid "" |
| "Read overriding shared library dependency information from " |
| "I<localshlibsfile> instead of B<debian/shlibs.local>." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:175 |
| msgid "" |
| "Write substitution variables in I<substvarsfile>; the default is B<debian/" |
| "substvars>." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:175 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-v>" |
| msgstr "B<-G>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:180 |
| msgid "" |
| "Enable verbose mode. Numerous messages are displayed to explain what B<dpkg-" |
| "shlibdeps> does." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:180 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-x>I<package>" |
| msgstr "B<unpacked>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:187 |
| msgid "" |
| "Exclude the package from the generated dependencies. This is useful to avoid " |
| "self-dependencies for packages which provide ELF binaries (executables or " |
| "library plugins) using a library contained in the same package. This option " |
| "can be used multiple times to exclude several packages." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:187 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-S>I<pkgbuilddir>" |
| msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:194 |
| msgid "" |
| "Look into I<pkgbuilddir> first when trying to find a library. This is useful " |
| "when the source package builds multiple flavors of the same library and you " |
| "want to ensure that you get the dependency from a given binary package. You " |
| "can use this option multiple times: directories will be tried in the same " |
| "order before directories of other binary packages." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:194 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--ignore-missing-info>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:200 |
| msgid "" |
| "Do not fail if dependency information can't be found for a shared library. " |
| "Usage of this option is discouraged, all libraries should provide dependency " |
| "information (either with shlibs files, or with symbols files) even if they " |
| "are not yet used by other packages." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:200 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--warnings=>I<value>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:211 |
| msgid "" |
| "I<value> is a bit field defining the set of warnings that can be emitted by " |
| "B<dpkg-shlibdeps>. Bit 0 (value=1) enables the warning \"symbol I<sym> used " |
| "by I<binary> found in none of the libraries\", bit 1 (value=2) enables the " |
| "warning \"dependency on I<library> could be avoided\" and bit 2 (value=4) " |
| "enables the warning \"I<binary> shouldn't be linked with I<library>\". The " |
| "default I<value> is 3: the first two warnings are active by default, the " |
| "last one is not. Set I<value> to 7 if you want all warnings to be active." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: SH |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:222 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "WARNINGS" |
| msgstr "ATENÇÃO" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:230 |
| msgid "" |
| "Since B<dpkg-shlibdeps> analyzes the set of symbols used by each binary of " |
| "the generated package, it is able to emit warnings in several cases. They " |
| "inform you of things that can be improved in the package. In most cases, " |
| "those improvements concern the upstream sources directly. By order of " |
| "decreasing importance, here are the various warnings that you can encounter:" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:230 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<symbol>I< sym>B< used by >I<binary>B< found in none of the libraries.>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:236 |
| msgid "" |
| "The indicated symbol has not been found in the libraries linked with the " |
| "binary. The I<binary> is most likely a library and it needs to be linked " |
| "with an additional library during the build process (option B<-l>I<library> " |
| "of the linker)." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:236 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "I<binary>B< contains an unresolvable reference to symbol >I<sym>B<: it's probably a plugin>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:249 |
| msgid "" |
| "The indicated symbol has not been found in the libraries linked with the " |
| "binary. The I<binary> is most likely a plugin and the symbol is probably " |
| "provided by the program that loads this plugin. In theory a plugin doesn't " |
| "have any SONAME but this binary does have one and as such it could not be " |
| "clearly identified as such. However the fact that the binary is stored in a " |
| "non-public directory is a strong indication that's it's not a normal shared " |
| "library. If the binary is really a plugin, then disregard this warning. But " |
| "there's always the possibility that it's a real library and that programs " |
| "linking to it are using an RPATH so that the dynamic loader finds it. In " |
| "that case, the library is broken and needs to be fixed." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:249 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<dependency on >I<library>B< could be avoided if >I<binaries>B< were not uselessly linked against it (they use none of its symbols).>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:255 |
| msgid "" |
| "None of the I<binaries> that are linked with I<library> use any of the " |
| "symbols provided by the library. By fixing all the binaries, you would avoid " |
| "the dependency associated to this library (unless the same dependency is " |
| "also generated by another library that is really used)." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:255 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "I<binary>B< shouldn't be linked with >I<library>B< (it uses none of its symbols).>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:262 |
| msgid "" |
| "The I<binary> is linked to a library that it doesn't need. It's not a " |
| "problem but some small performance improvements in binary load time can be " |
| "obtained by not linking this library to this binary. This warning checks the " |
| "same information than the previous one but does it for each binary instead " |
| "of doing the check globally on all binaries analyzed." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: SH |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:262 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "ERRORS" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:269 |
| msgid "" |
| "B<dpkg-shlibdeps> will fail if it can't find a public library used by a " |
| "binary or if this library has no associated dependency information (either " |
| "shlibs file or symbols file). A public library has a SONAME and is versioned " |
| "(libsomething.so.I<X>). A private library (like a plugin) should not have a " |
| "SONAME and doesn't need to be versioned." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:269 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<couldn't find library >I<library-soname>B< needed by >I<binary>B< (its RPATH is '>I<rpath>B<')>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:285 |
| msgid "" |
| "The I<binary> uses a library called I<library-soname> but B<dpkg-shlibdeps> " |
| "has been unable to find the library. B<dpkg-shlibdeps> creates a list of " |
| "directories to check as following: directories listed in the RPATH of the " |
| "binary, directories listed in /etc/ld.so.conf, directories listed in the " |
| "LD_LIBRARY_PATH environment variable, and standard public directories (/" |
| "lib, /usr/lib, /lib32, /usr/lib32, /lib64, /usr/lib64). Then it checks those " |
| "directories in the package's build tree of the binary being analyzed, in the " |
| "packages' build trees indicated with the -S command-line option, in other " |
| "packages' build trees that contains a DEBIAN/shlibs or DEBIAN/symbols file " |
| "and finally in the root directory. If the library is not found in any of " |
| "those directories, then you get this error." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:291 |
| msgid "" |
| "If the library not found is in a private directory of the same package, then " |
| "you want to add the directory to LD_LIBRARY_PATH. If it's in another binary " |
| "package being built, you want to make sure that the shlibs/symbols file of " |
| "this package is already created and that LD_LIBRARY_PATH contains the " |
| "appropriate directory if it also is in a private directory." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:291 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<no dependency information found for >I<library-file>B< (used by >I<binary>B<).>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:304 |
| msgid "" |
| "The library needed by I<binary> has been found by B<dpkg-shlibdeps> in " |
| "I<library-file> but B<dpkg-shlibdeps> has been unable to find any dependency " |
| "information for that library. To find out the dependency, it has tried to " |
| "map the library to a Debian package with the help of B<dpkg -S >I<library-" |
| "file>. Then it checked the corresponding shlibs and symbols files in /var/" |
| "lib/dpkg/info/, and in the various package's build trees (debian/*/DEBIAN/)." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:318 |
| msgid "" |
| "This failure can be caused by a bad or missing shlibs or symbols file in the " |
| "package of the library. It might also happen if the library is built within " |
| "the same source package and if the shlibs files has not yet been created (in " |
| "which case you must fix debian/rules to create the shlibs before calling " |
| "B<dpkg-shlibdeps>). Bad RPATH can also lead to the library being found under " |
| "a non-canonical name (example: /usr/lib/openoffice.org/../lib/libssl." |
| "so.0.9.8 instead of /usr/lib/libssl.so.0.9.8) that's not associated to any " |
| "package, B<dpkg-shlibdeps> tries to work around this by trying to fallback " |
| "on a canonical name (using B<realpath>(3)) but it might not always work. " |
| "It's always best to clean up the RPATH of the binary to avoid problems." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:324 |
| msgid "" |
| "Calling B<dpkg-shlibdeps> in verbose mode (-v) will provide much more " |
| "information about where it tried to find the dependency information. This " |
| "might be useful if you don't understand why it's giving you this error." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:328 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "B<deb-shlibs>(5), B<deb-symbols>(5), B<dpkg-gensymbols>(1)." |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<dselect>(8), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), e B<dpkg-" |
| "reconfigure>(8)" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-shlibdeps.1:335 |
| msgid "Copyright \\(co 2006 Frank Lichtenheld" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TH |
| #: dpkg-source.1:2 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "dpkg-source" |
| msgstr "dpkg suite" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:5 |
| msgid "dpkg-source - Debian source package (.dsc) manipulation tool" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:9 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "B<dpkg-source> [I<option>...] I<command>" |
| msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opções>] I<ação>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:13 |
| msgid "B<dpkg-source> packs and unpacks Debian source archives." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:17 |
| msgid "" |
| "None of these commands allow multiple options to be combined into one, and " |
| "they do not allow the value for an option to be specified in a separate " |
| "argument." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-source.1:19 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-x >I<filename>B<.dsc >[I<output-directory>]" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:29 |
| msgid "" |
| "Extract a source package. One non-option argument must be supplied, the name " |
| "of the Debian source control file (B<.dsc>). An optional second non-option " |
| "argument may be supplied to specify the directory to extract the source " |
| "package to, this must not exist. If no output directory is specified, the " |
| "source package is extracted into a directory named I<source>-I<version> " |
| "under the current working directory." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:35 |
| msgid "" |
| "B<dpkg-source> will read the names of the other file(s) making up the source " |
| "package from the control file; they are assumed to be in the same directory " |
| "as the B<.dsc>." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:43 |
| msgid "" |
| "The files in the extracted package will have their permissions and " |
| "ownerships set to those which would have been expected if the files and " |
| "directories had simply been created - directories and executable files will " |
| "be 0777 and plain files will be 0666, both modified by the extractors' " |
| "umask; if the parent directory is setgid then the extracted directories will " |
| "be too, and all the files and directories will inherit its group ownership." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:48 |
| msgid "" |
| "If the source package uses a non-standard format (currently this means all " |
| "formats except \"1.0\"), its name will be stored in B<debian/source/format> " |
| "so that the following builds of the source package use the same format by " |
| "default." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-source.1:49 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-b> I<directory> [I<format-specific-parameters>]" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:56 |
| msgid "" |
| "Build a source package. The first non-option argument is taken as the name " |
| "of the directory containing the debianized source tree (i.e. with a debian " |
| "sub-directory and maybe changes to the original files). Depending on the " |
| "source package format used to build the package, additional parameters might " |
| "be accepted." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:65 |
| msgid "" |
| "B<dpkg-source> will build the source package with the first format found in " |
| "this ordered list: the format indicated with the I<--format> command line " |
| "option, the format indicated in B<debian/source/format>, \"1.0\". The " |
| "fallback to \"1.0\" is deprecated and will be removed at some point in the " |
| "future, you should always document the desired source format in B<debian/" |
| "source/format>. See section B<SOURCE PACKAGE FORMATS> for an extensive " |
| "description of the various source package formats." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-source.1:66 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--print-format> I<directory>" |
| msgstr "B<--admindir> I<diretório>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:71 |
| msgid "" |
| "Print the source format that would be used to build the source package if " |
| "B<dpkg-source -b >I<directory> was called (in the same conditions and with " |
| "the same parameters)." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-source.1:72 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--before-build> I<directory>" |
| msgstr "B<--altdir> I<diretório>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:81 |
| msgid "" |
| "Run the corresponding hook of the source package format. This hook is called " |
| "before any build of the package (B<dpkg-buildpackage> calls it very early " |
| "even before B<debian/rules clean>). This command is idempotent and can be " |
| "called multiple times. Not all source formats implement something in this " |
| "hook, and those that do usually prepare the source tree for the build for " |
| "example by ensuring that the Debian patches are applied." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-source.1:82 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--after-build> I<directory>" |
| msgstr "B<--altdir> I<diretório>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:89 |
| msgid "" |
| "Run the corresponding hook of the source package format. This hook is called " |
| "after any build of the package (B<dpkg-buildpackage> calls it last). This " |
| "command is idempotent and can be called multiple times. Not all source " |
| "formats implement something in this hook, and those that do usually use it " |
| "to undo what B<--before-build> has done." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-source.1:90 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--commit> [I<directory>] ..." |
| msgstr "B<--admindir> I<diretório>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:95 |
| msgid "" |
| "Record changes in the source tree unpacked in I<directory>. This command can " |
| "take supplementary parameters depending on the source format. It will error " |
| "out for formats where this operation doesn't mean anything." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: SH |
| #: dpkg-source.1:103 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "GENERIC BUILD OPTIONS" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:111 |
| msgid "" |
| "Specifies the main source control file to read information from. The default " |
| "is B<debian/control>. If given with relative pathname this is interpreted " |
| "starting at the source tree's top level directory." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:118 |
| msgid "" |
| "Specifies the change log file to read information from. The default is " |
| "B<debian/changelog>. If given with relative pathname this is interpreted " |
| "starting at the source tree's top level directory." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-source.1:123 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--format=>I<value>" |
| msgstr "B<--abort-after=>I<número>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:127 |
| msgid "" |
| "Use the given format for building the source package. It does override any " |
| "format given in B<debian/source/format>." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:137 |
| msgid "" |
| "Read substitution variables in I<substvarsfile>; the default is to not read " |
| "any file. This option can be used multiple times to read substitution " |
| "variables from multiple files." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-source.1:143 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-Z>I<compression>, B<--compression>=I<compression>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:151 |
| msgid "" |
| "Specify the compression to use for created files (tarballs and diffs). Note " |
| "that this option will not cause existing tarballs to be recompressed, it " |
| "only affects new files. Supported values are: I<gzip>, I<bzip2>, I<lzma> and " |
| "I<xz>. I<gzip> is the default. I<xz> is only supported since dpkg-dev " |
| "1.15.5." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-source.1:151 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-z>I<level>, B<--compression-level>=I<level>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:157 |
| msgid "" |
| "Compression level to use. As with B<-Z> it only affects newly created files. " |
| "Supported values are: I<1> to I<9>, I<best>, and I<fast>. The default is " |
| "I<9> for gzip and bzip2, I<6> for xz and lzma." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-source.1:157 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-i>[I<regexp>], B<--diff-ignore>[=I<regexp>]" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:169 |
| msgid "" |
| "You may specify a perl regular expression to match files you want filtered " |
| "out of the list of files for the diff. (This list is generated by a find " |
| "command.) (If the source package is being built as a version 3 source " |
| "package using a VCS, this can be used to ignore uncommited changes on " |
| "specific files. Using -i.* will ignore all of them.) B<-i> by itself " |
| "enables the option, with a default regexp that will filter out control files " |
| "and directories of the most common revision control systems, backup and swap " |
| "files and Libtool build output directories. There can only be one active " |
| "regexp, of multiple B<-i> options only the last one will take effect." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:179 |
| msgid "" |
| "This is very helpful in cutting out extraneous files that get included in " |
| "the diff, e.g. if you maintain your source in a revision control system and " |
| "want to use a checkout to build a source package without including the " |
| "additional files and directories that it will usually contain (e.g. CVS/, ." |
| "cvsignore, .svn/). The default regexp is already very exhaustive, but if you " |
| "need to replace it, please note that by default it can match any part of a " |
| "path, so if you want to match the begin of a filename or only full " |
| "filenames, you will need to provide the necessary anchors (e.g. '(^|/)', " |
| "'($|/)') yourself." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-source.1:179 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--extend-diff-ignore>=I<regexp>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:186 |
| msgid "" |
| "The perl regular expression specified will extend the default value of B<--" |
| "diff-ignore> and its current value (if set). It does this by concatenating " |
| "\"B<|>I<regexp>\" to the existing value. This option is convenient to use " |
| "in B<debian/source/options> to exclude some auto-generated files from the " |
| "automatic patch generation." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-source.1:186 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-I>[I<file-pattern>], B<--tar-ignore>[=I<file-pattern>]" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:195 |
| msgid "" |
| "If this option is specified, the pattern will be passed to B<tar>(1)'s --" |
| "exclude option when it is called to generate a .orig.tar or .tar file. For " |
| "example, -ICVS will make tar skip over CVS directories when generating a ." |
| "tar.gz file. The option may be repeated multiple times to list multiple " |
| "patterns to exclude." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:200 |
| msgid "" |
| "B<-I> by itself adds default --exclude options that will filter out control " |
| "files and directories of the most common revision control systems, backup " |
| "and swap files and Libtool build output directories." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:212 |
| msgid "" |
| "B<Note:> While they have similar purposes, B<-i> and B<-I> have very " |
| "different syntax and semantics. B<-i> can only be specified once and takes a " |
| "perl compatible regular expression which is matched against the full " |
| "relative path of each file. B<-I> can specified multiple times and takes a " |
| "filename pattern with shell wildcards. The pattern is applied to the full " |
| "relative path but also to each part of the path individually. The exact " |
| "semantic of tar's --exclude option is somewhat complicated, see http://www." |
| "gnu.org/software/tar/manual/tar.html#wildcards for a full documentation." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:215 |
| msgid "" |
| "The default regexp and patterns for both options can be seen in the output " |
| "of the B<--help> command." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: SH |
| #: dpkg-source.1:215 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "GENERIC EXTRACT OPTIONS" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-source.1:216 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--no-copy>" |
| msgstr "B<--nocheck>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:219 |
| msgid "Do not copy original tarballs near the extracted source package." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-source.1:219 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--no-check>" |
| msgstr "B<--nocheck>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:222 |
| msgid "Do not check signatures and checksums before unpacking." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-source.1:222 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--require-valid-signature>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:230 |
| msgid "" |
| "Refuse to unpack the source package if it doesn't contain an OpenPGP " |
| "signature that can be verified either with the user's I<trustedkeys.gpg> " |
| "keyring, one of the vendor-specific keyrings, or one of the official Debian " |
| "keyrings (I</usr/share/keyrings/debian-keyring.gpg> and I</usr/share/" |
| "keyrings/debian-maintainers.gpg>)." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: SH |
| #: dpkg-source.1:231 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "SOURCE PACKAGE FORMATS" |
| msgstr "SINALIZADORES DOS PACOTES" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:236 |
| msgid "" |
| "If you don't know what source format to use, you should probably pick either " |
| "\"3.0 (quilt)\" or \"3.0 (native)\". See http://wiki.debian.org/Projects/" |
| "DebSrc3.0 for information on the deployment of those formats within Debian." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: SS |
| #: dpkg-source.1:237 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "Format: 1.0" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:241 |
| msgid "" |
| "A source package in this format consists either of a B<.orig.tar.gz> " |
| "associated to a B<.diff.gz> or a single B<.tar.gz> (in that case the package " |
| "is said to be I<native>)." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:243 dpkg-source.1:411 dpkg-source.1:586 dpkg-source.1:625 |
| msgid "B<Extracting>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:253 |
| msgid "" |
| "Extracting a native package is a simple extraction of the single tarball in " |
| "the target directory. Extracting a non-native package is done by first " |
| "unpacking the B<.orig.tar.gz> and then applying the patch contained in the " |
| "B<.diff.gz> file. The timestamp of all patched files is reset to the " |
| "extraction time of the source package (this avoids timestamp skews leading " |
| "to problems when autogenerated files are patched). The diff can create new " |
| "files (the whole debian directory is created that way) but can't remove " |
| "files (empty files will be left over)." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:255 dpkg-source.1:439 dpkg-source.1:597 dpkg-source.1:630 |
| msgid "B<Building>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:261 |
| msgid "" |
| "Building a native package is just creating a single tarball with the source " |
| "directory. Building a non-native package involves extracting the original " |
| "tarball in a separate \".orig\" directory and regenerating the B<.diff.gz> " |
| "by comparing the source package I<directory> with the .orig directory." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-source.1:262 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<Build options (with -b):>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:275 |
| msgid "" |
| "If a second non-option argument is supplied it should be the name of the " |
| "original source directory or tarfile or the empty string if the package is a " |
| "Debian-specific one and so has no Debianisation diffs. If no second argument " |
| "is supplied then B<dpkg-source> will look for the original source tarfile " |
| "I<package>B<_>I<upstream-version>B<.orig.tar.gz> or the original source " |
| "directory I<directory>B<.orig> depending on the B<-sX> arguments." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:281 |
| msgid "" |
| "B<-sa>, B<-sp>, B<-sk>, B<-su> and B<-sr> will not overwrite existing " |
| "tarfiles or directories. If this is desired then B<-sA>, B<-sP>, B<-sK>, B<-" |
| "sU> and B<-sR> should be used instead." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-source.1:281 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-sk>" |
| msgstr "B<-G>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:290 |
| msgid "" |
| "Specifies to expect the original source as a tarfile, by default " |
| "I<package>B<_>I<upstream-version>B<.orig.tar.>I<extension>. It will leave " |
| "this original source in place as a tarfile, or copy it to the current " |
| "directory if it isn't already there. The tarball will be unpacked into " |
| "I<directory>B<.orig> for the generation of the diff." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-source.1:290 dpkg-source.1:359 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-sp>" |
| msgstr "B<-G>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:295 |
| msgid "Like B<-sk> but will remove the directory again afterwards." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-source.1:295 dpkg-source.1:365 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-su>" |
| msgstr "B<-G>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:303 |
| msgid "" |
| "Specifies that the original source is expected as a directory, by default " |
| "I<package>B<->I<upstream-version>B<.orig> and B<dpkg-source> will create a " |
| "new original source archive from it." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-source.1:303 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-sr>" |
| msgstr "B<-G>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:308 |
| msgid "Like B<-su> but will remove that directory after it has been used." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-source.1:308 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-ss>" |
| msgstr "B<-G>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:316 |
| msgid "" |
| "Specifies that the original source is available both as a directory and as a " |
| "tarfile. dpkg-source will use the directory to create the diff, but the " |
| "tarfile to create the B<.dsc>. This option must be used with care - if the " |
| "directory and tarfile do not match a bad source archive will be generated." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-source.1:316 dpkg-source.1:368 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-sn>" |
| msgstr "B<-G>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:322 |
| msgid "" |
| "Specifies to not look for any original source, and to not generate a diff. " |
| "The second argument, if supplied, must be the empty string. This is used for " |
| "Debian-specific packages which do not have a separate upstream source and " |
| "therefore have no debianisation diffs." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-source.1:322 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-sa> or B<-sA>" |
| msgstr "B<--list> I<ligação>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:348 |
| msgid "" |
| "Specifies to look for the original source archive as a tarfile or as a " |
| "directory - the second argument, if any, may be either, or the empty string " |
| "(this is equivalent to using B<-sn>). If a tarfile is found it will unpack " |
| "it to create the diff and remove it afterwards (this is equivalent to B<-" |
| "sp>); if a directory is found it will pack it to create the original source " |
| "and remove it afterwards (this is equivalent to B<-sr>); if neither is found " |
| "it will assume that the package has no debianisation diffs, only a " |
| "straightforward source archive (this is equivalent to B<-sn>). If both are " |
| "found then B<dpkg-source> will ignore the directory, overwriting it, if B<-" |
| "sA> was specified (this is equivalent to B<-sP>) or raise an error if B<-" |
| "sa> was specified. B<-sA> is the default." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-source.1:348 dpkg-source.1:541 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--abort-on-upstream-changes>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:354 |
| msgid "" |
| "The process fails if the generated diff contains changes to files outside of " |
| "the debian sub-directory. This option is not allowed in B<debian/source/" |
| "options> but can be used in B<debian/source/local-options>." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-source.1:355 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<Extract options (with -x):>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:359 |
| msgid "In all cases any existing original source tree will be removed." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:365 |
| msgid "" |
| "Used when extracting then the original source (if any) will be left as a " |
| "tarfile. If it is not already located in the current directory or if an " |
| "existing but different file is there it will be copied there. (B<This is " |
| "the default>)." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:368 |
| msgid "Unpacks the original source tree." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:373 |
| msgid "" |
| "Ensures that the original source is neither copied to the current directory " |
| "nor unpacked. Any original source tree that was in the current directory is " |
| "still removed." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:378 |
| msgid "" |
| "All the B<-s>I<X> options are mutually exclusive. If you specify more than " |
| "one only the last one will be used." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-source.1:378 dpkg-source.1:555 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--skip-debianization>" |
| msgstr "B<dpkg-deb-actions>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:381 |
| msgid "Skips application of the debian diff on top of the upstream sources." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: SS |
| #: dpkg-source.1:382 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "Format: 2.0" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:386 |
| msgid "" |
| "Also known as wig&pen. This format is not recommended for wide-spread usage, " |
| "the format \"3.0 (quilt)\" replaces it. Wig&pen was the first specification " |
| "of a new-generation source package format." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:391 |
| msgid "" |
| "The behaviour of this format is the same as the \"3.0 (quilt)\" format " |
| "except that it doesn't use an explicit list of patches. All files in " |
| "B<debian/patches/> matching the perl regular expression B<[\\ew-]+> must be " |
| "valid patches: they are applied at extraction time." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:394 |
| msgid "" |
| "When building a new source package, any change to the upstream source is " |
| "stored in a patch named B<zz_debian-diff-auto>." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: SS |
| #: dpkg-source.1:395 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "Format: 3.0 (native)" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:401 |
| msgid "" |
| "This format is an extension of the native package format as defined in the " |
| "1.0 format. It supports all compression methods and will ignore by default " |
| "any VCS specific files and directories as well as many temporary files (see " |
| "default value associated to B<-I> option in the B<--help> output)." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: SS |
| #: dpkg-source.1:402 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "Format: 3.0 (quilt)" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:409 |
| msgid "" |
| "A source package in this format contains at least an original tarball (B<." |
| "orig.tar.>I<ext> where I<ext> can be B<gz>, B<bz2>, B<lzma> and B<xz>) and a " |
| "debian tarball (B<.debian.tar.>I<ext>). It can also contain additional " |
| "original tarballs (B<.orig->I<component>B<.tar.>I<ext>). I<component> can " |
| "only contain alphanumeric characters and dashes (\"-\")." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:420 |
| msgid "" |
| "The main original tarball is extracted first, then all additional original " |
| "tarballs are extracted in subdirectories named after the I<component> part " |
| "of their filename (any pre-existing directory is replaced). The debian " |
| "tarball is extracted on top of the source directory after prior removal of " |
| "any pre-existing B<debian> directory. Note that the debian tarball must " |
| "contain a B<debian> sub-directory but it can also contain binary files " |
| "outside of that directory (see B<--include-binaries> option)." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:432 |
| msgid "" |
| "All patches listed in B<debian/patches/debian.series> or B<debian/patches/" |
| "series> are then applied. If the former file is used and the latter one " |
| "doesn't exist (or is a symlink), then the latter is replaced with a symlink " |
| "to the former. This is meant to simplify usage of quilt to manage the set of " |
| "patches. Note however that while B<dpkg-source> parses correctly series " |
| "files with explicit options used for patch application (stored on each line " |
| "after the patch filename and one or more spaces), it does ignore those " |
| "options and always expect patches that can be applied with the B<-p1> option " |
| "of B<patch>. It will thus emit a warning when it encounters such options, " |
| "and the build is likely to fail." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:434 |
| msgid "" |
| "Similarly to quilt's default behaviour, the patches can remove files too." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| # type: Plain text |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:437 |
| msgid "" |
| "The file B<.pc/applied-patches> is created if some patches have been applied " |
| "during the extraction." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:451 |
| msgid "" |
| "All original tarballs found in the current directory are extracted in a " |
| "temporary directory by following the same logic as for the unpack, the " |
| "debian directory is copied over in the temporary directory, and all patches " |
| "except the automatic patch (B<debian-changes->I<version> or B<debian-" |
| "changes>, depending on B<--single-debian-patch>) are applied. The temporary " |
| "directory is compared to the source package directory. When the diff is non-" |
| "empty, the build fails unless B<--single-debian-patch> or B<--auto-commit> " |
| "has been used, in which case the diff is stored in the automatic patch. If " |
| "the automatic patch is created/deleted, it's added/removed from the series " |
| "file and from the quilt metadata." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| # type: Plain text |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:459 |
| msgid "" |
| "Any change on a binary file is not representable in a diff and will thus " |
| "lead to a failure unless the maintainer deliberately decided to include that " |
| "modified binary file in the debian tarball (by listing it in B<debian/source/" |
| "include-binaries>). The build will also fail if it finds binary files in the " |
| "debian sub-directory unless they have been whitelisted through B<debian/" |
| "source/include-binaries>." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:462 |
| msgid "" |
| "The updated debian directory and the list of modified binaries is then used " |
| "to generate the debian tarball." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:468 |
| msgid "" |
| "The automatically generated diff doesn't include changes on VCS specific " |
| "files as well as many temporary files (see default value associated to B<-i> " |
| "option in the B<--help> output). In particular, the B<.pc> directory used by " |
| "quilt is ignored during generation of the automatic patch." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:477 |
| msgid "" |
| "Note: B<dpkg-source> B<--before-build> (and B<-b>) will ensure that all " |
| "patches listed in the series file are applied so that a package build always " |
| "has all patches applied. It does this by finding unapplied patches (they are " |
| "listed in the B<series> file but not in B<.pc/applied-patches>), and if the " |
| "first patch in that set can be applied without errors, it will apply them " |
| "all. The option B<--no-preparation> can be used to disable this behavior." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:480 |
| msgid "B<Recording changes>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-source.1:480 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--commit> [I<directory>] [I<patch-name>] [I<patch-file>]" |
| msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<arquivo_do_pacote>..." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:490 |
| msgid "" |
| "Generates a patch corresponding to the local changes that are not managed by " |
| "the quilt patch system and integrates it in the patch system under the name " |
| "I<patch-name>. If the name is missing, it will be asked interactively. If " |
| "I<patch-file> is given, it is used as the patch corresponding to the local " |
| "changes to integrate. This is mainly useful after a build failure that pre-" |
| "generated this file. Once integrated, an editor is launched so that you can " |
| "edit the meta-information in the patch header." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:493 dpkg-source.1:567 dpkg-source.1:606 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "B<Build options>" |
| msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opções>] I<ação>" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-source.1:493 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--allow-version-of-quilt-db=>I<version>" |
| msgstr "B<--version>" |
| |
| # type: Plain text |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:501 |
| msgid "" |
| "Allow B<dpkg-source> to build the source package if the version of the quilt " |
| "metadata is the one specified, even if B<dpkg-source> doesn't know about it. " |
| "Effectively this says that the given version of the quilt metadata is " |
| "compatible with the version 2 that B<dpkg-source> currently supports. The " |
| "version of the quilt metadata is stored in B<.pc/.version>." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-source.1:501 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--include-removal>" |
| msgstr "B<dpkg --clear-avail>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:505 |
| msgid "" |
| "Do not ignore removed files and include them in the automatically generated " |
| "patch." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-source.1:505 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--include-timestamp>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:508 |
| msgid "Include timestamp in the automatically generated patch." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-source.1:508 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--include-binaries>" |
| msgstr "B<config-files>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:513 |
| msgid "" |
| "Add all modified binaries in the debian tarball. Also add them to B<debian/" |
| "source/include-binaries>: they will be added by default in subsequent builds " |
| "and this option is thus no more needed." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-source.1:513 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--no-preparation>" |
| msgstr "B<--version>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:517 |
| msgid "" |
| "Do not try to prepare the build tree by applying patches which are " |
| "apparently unapplied." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-source.1:517 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--single-debian-patch>" |
| msgstr "B<dpkg-deb-actions>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:528 |
| msgid "" |
| "Use B<debian/patches/debian-changes> instead of B<debian/patches/debian-" |
| "changes->I<version> for the name of the automatic patch generated during " |
| "build. This option is particularly useful when the package is maintained in " |
| "a VCS and a patch set can't reliably be generated. Instead the current diff " |
| "with upstream should be stored in a single patch. The option would be put in " |
| "B<debian/source/local-options> and would be accompanied by a B<debian/source/" |
| "local-patch-header> file explaining how the Debian changes can be best " |
| "reviewed, for example in the VCS that is used." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-source.1:528 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--create-empty-orig>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:534 |
| msgid "" |
| "Automatically create the main original tarball as empty if it's missing and " |
| "if there are supplementary original tarballs. This option is meant to be " |
| "used when the source package is just a bundle of multiple upstream software " |
| "and where there's no \"main\" software." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-source.1:534 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--unapply-patches>" |
| msgstr "B<--test>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:541 |
| msgid "" |
| "Unapply the patches in the B<--after-build> hook. You usually don't need " |
| "this option as dpkg-source will automatically unapply the patches if it did " |
| "apply them during B<--before-build>. This option is only allowed in B<debian/" |
| "source/local-options> so that all generated source packages have the same " |
| "behavior by default." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:548 |
| msgid "" |
| "The process fails if an automatic patch has been generated. This option can " |
| "be used to ensure that all changes were properly recorded in separate quilt " |
| "patches prior to the source package build. This option is not allowed in " |
| "B<debian/source/options> but can be used in B<debian/source/local-options>." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-source.1:548 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--auto-commit>" |
| msgstr "B<--nocheck>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:552 |
| msgid "" |
| "The process doesn't fail if an automatic patch has been generated, instead " |
| "it's immediately recorded in the quilt series." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:555 |
| msgid "B<Extract options>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:558 |
| msgid "Skips extraction of the debian tarball on top of the upstream sources." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-source.1:558 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--skip-patches>" |
| msgstr "B<--test>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:561 |
| msgid "Do not apply patches at the end of the extraction." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: SS |
| #: dpkg-source.1:562 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "Format: 3.0 (custom)" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:565 |
| msgid "" |
| "This format is special. It doesn't represent a real source package format " |
| "but can be used to create source packages with arbitrary files." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:571 |
| msgid "" |
| "All non-option arguments are taken as files to integrate in the generated " |
| "source package. They must exist and are preferably in the current directory. " |
| "At least one file must be given." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-source.1:571 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--target-format=>I<value>" |
| msgstr "B<--abort-after=>I<número>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:576 |
| msgid "" |
| "B<Required>. Defines the real format of the generated source package. The " |
| "generated .dsc file will contain this value in its I<Format> field and not " |
| "\"3.0 (custom)\"." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: SS |
| #: dpkg-source.1:577 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "Format: 3.0 (git)" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:579 |
| msgid "This format is experimental." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:584 |
| msgid "" |
| "A source package in this format consists of a single bundle of a git " |
| "repository B<.git> to hold the source of a package. There may also be a B<." |
| "gitshallow> file listing revisions for a shallow git clone." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:590 |
| msgid "" |
| "The bundle is cloned as a git repository to the target directory. If there " |
| "is a gitshallow file, it is installed as `.git/shallow` inside the cloned " |
| "git repository." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:595 |
| msgid "" |
| "Note that by default the new repository will have the same branch checked " |
| "out that was checked out in the original source. (Typically \"master\", but " |
| "it could be anything.) Any other branches will be available under `remotes/" |
| "origin/`." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:600 dpkg-source.1:633 |
| msgid "" |
| "Before going any further, some checks are done to ensure that we don't have " |
| "any non-ignored uncommitted changes." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:604 |
| msgid "" |
| "B<git-bundle>(1) is used to generate a bundle of the git repository. By " |
| "default, all branches and tags in the repository are included in the bundle." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-source.1:606 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--git-ref=>I<ref>" |
| msgstr "B<--abort-after=>I<número>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:616 |
| msgid "" |
| "Allows specifying a git ref to include in the git bundle. Use disables the " |
| "default behavior of including all branches and tags. May be specified " |
| "multiple times. The I<ref> can be the name of a branch or tag to include. It " |
| "may also be any parameter that can be passed to B<git-rev-list>(1). For " |
| "example, to include only the master branch, use --git-ref=master. To include " |
| "all tags and branches, except for the private branch, use --git-ref=--all --" |
| "git-ref=^private" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-source.1:616 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| #| msgid "B<--abort-after=>I<number>" |
| msgid "B<--git-depth=>I<number>" |
| msgstr "B<--abort-after=>I<número>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:620 |
| msgid "" |
| "Creates a shallow clone with a history truncated to the specified number of " |
| "revisions." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: SS |
| #: dpkg-source.1:620 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "Format: 3.0 (bzr)" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:623 |
| msgid "" |
| "This format is experimental. It generates a single tarball containing the " |
| "bzr repository." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:628 |
| msgid "" |
| "The tarball is unpacked and then bzr is used to checkout the current branch." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:637 |
| msgid "" |
| "Then the VCS specific part of the source directory is copied over to a " |
| "temporary directory. Before this temporary directory is packed in a tarball, " |
| "various cleanup are done to save space." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: SH |
| #: dpkg-source.1:637 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "WARNINGS AND ERRORS" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: SS |
| #: dpkg-source.1:638 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "no source format specified in debian/source/format" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:644 |
| msgid "" |
| "The file B<debian/source/format> should always exist and indicate the " |
| "desired source format. For backwards compatibility, format \"1.0\" is " |
| "assumed when the file doesn't exist but you should not rely on this: at some " |
| "point in the future dpkg-source will be modified to fail when that file " |
| "doesn't exist." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:650 |
| msgid "" |
| "The rationale is that format \"1.0\" is no longer the recommended format, " |
| "you should usually pick one of the newer formats (\"3.0 (quilt)\", \"3.0 " |
| "(native)\") but B<dpkg-source> will not do this automatically for you. If " |
| "you want to continue using the old format, you should be explicit about it " |
| "and put \"1.0\" in B<debian/source/format>." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: SS |
| #: dpkg-source.1:650 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "the diff modifies the following upstream files" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:657 |
| msgid "" |
| "When using source format \"1.0\" it is usually a bad idea to modify upstream " |
| "files directly as the changes end up hidden and mostly undocumented in the ." |
| "diff.gz file. Instead you should store your changes as patches in the debian " |
| "directory and apply them at build-time. To avoid this complexity you can " |
| "also use the format \"3.0 (quilt)\" that offers this natively." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: SS |
| #: dpkg-source.1:657 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "cannot represent change to I<file>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:663 |
| msgid "" |
| "Changes to upstream sources are usually stored with patch files, but not all " |
| "changes can be represented with patches: they can only alter the content of " |
| "plain text files. If you try replacing a file with something of a different " |
| "type (for example replacing a plain file with a symlink or a directory), you " |
| "will get this error message." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: SS |
| #: dpkg-source.1:663 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "newly created empty file I<file> will not be represented in diff" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:666 |
| msgid "" |
| "Empty files can't be created with patch files. Thus this change is not " |
| "recorded in the source package and you are warned about it." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: SS |
| #: dpkg-source.1:666 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "executable mode I<perms> of I<file> will not be represented in diff" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: SS |
| #: dpkg-source.1:667 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "special mode I<perms> of I<file> will not be represented in diff" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:671 |
| msgid "" |
| "Patch files do not record permissions of files and thus modified permissions " |
| "are not stored in the source package. This warning reminds you of that fact." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: SH |
| #: dpkg-source.1:671 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "FILE FORMATS" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: SS |
| #: dpkg-source.1:672 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "debian/source/format" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:676 |
| msgid "" |
| "This file contains on a single line the format that should be used to build " |
| "the source package (possible formats are described above). No leading or " |
| "trailing spaces are allowed." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: SS |
| #: dpkg-source.1:676 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "debian/source/include-binaries" |
| msgstr "B<config-files>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:680 |
| msgid "" |
| "This file contains a list of binary files (one per line) that should be " |
| "included in the debian tarball. Leading and trailing spaces are stripped. " |
| "Lines starting with \"#\" are comments and are skipped. Empty lines are " |
| "ignored." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: SS |
| #: dpkg-source.1:680 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "debian/source/options" |
| msgstr "B<config-files>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:686 |
| msgid "" |
| "This file contains a list of long options that should be automatically " |
| "prepended to the set of command line options of a B<dpkg-source -b> or " |
| "B<dpkg-source --print-format> call. Options like B<--compression> and B<--" |
| "compression-level> are well suited for this file." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:692 |
| msgid "" |
| "Each option should be put on a separate line. Empty lines and lines starting " |
| "with \"#\" are ignored. The leading \"--\" should be stripped and short " |
| "options are not allowed. Optional spaces are allowed around the \"=\" symbol " |
| "and optional quotes are allowed around the value. Here's an example of such " |
| "a file:" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:700 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "" |
| " # let dpkg-source create a debian.tar.bz2 with maximal compression\n" |
| " compression = \"bzip2\"\n" |
| " compression-level = 9\n" |
| " # use debian/patches/debian-changes as automatic patch\n" |
| " single-debian-patch\n" |
| " # ignore changes on config.{sub,guess}\n" |
| " extend-diff-ignore = \"(^|/)(config.sub|config.guess)$\"\n" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:703 |
| msgid "" |
| "Note: B<format> options are not accepted in this file, you should use " |
| "B<debian/source/format> instead." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: SS |
| #: dpkg-source.1:703 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "debian/source/local-options" |
| msgstr "B<config-files>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:708 |
| msgid "" |
| "Exactly like B<debian/source/options> except that the file is not included " |
| "in the generated source package. It can be useful to store a preference tied " |
| "to the maintainer or to the VCS repository where the source package is " |
| "maintained." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: SS |
| #: dpkg-source.1:708 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "debian/source/local-patch-header" |
| msgstr "B<config-files>" |
| |
| #. type: SS |
| #: dpkg-source.1:709 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "debian/source/patch-header" |
| msgstr "B<config-files>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:713 |
| msgid "" |
| "Free form text that is put on top of the automatic patch generated in " |
| "formats \"2.0\" or \"3.0 (quilt)\". B<local-patch-header> is not included in " |
| "the generated source package while B<patch-header> is." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: SS |
| #: dpkg-source.1:713 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "debian/patches/series" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:722 |
| msgid "" |
| "This file lists all patches that have to be applied (in the given order) on " |
| "top of the upstream source package. Leading and trailing spaces are " |
| "stripped. Lines starting with \"#\" are comments and are skipped. Empty " |
| "lines are ignored. Remaining lines start with a patch filename (relative to " |
| "the B<debian/patches/> directory) up to the first space character or the end " |
| "of line. Optional quilt options can follow up to the end of line or the " |
| "first \"#\" preceded by one or more spaces (which marks the start of a " |
| "comment up to the end of line)." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:729 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1)." |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<dselect>(8), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), e B<dpkg-" |
| "reconfigure>(8)" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-source.1:736 |
| msgid "Copyright \\(co 2008-2011 Rapha\\[:e]l Hertzog" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TH |
| #: dpkg-split.1:2 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "dpkg-split" |
| msgstr "dpkg suite" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-split.1:5 |
| msgid "dpkg-split - Debian package archive split/join tool" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-split.1:9 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "B<dpkg-split> [I<option>...] I<command>" |
| msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opções>] I<ação>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-split.1:15 |
| msgid "" |
| "B<dpkg-split> splits Debian binary package files into smaller parts and " |
| "reassembles them again, to support the storage of large package files on " |
| "small media such as floppy disks." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-split.1:19 |
| msgid "" |
| "It can be operated manually using the B<--split>, B<--join> and B<--info> " |
| "options." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-split.1:27 |
| msgid "" |
| "It also has an automatic mode, invoked using the B<--auto> option, where it " |
| "maintains a queue of parts seen but not yet reassembled and reassembles a " |
| "package file when it has seen all of its parts. The B<--listq> and B<--" |
| "discard> options allow the management of the queue." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-split.1:30 |
| msgid "" |
| "All splitting, joining and queueing operations produce informative messages " |
| "on standard output; these may safely be ignored." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-split.1:32 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-s>, B<--split> I<complete-archive> [I<prefix>]" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-split.1:35 |
| msgid "Splits a single Debian binary package into several parts." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-split.1:43 |
| msgid "" |
| "The parts are named I<prefix>B<.>I<N>B<of>I<M>B<.deb> where I<N> is the part " |
| "number, starting at 1, and I<M> is the total number of parts (both in " |
| "decimal)." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-split.1:51 |
| msgid "" |
| "If no I<prefix> is supplied then the I<complete-archive> filename is taken, " |
| "including directory, with any trailing B<.deb> removed." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-split.1:51 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-j>, B<--join> I<part>..." |
| msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<arquivo_do_pacote>..." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-split.1:55 |
| msgid "" |
| "Joins the parts of a package file together, reassembling the original file " |
| "as it was before it was split." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-split.1:59 |
| msgid "" |
| "The part files given as arguments must be all the parts of exactly the same " |
| "original binary file. Each part must occur exactly once in the argument " |
| "list, though the parts to not need to be listed in order." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-split.1:64 |
| msgid "" |
| "The parts must of course all have been generated with the same part size " |
| "specified at split time, which means that they must usually have been " |
| "generated by the same invocation of B<dpkg-split --split>." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-split.1:66 |
| msgid "The parts' filenames are not significant for the reassembly process." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-split.1:69 |
| msgid "" |
| "By default the output file is called I<package>B<_>I<version>B<_>I<arch>B<." |
| "deb>." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-split.1:70 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-I>, B<--info> I<part>..." |
| msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<arquivo_do_pacote>..." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-split.1:75 |
| msgid "" |
| "Prints information, in a human-readable format, about the part file(s) " |
| "specified. Arguments which are not binary package parts produce a message " |
| "saying so instead (but still on standard output)." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-split.1:75 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-a>, B<--auto -o> I<complete-output part>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-split.1:78 |
| msgid "Automatically queue parts and reassemble a package if possible." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-split.1:83 |
| msgid "" |
| "The I<part> specified is examined, and compared with other parts of the same " |
| "package (if any) in the queue of packages file parts." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-split.1:90 |
| msgid "" |
| "If all parts of the package file of which I<part> is a part are available " |
| "then the package is reassembled and written to I<complete-output> (which " |
| "should not usually already exist, though this is not an error)." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-split.1:96 |
| msgid "" |
| "If not then the I<part> is copied into the queue and I<complete-output> is " |
| "not created." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-split.1:103 |
| msgid "" |
| "If I<part> is not a split binary package part then B<dpkg-split> will exit " |
| "with status B<1>; if some other trouble occurs then it will exit with status " |
| "B<2>." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-split.1:110 |
| msgid "" |
| "The B<--output> or B<-o> option must be supplied when using B<--auto>. (If " |
| "this were not mandatory the calling program would not know what output file " |
| "to expect.)" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-split.1:110 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-l>, B<--listq>" |
| msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-split.1:113 |
| msgid "Lists the contents of the queue of packages to be reassembled." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-split.1:117 |
| msgid "" |
| "For each package file of which parts are in the queue the output gives the " |
| "name of the package, the parts in the queue, and the total number of bytes " |
| "stored in the queue." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-split.1:117 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-d>, B<--discard> [I<package>...]" |
| msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<arquivo_do_pacote>..." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-split.1:121 |
| msgid "" |
| "This discards parts from the queue of those waiting for the remaining parts " |
| "of their packages." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-split.1:126 |
| msgid "" |
| "If no I<package> is specified then the queue is cleared completely; if any " |
| "are specified then only parts of the relevant package(s) are deleted." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-split.1:134 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--depotdir>I< directory>" |
| msgstr "B<--altdir> I<diretório>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-split.1:139 |
| msgid "" |
| "Specifies an alternative directory for the queue of parts awaiting automatic " |
| "reassembly. The default is B</var/lib/dpkg>." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-split.1:139 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-S>, B<--partsize> I<kibibytes>" |
| msgstr "B<--test>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-split.1:143 |
| msgid "" |
| "Specifies the maximum part size when splitting, in kibibytes (1024 bytes). " |
| "The default is 450 KiB." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-split.1:143 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-o>, B<--output> I<complete-output>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-split.1:146 |
| msgid "Specifies the output file name for a reassembly." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-split.1:151 |
| msgid "" |
| "This overrides the default for a manual reassembly (B<--join>) and is " |
| "mandatory for an automatic queue-or-reassemble (B<--auto>)." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-split.1:151 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-Q>, B<--npquiet>" |
| msgstr "B<--quiet>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-split.1:162 |
| msgid "" |
| "When doing automatic queue-or-reassembly B<dpkg-split> usually prints a " |
| "message if it is given a I<part> that is not a binary package part. This " |
| "option suppresses this message, to allow programs such as B<dpkg> to cope " |
| "with both split and unsplit packages without producing spurious messages." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-split.1:162 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--msdos>" |
| msgstr "B<--verbose>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-split.1:167 |
| msgid "" |
| "Forces the output filenames generated by B<--split> to be msdos-compatible." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-split.1:173 |
| msgid "" |
| "This mangles the prefix - either the default derived from the input filename " |
| "or the one supplied as an argument: alphanumerics are lowercased, plus signs " |
| "are replaced by B<x>'s and all other characters are discarded." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-split.1:178 |
| msgid "" |
| "The result is then truncated as much as is necessary, and filenames of the " |
| "form I<prefixN>B<of>I<M>B<.deb> are generated." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-split.1:186 |
| msgid "" |
| "The requested split, merge, or other command succeeded. B<--info> commands " |
| "count as successful even if the files are not binary package parts." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-split.1:193 |
| msgid "" |
| "Only occurs with B<--auto> and indicates that the I<part> file was not a " |
| "binary package part." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-split.1:193 start-stop-daemon.8:275 update-alternatives.8:378 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<2>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-split.1:198 |
| msgid "" |
| "Some kind of trouble happened, such as a system call failure, a file that " |
| "looked like a package part file but was corrupted, a usage error or some " |
| "other problem." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-split.1:202 |
| msgid "" |
| "Full details of the packages in the queue are impossible to get without " |
| "digging into the queue directory yourself." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-split.1:205 |
| msgid "" |
| "There is no easy way to test whether a file that may be a binary package " |
| "part is one." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-split.1:207 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/parts>" |
| msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/status>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-split.1:211 |
| msgid "" |
| "The default queue directory for part files awaiting automatic reassembly." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-split.1:216 |
| msgid "" |
| "The filenames used in this directory are in a format internal to B<dpkg-" |
| "split> and are unlikely to be useful to other programs, and in any case the " |
| "filename format should not be relied upon." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-split.1:222 |
| msgid "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg>(1)." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TH |
| #: dpkg-statoverride.8:1 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "dpkg-statoverride" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TH |
| #: dpkg-statoverride.8:1 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "Debian project" |
| msgstr "Projeto Debian" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-statoverride.8:4 |
| msgid "dpkg-statoverride - override ownership and mode of files" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-statoverride.8:8 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "B<dpkg-statoverride> [I<option>...] I<command>" |
| msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opções>] I<ação>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-statoverride.8:18 |
| msgid "" |
| "`B<stat overrides>' are a way to tell B<dpkg>(1) to use a different owner " |
| "or mode for a file when a package is installed. (note: I use the word `file' " |
| "here, but in reality this can be any filesystem object that dpkg handles, " |
| "including directories, devices, etc.). This can be used to force programs " |
| "that are normally setuid to be install without a setuid flag, or only " |
| "executable by a certain group." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-statoverride.8:22 |
| msgid "" |
| "B<dpkg-statoverride> is a utility to manage the list of stat overrides. It " |
| "has three basic functions: adding, removing and listing overrides." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-statoverride.8:24 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--add>I< user group mode file>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-statoverride.8:32 |
| msgid "" |
| "Add an override for I<file>. I<file> does not need to exist when this " |
| "command is used; the override will be stored and used later. Users and " |
| "groups can be specified by their name (for example B<root> or B<nobody>), or " |
| "by their number by prepending the number with a `B<#>' (for example B<#0> or " |
| "B<#65534>). The I<mode> needs to be specified in octal." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-statoverride.8:35 |
| msgid "" |
| "If --update is specified and I<file> exists, it is immediately set to the " |
| "new owner and mode." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-statoverride.8:39 |
| msgid "" |
| "Remove an override for I<file>, the status of I<file> is left unchanged by " |
| "this command." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-statoverride.8:39 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--list> [I<glob-pattern>]" |
| msgstr "B<--status-fd >I<E<lt>nE<gt>>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-statoverride.8:44 |
| msgid "" |
| "List all overrides. If a glob pattern is specified restrict the output to " |
| "overrides which match the glob. If there are no overrides or none match the " |
| "glob B<dpkg-statoverride> will exit with an exitcode of 1." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-statoverride.8:56 |
| msgid "" |
| "Change the I<directory> of the dpkg database where the statoverride file is " |
| "also stored. Defaults to I</var/lib/dpkg>." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-statoverride.8:56 update-alternatives.8:336 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--force>" |
| msgstr "B<--nocheck>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-statoverride.8:60 |
| msgid "" |
| "Force an action, even if a sanity check would otherwise prohibit it. This " |
| "is necessary to override an existing override." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-statoverride.8:60 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--update>" |
| msgstr "B<--test>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-statoverride.8:64 |
| msgid "" |
| "Immediately try to change the file to the new owner and mode if it exists." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-statoverride.8:67 |
| msgid "Be less verbose about what we do." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-statoverride.8:75 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/statoverride>" |
| msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/status>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-statoverride.8:80 |
| msgid "" |
| "File which contains the current list of stat overrides of the system. It is " |
| "located in the dpkg administration directory, along with other files " |
| "important to dpkg, such as `status' or `available'." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-statoverride.8:83 |
| msgid "" |
| "Note: B<dpkg-statoverride> preserves the old copy of this file, with " |
| "extension \"-old\", before replacing it with the new one." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TH |
| #: dpkg-trigger.1:1 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "dpkg-trigger" |
| msgstr "B<dpkg-query-actions>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-trigger.1:4 |
| msgid "dpkg-trigger - a package trigger utility" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-trigger.1:8 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "B<dpkg-trigger> [I<option>...] I<trigger-name>" |
| msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opções>] I<ação>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-trigger.1:11 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "B<dpkg-trigger> [I<option>...] I<command>" |
| msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opções>] I<ação>" |
| |
| # type: Plain text |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-trigger.1:15 |
| msgid "" |
| "B<dpkg-trigger> is a tool to explicitly activate triggers and check for its " |
| "support on the running B<dpkg>." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-trigger.1:21 |
| msgid "" |
| "This can be used by maintainer scripts in complex and conditional situations " |
| "where the file triggers, or the declarative B<activate> triggers control " |
| "file directive, are insufficiently rich. It can also be used for testing and " |
| "by system administrators (but note that the triggers won't actually be run " |
| "by B<dpkg-trigger>)." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-trigger.1:23 |
| msgid "Unrecognised trigger name syntaxes are an error for B<dpkg-trigger>." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-trigger.1:25 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--check-supported>" |
| msgstr "B<--nocheck>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-trigger.1:31 |
| msgid "" |
| "Check if the running B<dpkg> supports triggers (usually called from a " |
| "postinst). Will exit B<0> if a triggers-capable B<dpkg> has run, or B<1> " |
| "with an error message to stderr if not. Normally, however, it is better just " |
| "to activate the desired trigger with B<dpkg-trigger>." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-trigger.1:43 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--by-package=>I<package>" |
| msgstr "B<--status-fd >I<E<lt>nE<gt>>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-trigger.1:49 |
| msgid "" |
| "Override trigger awaiter (normally set by B<dpkg> through the " |
| "B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_PACKAGE> environment variable of the maintainer scripts, " |
| "naming the package to which the script belongs, and this will be used by " |
| "default)." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-trigger.1:49 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--no-await>" |
| msgstr "B<--nocheck>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-trigger.1:56 |
| msgid "" |
| "This option arranges that the calling package T (if any) need not await the " |
| "processing of this trigger; the interested package(s) I, will not be added " |
| "to T's trigger processing awaited list and T's status is unchanged. T may " |
| "be considered installed even though I may not yet have processed the trigger." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-trigger.1:56 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--no-act>" |
| msgstr "B<--nocheck>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-trigger.1:59 |
| msgid "Just test, do not actually change anything." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-trigger.1:69 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "" |
| "B<dpkg>(1), B<deb-triggers>(5), B</usr/share/doc/dpkg-dev/triggers.txt.gz>." |
| msgstr "B<dpkg-deb-actions>" |
| |
| #. type: TH |
| #: dpkg-vendor.1:1 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "dpkg-vendor" |
| msgstr "I<control>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-vendor.1:4 |
| msgid "dpkg-vendor - queries information about distribution vendors" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-vendor.1:8 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "B<dpkg-vendor> [I<option>...] I<command>" |
| msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opções>] I<ação>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-vendor.1:13 |
| msgid "" |
| "B<dpkg-vendor> is a tool to query information about vendors listed in B</etc/" |
| "dpkg/origins>. B</etc/dpkg/origins/default> contains information about the " |
| "current vendor." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-vendor.1:15 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--is>I< vendor>" |
| msgstr "B<--admindir> I<diretório>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-vendor.1:19 |
| msgid "" |
| "Exits with B<0> if the current vendor is I<vendor>. Otherwise exits with non-" |
| "zero." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-vendor.1:19 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--derives-from>I< vendor>" |
| msgstr "B<--status-fd >I<E<lt>nE<gt>>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-vendor.1:24 |
| msgid "" |
| "Exits with B<0> if the current vendor distribution is a derivative of " |
| "I<vendor>, otherwise exits with non-zero. It uses the \"Parent\" field to " |
| "browse all ancestors of the current vendor." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-vendor.1:24 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--query>I< field>" |
| msgstr "B<--auto> I<ligação>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-vendor.1:28 |
| msgid "" |
| "Print on standard output the value of the vendor-specific I<field> for the " |
| "current vendor." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-vendor.1:36 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--vendor>I< vendor>" |
| msgstr "B<--status-fd >I<E<lt>nE<gt>>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-vendor.1:41 |
| msgid "" |
| "Assumes the current vendor is I<vendor> instead of discovering it with the " |
| "B<DEB_VENDOR> environment variable or B</etc/dpkg/origins/default>." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dpkg-vendor.1:43 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<DEB_VENDOR>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-vendor.1:47 |
| msgid "" |
| "This setting defines the current vendor. If not set, it will discover the " |
| "current vendor by reading B</etc/dpkg/origins/default>." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dpkg-vendor.1:50 update-alternatives.8:498 |
| msgid "Copyright \\(co 2009 Rapha\\[:e]l Hertzog" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TH |
| #: dselect.1:1 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "dselect" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:4 |
| msgid "dselect - Debian package management frontend" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:8 |
| #, fuzzy |
| #| msgid "B<dpkg> [I<options>] I<action>" |
| msgid "B<dselect> [I<option>...] [I<action>]" |
| msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opções>] I<ação>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:17 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "" |
| "B<dselect>\n" |
| "is one of the primary user interfaces for managing packages on a Debian\n" |
| "system. At the B<dselect> main menu, the system administrator can:\n" |
| " - Update the list of available package versions,\n" |
| " - View the status of installed and available packages,\n" |
| " - Alter package selections and manage dependencies,\n" |
| " - Install new packages or upgrade to newer versions.\n" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:29 |
| msgid "" |
| "B<dselect> operates as a front-end to B<dpkg>(1), the low-level debian " |
| "package handling tool. It features a full-screen package selections manager " |
| "with package depends and conflicts resolver. When run with administrator " |
| "privileges, packages can be installed, upgraded and removed. Various access " |
| "methods can be configured to retrieve available package version information " |
| "and installable packages from package repositories. Depending on the used " |
| "access method, these repositories can be public archive servers on the " |
| "internet, local archive servers or cdroms. The recommended access method is " |
| "I<apt>, which is provided by the package B<apt>." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:35 |
| msgid "" |
| "Normally B<dselect> is invoked without parameters. An interactive menu is " |
| "presented, offering the user a list of actions. If an action is given as " |
| "argument, then that action is started immediately. Several command line " |
| "parameters are still available to modify the running behaviour of B<dselect> " |
| "or show additional information about the program." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:43 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "" |
| "All options can be specified both on the command line and in the B<dselect> " |
| "configuration file I</etc/dpkg/dselect.cfg> or the files on the " |
| "configuration directory I</etc/dpkg/dselect.cfg.d/>. Each line in the " |
| "configuration file is either an option (exactly the same as the command line " |
| "option but without leading dashes) or a comment (if it starts with a B<#>)." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Todas as opções podem ser especificadas tanto na linha de comando quanto no " |
| "arquivo de configuração do B<dpkg> chamado I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>. Cada linha " |
| "no arquivo de configuração é uma opção (exatamente a mesma opção da linha de " |
| "comando, mas sem os hífens) ou um comentário (se começar com uma B<#>)." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:49 |
| msgid "" |
| "Changes the directory where the dpkg `I<status>', `I<available>' and similar " |
| "files are located. This defaults to I</var/lib/dpkg> and normally there " |
| "shouldn't be any need to change it." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dselect.1:49 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--debug>I< file >|I< >B<-D>I<file>" |
| msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:52 |
| msgid "Turn on debugging. Debugging information is sent to I<file>." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dselect.1:52 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--expert>" |
| msgstr "B<--test>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:56 |
| msgid "" |
| "Turns on expert mode, i.e. doesn't display possibly annoying help messages." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dselect.1:56 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--colour>|B<--color> I<screenpart:>[I<foreground>],[I<background>][I<:attr>[I<+attr+..>]]" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:63 |
| msgid "" |
| "Configures screen colors. This works only if your display supports colors. " |
| "This option may be used multiple times (and is best used in I<dselect.cfg>). " |
| "Each use changes the color (and optionally, other attributes) of one part of " |
| "the screen. The parts of the screen (from top to bottom) are:" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dselect.1:64 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<title>" |
| msgstr "B<installed>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:67 |
| msgid "The screen title." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dselect.1:67 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<listhead>" |
| msgstr "B<installed>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:70 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "The header line above the list of packages." |
| msgstr "Para procurar na lista de pacotes você mesmo:" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dselect.1:70 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<list>" |
| msgstr "B<install>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:73 |
| msgid "The scrolling list of packages (and also some help text)." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dselect.1:73 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<listsel>" |
| msgstr "B<install>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:76 |
| msgid "The selected item in the list." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dselect.1:76 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<pkgstate>" |
| msgstr "B<purge>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:80 |
| msgid "" |
| "In the list of packages, the text indicating the current state of each " |
| "package." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dselect.1:80 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<pkgstatesel>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:84 |
| msgid "" |
| "In the list of packages, the text indicating the current state of the " |
| "currently selected package." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dselect.1:84 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<infohead>" |
| msgstr "B<installed>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:87 |
| msgid "" |
| "The header line that displays the state of the currently selected package." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dselect.1:87 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<infodesc>" |
| msgstr "B<--nocheck>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:90 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "The package's short description." |
| msgstr "O pacote está selecionado para instalação." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dselect.1:90 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<info>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:93 |
| msgid "Used to display package info such as the package's description." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dselect.1:93 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<infofoot>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:96 |
| msgid "The last line of the screen when selecting packages." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dselect.1:96 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<query>" |
| msgstr "B<--quiet>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:99 |
| msgid "Used to display query lines" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: dselect.1:99 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<helpscreen>" |
| msgstr "B<--help>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:102 |
| msgid "Color of help screens." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:107 |
| msgid "" |
| "After the part of the screen comes a colon and the color specification. You " |
| "can specify either the foreground color, the background color, or both, " |
| "overriding the compiled-in colors. Use standard curses color names." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:113 |
| msgid "" |
| "Optionally, after the color specification is another colon, and an attribute " |
| "specification. This is a list of one or more attributes, separated by plus " |
| "(\"+\") characters. Available attributes include (not all of these will work " |
| "on all terminals): normal, standout, underline, reverse, blink, bright, dim, " |
| "bold" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:116 |
| msgid "Print a brief help text and exit successfully." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:119 |
| msgid "Print version information and exit successfully." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:126 |
| msgid "" |
| "When B<dselect> is started it can perform the following actions, either " |
| "directly if it was specified on the command line or by prompting the user " |
| "with a menu of available actions if running interactively:" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: SS |
| #: dselect.1:126 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "access" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:128 |
| msgid "Choose and configure an access method to access package repositories." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:134 |
| msgid "" |
| "By default, B<dselect> provides several methods such as I<cdrom>, " |
| "I<multi_cd>, I<nfs>, I<multi_nfs>, I<harddisk>, I<mounted>, I<multi_mount>, " |
| "I<floppy> or I<ftp>, but other packages may provide additional methods, eg. " |
| "the I<apt> access method provided by the B<apt> package." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:136 |
| msgid "The use of the I<apt> access method is strongly recommended." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: SS |
| #: dselect.1:137 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "update" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:139 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "Refresh the available packages database." |
| msgstr "Lista dos pacotes disponíveis." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:146 |
| msgid "" |
| "Retrieves a list of available package versions from the package repository, " |
| "configured for the current access method, and update the dpkg database. The " |
| "package lists are commonly provided by the repository as files named " |
| "I<Packages> or I<Packages.gz>. These files can be generated by repository " |
| "maintainers, using the program B<dpkg-scanpackages>(1)." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:149 |
| msgid "" |
| "Details of the update action depend on the access method's implementation. " |
| "Normally the process is straightforward and requires no user interaction." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: SS |
| #: dselect.1:150 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "select" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:152 |
| msgid "View or manage package selections and dependencies." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:158 |
| msgid "" |
| "This is the main function of B<dselect>. In the select screen, the user can " |
| "review a list of all available and installed packages. When run with " |
| "administrator privileges, it is also possible to interactively change " |
| "packages selection state. B<dselect> tracks the implications of these " |
| "changes to other depending or conflicting packages." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:165 |
| msgid "" |
| "When a conflict or failed depends is detected, a dependency resolution " |
| "subscreen is prompted to the user. In this screen, a list of conflicting or " |
| "depending packages is shown, and for each package listed, the reason for its " |
| "listing is shown. The user may apply the suggestions proposed by B<dselect>, " |
| "override them, or back out all the changes, including the ones that created " |
| "the unresolved depends or conflicts." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:168 |
| msgid "" |
| "The use of the interactive package selections management screen is explained " |
| "in more detail below." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: SS |
| #: dselect.1:169 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "install" |
| msgstr "B<install>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:171 |
| msgid "Installs selected packages." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:177 |
| msgid "" |
| "The configured access method will fetch installable or upgradable packages " |
| "from the relevant repositories and install these using B<dpkg>. Depending " |
| "on the implementation of the access method, all packages can be prefetched " |
| "before installation, or fetched when needed. Some access methods may also " |
| "remove packages that were marked for removal." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:185 |
| msgid "" |
| "If an error occurred during install, it is usually advisable to run install " |
| "again. In most cases, the problems will disappear or be solved. If problems " |
| "persist or the installation performed was incorrect, please investigate into " |
| "the causes and circumstances, and file a bug in the Debian bug tracking " |
| "system. Instructions on how to do this can be found at http://bugs.debian." |
| "org/ or by reading the documentation for B<bug>(1) or B<reportbug>(1), if " |
| "these are installed." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:192 |
| msgid "" |
| "Details of the install action depend on the access method's implementation. " |
| "The user's attention and input may be required during installation, " |
| "configuration or removal of packages. This depends on the maintainer scripts " |
| "in the package. Some packages make use of the B<debconf>(1) library, " |
| "allowing for more flexible or even automated installation setups." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: SS |
| #: dselect.1:193 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "config" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:195 |
| msgid "Configures any previously installed, but not fully configured packages." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: SS |
| #: dselect.1:196 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "remove" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:198 |
| msgid "Removes or purges installed packages, that are marked for removal." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: SS |
| #: dselect.1:199 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "quit" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:201 |
| msgid "Quit B<dselect>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:203 |
| msgid "Exits the program with zero (successful) errorcode." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: SH |
| #: dselect.1:205 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "Package selections management" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: SS |
| #: dselect.1:207 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "Introduction" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:223 |
| msgid "" |
| "B<dselect> directly exposes the administrator to some of the complexities " |
| "involved with managing large sets of packages with many interdependencies. " |
| "For a user who is unfamiliar with the concepts and the ways of the debian " |
| "package management system, it can be quite overwhelming. Although B<dselect> " |
| "is aimed at easing package management and administration, it is only " |
| "instrumental in doing so and can not be assumed to be a sufficient " |
| "substitute for administrator skill and understanding. The user is required " |
| "to be familiar with the concepts underlying the Debian packaging system. In " |
| "case of doubt, consult the B<dpkg>(1) manpage and the Debian Policy manual, " |
| "contained in the B<debian-policy> package." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:229 |
| msgid "" |
| "Unless B<dselect> is run in expert or immediate mode, a help screen is first " |
| "displayed when choosing this action from the menu. The user is I<strongly> " |
| "advised to study all of the information presented in the online help " |
| "screens, when one pops up. The online help screens can at any time be " |
| "invoked with the B<'?'> key." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: SS |
| #: dselect.1:230 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "Screen layout" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:238 |
| msgid "" |
| "The select screen is by default split in a top and a bottom half. The top " |
| "half shows a list of packages. A cursor bar can select an individual " |
| "package, or a group of packages, if applicable, by selecting the group " |
| "header. The bottom half of the screen shows some details about the package " |
| "currently selected in the top half of the screen. The type of detail that " |
| "is displayed can be varied." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:241 |
| msgid "" |
| "Pressing the B<'I'> key toggles a full-screen display of the packages list, " |
| "an enlarged view of the package details, or the equally split screen." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: SS |
| #: dselect.1:242 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "Package details view" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:251 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "" |
| "The package details view by default shows the extended package description\n" |
| "for the package that is currently selected in the packages status list.\n" |
| "The type of detail can be toggled by pressing the B<'i'> key. This\n" |
| "alternates between:\n" |
| " - the extended description\n" |
| " - the control information for the installed version\n" |
| " - the control information for the available version\n" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:255 |
| msgid "" |
| "In a dependency resolution screen, there is also the possibility of viewing " |
| "the specific unresolved depends or conflicts related to the package and " |
| "causing it to be listed." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: SS |
| #: dselect.1:256 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "Packages status list" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:261 |
| msgid "" |
| "The main select screen displays a list of all packages known to the debian " |
| "package management system. This includes packages installed on the system " |
| "and packages known from the available packages database." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:269 |
| msgid "" |
| "For every package, the list shows the package's status, priority, section, " |
| "installed and available versions, the package name and its short " |
| "description, all in one line. By pressing the B<'V'> key, the display of the " |
| "installed and available version can be toggled between on an off. By " |
| "pressing the B<'v'> key, the package status display is toggled between " |
| "verbose and shorthand. Shorthand display is the default." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:275 |
| msgid "" |
| "The shorthand status indication consists of four parts: an error flag, which " |
| "should normally be clear, the current status, the last selection state and " |
| "the current selection state. The first two relate to the actual state of " |
| "the package, the second pair are about the selections set by the user." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:293 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "" |
| "These are the meanings of the shorthand package status indicator codes:\n" |
| " Error flag:\n" |
| " I<empty> no error\n" |
| " B<R> serious error, needs reinstallation;\n" |
| " Installed state:\n" |
| " I<empty> not installed;\n" |
| " B<*> fully installed and configured;\n" |
| " B<-> not installed but some config files may remain;\n" |
| " B<U> unpacked but not yet configured;\n" |
| " B<C> half-configured (an error happened);\n" |
| " B<I> half-installed (an error happened).\n" |
| " Current and requested selections:\n" |
| " B<*> marked for installation or upgrade;\n" |
| " B<-> marked for removal, configuration files remain;\n" |
| " B<=> on hold: package will not be processed at all;\n" |
| " B<_> marked for purge, also remove configuration;\n" |
| " B<n> package is new and has yet to be marked.\n" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: SS |
| #: dselect.1:294 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "Cursor and screen movement" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:299 |
| msgid "" |
| "The package selection list and the dependency conflict resolution screens " |
| "can be navigated using motion commands mapped to the following keys:" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:316 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "" |
| " B<p, Up, k> move cursor bar up\n" |
| " B<n, Down, j> move cursor bar down\n" |
| " B<P, Pgup, Backspace> scroll list 1 page up\n" |
| " B<N, Pgdn, Space> scroll list 1 page down\n" |
| " B<^p> scroll list 1 line up\n" |
| " B<^n> scroll list 1 line down\n" |
| " B<t, Home> jump to top of list\n" |
| " B<e, End> jump to end of list\n" |
| " B<u> scroll info 1 page up\n" |
| " B<d> scroll info 1 page down\n" |
| " B<^u> scroll info 1 line up\n" |
| " B<^d> scroll info 1 line down\n" |
| " B<B, Left-arrow> pan display 1/3 screen left\n" |
| " B<F, Right-arrow> pan display 1/3 screen right\n" |
| " B<^b> pan display 1 character left\n" |
| " B<^f> pan display 1 character right\n" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: SS |
| #: dselect.1:317 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "Searching and sorting" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:331 |
| msgid "" |
| "The list of packages can be searched by package name. This is done by " |
| "pressing B<'/'>, and typing a simple search string. The string is " |
| "interpreted as a B<regex>(7) regular expression. If you add B<'/d'> to the " |
| "search expression, dselect will also search in descriptions. If you add B<'/" |
| "i'> the search will be case insensitive. You may combine these two suffixes " |
| "like this: B<'/id'>. Repeated searching is accomplished by repeatedly " |
| "pressing the B<'n'> or B<'\\e'> keys, until the wanted package is found. If " |
| "the search reaches the bottom of the list, it wraps to the top and continues " |
| "searching from there." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:338 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "" |
| "The list sort order can be varied by pressing\n" |
| "the B<'o'> and B<'O'> keys repeatedly.\n" |
| "The following nine sort orderings can be selected:\n" |
| " alphabet available status\n" |
| " priority+section available+priority status+priority\n" |
| " section+priority available+section status+section\n" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:341 |
| msgid "" |
| "Where not listed above explicitly, alphabetic order is used as the final " |
| "subordering sort key." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: SS |
| #: dselect.1:342 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "Altering selections" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:351 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "" |
| "The requested selection state of individual packages may be\n" |
| "altered with the following commands:\n" |
| " B<+, Insert> install or upgrade\n" |
| " B<=, H> hold in present state and version\n" |
| " B<:, G> unhold: upgrade or leave uninstalled\n" |
| " B<-, Delete> remove, but leave configuration\n" |
| " B<_> remove & purge configuration\n" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:355 |
| msgid "" |
| "When the change request results in one or more unsatisfied depends or " |
| "conflicts, B<dselect> prompts the user with a dependency resolution screen. " |
| "This will be further explained below." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:360 |
| msgid "" |
| "It is also possible to apply these commands to groups of package selections, " |
| "by pointing the cursor bar onto a group header. The exact grouping of " |
| "packages is dependent on the current list ordering settings." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:366 |
| msgid "" |
| "Proper care should be taken when altering large groups of selections, " |
| "because this can instantaneously create large numbers of unresolved depends " |
| "or conflicts, all of which will be listed in one dependency resolution " |
| "screen, making them very hard to handle. In practice, only hold and unhold " |
| "operations are useful when applied to groups." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: SS |
| #: dselect.1:367 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "Resolving depends and conflicts" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:372 |
| msgid "" |
| "When the change request results in one or more unsatisfied depends or " |
| "conflicts, B<dselect> prompts the user with a dependency resolution screen. " |
| "First however, an informative help screen is displayed." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:379 |
| msgid "" |
| "The top half of this screen lists all the packages that will have unresolved " |
| "depends or conflicts, as a result of the requested change, and all the " |
| "packages whose installation can resolve any of these depends or whose " |
| "removal can resolve any of the conflicts. The bottom half defaults to show " |
| "the depends or conflicts that cause the currently selected package to be " |
| "listed." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:385 |
| msgid "" |
| "When the sublist of packages is displayed initially, B<dselect> may have " |
| "already set the requested selection status of some of the listed packages, " |
| "in order to resolve the depends or conflicts that caused the dependency " |
| "resolution screen to be displayed. Usually, it is best to follow up the " |
| "suggestions made by B<dselect>." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:393 |
| msgid "" |
| "The listed packages' selection state may be reverted to the original " |
| "settings, as they were before the unresolved depends or conflicts were " |
| "created, by pressing the B<'R'> key. By pressing the B<'D'> key, the " |
| "automatic suggestions are reset, but the change that caused the dependency " |
| "resolution screen to be prompted is kept as requested. Finally, by pressing " |
| "B<'U'>, the selections are again set to the automatic suggestion values." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: SS |
| #: dselect.1:394 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "Establishing the requested selections" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:401 |
| msgid "" |
| "By pressing B<enter>, the currently displayed set of selections is accepted. " |
| "If B<dselect> detects no unresolved depends as a result of the requested " |
| "selections, the new selections will be set. However, if there are any " |
| "unresolved depends, B<dselect> will again prompt the user with a dependency " |
| "resolution screen." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:407 |
| msgid "" |
| "To alter a set of selections that creates unresolved depends or conflicts " |
| "and forcing B<dselect> to accept it, press the B<'Q'> key. This sets the " |
| "selections as specified by the user, unconditionally. Generally, don't do " |
| "this unless you've read the fine print." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:414 |
| msgid "" |
| "The opposite effect, to back out any selections change requests and go back " |
| "to the previous list of selections, is attained by pressing the B<'X'> or " |
| "B<escape> keys. By repeatedly pressing these keys, any possibly detrimental " |
| "changes to the requested package selections can be backed out completely to " |
| "the last established settings." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:421 |
| msgid "" |
| "If you mistakenly establish some settings and wish to revert all the " |
| "selections to what is currently installed on the system, press the B<'C'> " |
| "key. This is somewhat similar to using the unhold command on all packages, " |
| "but provides a more obvious panic button in cases where the user pressed " |
| "B<enter> by accident." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:428 |
| msgid "" |
| "If set, B<dselect> will use it as the directory from which to read the user " |
| "specific configuration file." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:434 |
| msgid "" |
| "The B<dselect> package selection interface is confusing to some new users. " |
| "Reportedly, it even makes seasoned kernel developers cry." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:436 |
| msgid "The documentation is lacking." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:438 |
| msgid "There is no help option in the main menu." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:440 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "The visible list of available packages cannot be reduced." |
| msgstr "Lista dos pacotes disponíveis." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:444 |
| msgid "" |
| "The built in access methods can no longer stand up to current quality " |
| "standards. Use the access method provided by apt, it is not only not broken, " |
| "it is also much more flexible than the built in access methods." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:450 |
| msgid "B<dpkg>(1), B<apt-get>(8), B<sources.list>(5), B<deb>(5)." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:455 |
| msgid "" |
| "B<dselect> was written by Ian Jackson (ijackson@gnu.ai.mit.edu). Full list " |
| "of contributors may be found in 'dselect --version'." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.1:458 |
| msgid "" |
| "This manual page was written by Juho Vuori E<lt>javuori@cc.helsinki.fiE<gt>, " |
| "Josip Rodin and Joost kooij." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TH |
| #: dselect.cfg.5:1 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "dselect.cfg" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TH |
| #: dselect.cfg.5:1 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "2011-07-03" |
| msgstr "2006-04-09" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.cfg.5:4 |
| msgid "dselect.cfg - dselect configuration file" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.cfg.5:11 |
| msgid "" |
| "This file contains default options for dselect. Each line contains a single " |
| "option which is exactly the same as a normal command line option for dselect " |
| "except for the leading dashes which are not used here. Quotes surrounding " |
| "option values are stripped. Comments are allowed by starting a line with a " |
| "hash sign (\"B<#>\")." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.cfg.5:14 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "I</etc/dpkg/dselect.cfg.d/[0-9a-zA-Z_-]*>" |
| msgstr "I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.cfg.5:16 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "I</etc/dpkg/dselect.cfg>" |
| msgstr "I</etc/dpkg/dpkg.cfg>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.cfg.5:18 |
| msgid "I<~/.dselect.cfg>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.cfg.5:22 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "" |
| "See I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS> for the list of people who have " |
| "contributed to B<dselect>." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Veja B</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS> para a lista de pessoas que\n" |
| "contribuíram para o B<dpkg>.\n" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: dselect.cfg.5:24 |
| msgid "B<dselect>(1)." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TH |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:1 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "start-stop-daemon" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:4 |
| msgid "start-stop-daemon - start and stop system daemon programs" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:8 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> [I<option>...] I<command>" |
| msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<opções>] I<ação>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:14 |
| msgid "" |
| "B<start-stop-daemon> is used to control the creation and termination of " |
| "system-level processes. Using one of the matching options, B<start-stop-" |
| "daemon> can be configured to find existing instances of a running process." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:33 |
| msgid "" |
| "Note: unless B<--pidfile> is specified, B<start-stop-daemon> behaves similar " |
| "to B<killall>(1). B<start-stop-daemon> will scan the process table looking " |
| "for any processes which match the process name, uid, and/or gid (if " |
| "specified). Any matching process will prevent B<--start> from starting the " |
| "daemon. All matching processes will be sent the TERM signal (or the one " |
| "specified via B<--signal> or B<--retry>) if B<--stop> is specified. For " |
| "daemons which have long-lived children which need to live through a B<--" |
| "stop>, you must specify a pidfile." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:35 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-S>, B<--start> [B<-->] I<arguments>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:52 |
| msgid "" |
| "Check for the existence of a specified process. If such a process exists, " |
| "B<start-stop-daemon> does nothing, and exits with error status 1 (0 if B<--" |
| "oknodo> is specified). If such a process does not exist, it starts an " |
| "instance, using either the executable specified by B<--exec> or, if " |
| "specified, by B<--startas>. Any arguments given after B<--> on the command " |
| "line are passed unmodified to the program being started." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:52 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-K>, B<--stop>" |
| msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:70 |
| msgid "" |
| "Checks for the existence of a specified process. If such a process exists, " |
| "B<start-stop-daemon> sends it the signal specified by B<--signal>, and exits " |
| "with error status 0. If such a process does not exist, B<start-stop-daemon> " |
| "exits with error status 1 (0 if B<--oknodo> is specified). If B<--retry> is " |
| "specified, then B<start-stop-daemon> will check that the process(es) have " |
| "terminated." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:70 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-T>, B<--status>" |
| msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:74 |
| msgid "" |
| "Check for the existence of a specified process, and returns an exit status " |
| "code, according to the LSB Init Script Actions." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:74 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-H>, B<--help>" |
| msgstr "B<--help>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:77 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "Show usage information and exit." |
| msgstr "Exibe informação sobre a versão do B<dpkg>." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:77 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-V>, B<--version>" |
| msgstr "B<--version>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:80 |
| msgid "Show the program version and exit." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: SH |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:81 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "MATCHING OPTIONS" |
| msgstr "OPÇÕES COMUNS" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:82 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-p>, B<--pidfile> I<pid-file>" |
| msgstr "B<-B>|B<--auto-deconfigure>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:86 |
| msgid "Check whether a process has created the file I<pid-file>." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:86 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-x>, B<--exec> I<executable>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:90 |
| msgid "" |
| "Check for processes that are instances of this executable (according to B</" |
| "proc/>I<pid>B</exe>)." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:90 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-n>, B<--name> I<process-name>" |
| msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<arquivo_do_pacote>..." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:96 |
| msgid "" |
| "Check for processes with the name I<process-name> (according to B</proc/" |
| ">I<pid>B</stat>)." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:96 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-u>, B<--user> I<username>|I<uid>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:102 |
| msgid "" |
| "Check for processes owned by the user specified by I<username> or I<uid>." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:104 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-g>, B<--group> I<group>|I<gid>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:107 |
| msgid "Change to I<group> or I<gid> when starting the process." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:107 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-s>, B<--signal> I<signal>" |
| msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<arquivo_do_pacote>..." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:112 |
| msgid "" |
| "With B<--stop>, specifies the signal to send to processes being stopped " |
| "(default TERM)." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:112 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-R>, B<--retry> I<timeout>|I<schedule>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:122 |
| msgid "" |
| "With B<--stop>, specifies that B<start-stop-daemon> is to check whether the " |
| "process(es) do finish. It will check repeatedly whether any matching " |
| "processes are running, until none are. If the processes do not exit it will " |
| "then take further action as determined by the schedule." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:133 |
| msgid "" |
| "If I<timeout> is specified instead of I<schedule>, then the schedule " |
| "I<signal>B</>I<timeout>B</KILL/>I<timeout> is used, where I<signal> is the " |
| "signal specified with B<--signal>." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:149 |
| msgid "" |
| "I<schedule> is a list of at least two items separated by slashes (B</>); " |
| "each item may be B<->I<signal-number> or [B<->]I<signal-name>, which means " |
| "to send that signal, or I<timeout>, which means to wait that many seconds " |
| "for processes to exit, or B<forever>, which means to repeat the rest of the " |
| "schedule forever if necessary." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:159 |
| msgid "" |
| "If the end of the schedule is reached and B<forever> is not specified, then " |
| "B<start-stop-daemon> exits with error status 2. If a schedule is specified, " |
| "then any signal specified with B<--signal> is ignored." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:159 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-a>, B<--startas> I<pathname>" |
| msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<arquivo_do_pacote>..." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:167 |
| msgid "" |
| "With B<--start>, start the process specified by I<pathname>. If not " |
| "specified, defaults to the argument given to B<--exec>." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:167 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-t>, B<--test>" |
| msgstr "B<--test>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:171 |
| msgid "" |
| "Print actions that would be taken and set appropriate return value, but take " |
| "no action." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:171 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-o>, B<--oknodo>" |
| msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:174 |
| msgid "Return exit status 0 instead of 1 if no actions are (would be) taken." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:174 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-q>, B<--quiet>" |
| msgstr "B<--quiet>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:177 |
| msgid "Do not print informational messages; only display error messages." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:177 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-c>, B<--chuid> I<username>|I<uid>[B<:>I<group>|I<gid>]" |
| msgstr "B<--altdir> I<diretório>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:195 |
| msgid "" |
| "Change to this username/uid before starting the process. You can also " |
| "specify a group by appending a B<:>, then the group or gid in the same way " |
| "as you would for the `chown' command (I<user>B<:>I<group>). If a user is " |
| "specified without a group, the primary GID for that user is used. When " |
| "using this option you must realize that the primary and supplemental groups " |
| "are set as well, even if the B<--group> option is not specified. The B<--" |
| "group> option is only for groups that the user isn't normally a member of " |
| "(like adding per process group membership for generic users like B<nobody>)." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:195 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-r>, B<--chroot> I<root>" |
| msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:201 |
| msgid "" |
| "Chdir and chroot to I<root> before starting the process. Please note that " |
| "the pidfile is also written after the chroot." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:201 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-d>, B<--chdir> I<path>" |
| msgstr "B<--altdir> I<diretório>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:209 |
| msgid "" |
| "Chdir to I<path> before starting the process. This is done after the chroot " |
| "if the B<-r>|B<--chroot> option is set. When not specified, start-stop-" |
| "daemon will chdir to the root directory before starting the process." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:209 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-b>, B<--background>" |
| msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:221 |
| msgid "" |
| "Typically used with programs that don't detach on their own. This option " |
| "will force B<start-stop-daemon> to fork before starting the process, and " |
| "force it into the background. B<WARNING: start-stop-daemon> cannot check " |
| "the exit status if the process fails to execute for B<any> reason. This is a " |
| "last resort, and is only meant for programs that either make no sense " |
| "forking on their own, or where it's not feasible to add the code for them to " |
| "do this themselves." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:221 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-N>, B<--nicelevel> I<int>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:224 |
| msgid "This alters the priority of the process before starting it." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:224 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-P>, B<--procsched> I<policy>B<:>I<priority>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:230 |
| msgid "" |
| "This alters the process scheduler policy and priority of the process before " |
| "starting it. The priority can be optionally specified by appending a B<:> " |
| "followed by the value. The default I<priority> is 0. The currently supported " |
| "policy values are B<other>, B<fifo> and B<rr>." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:230 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-I>, B<--iosched> I<class>B<:>I<priority>" |
| msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<arquivo_do_pacote>..." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:237 |
| msgid "" |
| "This alters the IO scheduler class and priority of the process before " |
| "starting it. The priority can be optionally specified by appending a B<:> " |
| "followed by the value. The default I<priority> is 4, unless I<class> is " |
| "B<idle>, then I<priority> will always be 7. The currently supported values " |
| "for I<class> are B<idle>, B<best-effort> and B<real-time>." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:237 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-k>, B<--umask> I<mask>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:240 |
| msgid "This sets the umask of the process before starting it." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:240 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<-m>, B<--make-pidfile>" |
| msgstr "B<-B>|B<--auto-deconfigure>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:255 |
| msgid "" |
| "Used when starting a program that does not create its own pid file. This " |
| "option will make B<start-stop-daemon> create the file referenced with B<--" |
| "pidfile> and place the pid into it just before executing the process. Note, " |
| "the file will not be removed when stopping the program. B<NOTE:> This " |
| "feature may not work in all cases. Most notably when the program being " |
| "executed forks from its main process. Because of this, it is usually only " |
| "useful when combined with the B<--background> option." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:258 |
| msgid "Print verbose informational messages." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:270 |
| msgid "" |
| "The requested action was performed. If B<--oknodo> was specified, it's also " |
| "possible that nothing had to be done. This can happen when B<--start> was " |
| "specified and a matching process was already running, or when B<--stop> was " |
| "specified and there were no matching processes." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:275 |
| msgid "If B<--oknodo> was not specified and nothing was done." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:283 |
| msgid "" |
| "If B<--stop> and B<--retry> were specified, but the end of the schedule was " |
| "reached and the processes were still running." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:283 start-stop-daemon.8:295 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<3>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:286 |
| msgid "Any other error." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:289 |
| msgid "" |
| "When using the B<--status> command, the following status codes are returned:" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:292 |
| msgid "Program is running." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:295 |
| msgid "Program is not running and the pid file exists." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:298 |
| msgid "Program is not running." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:298 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<4>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:301 |
| msgid "Unable to determine program status." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:305 |
| msgid "" |
| "Start the B<food> daemon, unless one is already running (a process named " |
| "food, running as user food, with pid in food.pid):" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:308 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "start-stop-daemon --start --oknodo --user food --name food --pidfile /var/run/food.pid --startas /usr/sbin/food --chuid food -- --daemon\n" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:311 |
| msgid "Send B<SIGTERM> to B<food> and wait up to 5 seconds for it to stop:" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:314 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "start-stop-daemon --stop --oknodo --user food --name food --pidfile /var/run/food.pid --retry 5\n" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:317 |
| msgid "Demonstration of a custom schedule for stopping B<food>:" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:320 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "start-stop-daemon --stop --oknodo --user food --name food --pidfile /var/run/food.pid --retry=TERM/30/KILL/5\n" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:326 |
| msgid "" |
| "Marek Michalkiewicz E<lt>marekm@i17linuxb.ists.pwr.wroc.plE<gt> based on a " |
| "previous version by Ian Jackson E<lt>ian@chiark.greenend.org.ukE<gt>." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: start-stop-daemon.8:328 |
| msgid "" |
| "Manual page by Klee Dienes E<lt>klee@mit.eduE<gt>, partially reformatted by " |
| "Ian Jackson." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TH |
| #: update-alternatives.8:8 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "update-alternatives" |
| msgstr "update-alternatives --auto vi" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:11 |
| msgid "" |
| "update-alternatives - maintain symbolic links determining default commands" |
| msgstr "" |
| "update-alternatives - mantém ligações simbólicas determinando comandos " |
| "padrões" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:15 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<option>...] I<command>" |
| msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<optções>] B<--all>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:20 |
| msgid "" |
| "B<update-alternatives> creates, removes, maintains and displays information " |
| "about the symbolic links comprising the Debian alternatives system." |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<update-alternatives> cria, remove, mantém e exibe informação sobre sobre " |
| "as ligações simbólicas que englobam o sistema de alternativas Debian." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:28 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "" |
| "It is possible for several programs fulfilling the same or similar functions " |
| "to be installed on a single system at the same time. For example, many " |
| "systems have several text editors installed at once. This gives choice to " |
| "the users of a system, allowing each to use a different editor, if desired, " |
| "but makes it difficult for a program to make a good choice for an editor to " |
| "invoke if the user has not specified a particular preference." |
| msgstr "" |
| "É possível para diversos programas que executam as mesmas funções ou funções " |
| "similares serem instalados em um único sistema ao mesmo tempo. Por exemplo, " |
| "muitos sistemas possuem diversos editores de texto instalados. Isto dá a " |
| "possibilidade de escolha para os usuários do sistema, permitindo a cada " |
| "usuário usar um editor diferente, caso desejado, mas faz com que seja " |
| "difícil para um programa fazer uma boa escolha de um editor o qual invocar " |
| "caso o usuário não tenha especificado um editor particular de sua " |
| "preferência." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:50 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "" |
| "Debian's alternatives system aims to solve this problem. A generic name in " |
| "the filesystem is shared by all files providing interchangeable " |
| "functionality. The alternatives system and the system administrator " |
| "together determine which actual file is referenced by this generic name. " |
| "For example, if the text editors B<ed>(1) and B<nvi>(1) are both installed " |
| "on the system, the alternatives system will cause the generic name I</usr/" |
| "bin/editor> to refer to I</usr/bin/nvi> by default. The system administrator " |
| "can override this and cause it to refer to I</usr/bin/ed> instead, and the " |
| "alternatives system will not alter this setting until explicitly requested " |
| "to do so." |
| msgstr "" |
| "O sistema de alternativas Debian pretende solucinar este problema. Um nome " |
| "genérico no sistema de arquivos é compartilhado por todos os arquivos " |
| "provendo funcionalidade equivalente. O sistema de alternativas e o " |
| "administrador do sistema juntos determinam qual arquivo atual é referenciado " |
| "por esse nome genérico. Por exemplo, caso os editores de texto B<ed>(1) e " |
| "B<nvi>(1) estejam ambos instalados no sistema, o sistema de alternativas " |
| "fará com que o nome genérico I</usr/bin/editor> refira-se a I</usr/bin/nvi> " |
| "por padrão. O administrador do sistema pode sobreescrever isto e fazer com " |
| "que refira-se a I</usr/bin/ed> e o sistema de alternativas não irá alterar " |
| "esta configuração até que explicitamente requisitado a fazê-lo." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:60 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "" |
| "The generic name is not a direct symbolic link to the selected alternative. " |
| "Instead, it is a symbolic link to a name in the I<alternatives> " |
| "I<directory>, which in turn is a symbolic link to the actual file " |
| "referenced. This is done so that the system administrator's changes can be " |
| "confined within the I</etc> directory: the FHS (q.v.) gives reasons why this " |
| "is a Good Thing." |
| msgstr "" |
| "O nome genérico não é uma ligação simbólica direta para a alternativa " |
| "selecionada. Ao invés disso, é uma ligação simbólica para um nome no " |
| "I<diretório>, I<alternatives> o qual é, por sua vez, uma ligação simbólica " |
| "para o arquivo atualmente referenciado. Isto é feito para que as mudanças do " |
| "administrador do sistema possam ser confinadas dentro do diretório I</etc> : " |
| "a FHS (q.v.) dá razões de porquê isto é um Boa Coisa." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:72 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "" |
| "When each package providing a file with a particular functionality is " |
| "installed, changed or removed, B<update-alternatives> is called to update " |
| "information about that file in the alternatives system. B<update-" |
| "alternatives> is usually called from the B<postinst> (configure) or B<prerm> " |
| "(install) scripts in Debian packages." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Quando cada pacote provendo um arquivo com uma funcionalidade particular é " |
| "instalado, modificdo ou removido o, B<update-alternatives> é chamado para " |
| "atualizar a informação sobre este arqivo no sistema de alternativas. " |
| "B<update-alternatives> é geralmente chamado a partir de um script " |
| "B<postinst> ou B<prerm> em pacotes Debian." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:91 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "" |
| "It is often useful for a number of alternatives to be synchronised, so that " |
| "they are changed as a group; for example, when several versions of the B<vi>" |
| "(1) editor are installed, the man page referenced by I</usr/share/man/man1/" |
| "vi.1> should correspond to the executable referenced by I</usr/bin/vi>. " |
| "B<update-alternatives> handles this by means of I<master> and I<slave> " |
| "links; when the master is changed, any associated slaves are changed too. A " |
| "master link and its associated slaves make up a I<link> I<group>." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Isto é geralmente útil para que diversas alternativas sejam sincronizadas, " |
| "assim elas são modificadas como um grupo; por exemplo, quando diversas " |
| "versões do editor B<vi>(1) estão instaladas, a página de manual " |
| "referenciada por I</usr/share/man/man1/vi.1> deverá corresponder ao " |
| "executável referenciado por I</usr/bin/vi>. B<update-alternatives> gerencia " |
| "isso por meio de ligações I<master> e I<slave> (mestre e escrado); quando o " |
| "master é modificado, quaisquer slaves associados são também modificados. " |
| "Uma ligação master e seus slaves associados constituem uma A master link and " |
| "its associated slaves make up a I<link> I<group>. (ou ligação em grupo)." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:100 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "" |
| "Each link group is, at any given time, in one of two modes: automatic or " |
| "manual. When a group is in automatic mode, the alternatives system will " |
| "automatically decide, as packages are installed and removed, whether and how " |
| "to update the links. In manual mode, the alternatives system will retain " |
| "the choice of the administrator and avoid changing the links (except when " |
| "something is broken)." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Cada ligação em grupo está, em um dado momento, em um de dois modos: " |
| "automático ou manual. Quando um grupo está em modo automático, o sistema de " |
| "alternativas irá automaticamente decidir, a medida em que os pacotes são " |
| "instalados e removidos, se irá atualizar e como atualizar as ligações. No " |
| "modo manual, o sistema de alternativas não irá modificar as ligações; ele " |
| "deixará todas as decisões para o administrador do sistema." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:109 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "" |
| "Link groups are in automatic mode when they are first introduced to the " |
| "system. If the system administrator makes changes to the system's automatic " |
| "settings, this will be noticed the next time B<update-alternatives> is run " |
| "on the changed link's group, and the group will automatically be switched to " |
| "manual mode." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Ligações em grupo estão em modo automático quando as mesmas são introduzidas " |
| "no sistema pela primeira vez. Caso o administrador do sistema faça mudanças " |
| "configurações automáticas do sistema, isso será válido na próxima vez que o " |
| "B<update-alternatives> for executado nas ligações em grupo modificadas, e o " |
| "grupo irá automaticamente ser modificado para o modo manual." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:116 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "" |
| "Each alternative has a I<priority> associated with it. When a link group is " |
| "in automatic mode, the alternatives pointed to by members of the group will " |
| "be those which have the highest priority." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Cada alternativa possui uma I<priority> (prioridade) associada a ela. " |
| "Quando uma ligação em grupo está em modo automático, as alternativas " |
| "apontadas por membros do grupo serão aquelas que possuem a maior prioridade." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:133 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "" |
| "When using the B<--config> option, B<update-alternatives> will list all of " |
| "the choices for the link group of which given I<name> is the master " |
| "alternative name. The current choice is marked with a '*'. You will then be " |
| "prompted for your choice regarding this link group. Depending on the choice " |
| "made, the link group might no longer be in I<auto> mode. You will need to " |
| "use the B<--auto> option in order to return to the automatic mode (or you " |
| "can rerun B<--config> and select the entry marked as automatic)." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Quando usando a opção I<--config> , o B<update-alternatives> listará todas " |
| "as opções para a ligação em grupo da qual um dado I<name> (nome) é a ligação " |
| "master. Lhe será então questionado por cada uma das opções a usar para a " |
| "ligação em grupo. Uma vez que você faça uma mudança, a ligação em grupo não " |
| "estará mais no modo I<auto> Você precisará usar a opção I<--auto> para poder " |
| "retornar ao estado automático." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:137 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "" |
| "If you want to configure non-interactively you can use the B<--set> option " |
| "instead (see below)." |
| msgstr "" |
| "If you want to configure non-interactivily you can use the I<--set> option " |
| "instead (see below)." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:148 |
| msgid "" |
| "Different packages providing the same file need to do so B<cooperatively>. " |
| "In other words, the usage of B<update-alternatives> is B<mandatory> for all " |
| "involved packages in such case. It is not possible to override some file in " |
| "a package that does not employ the B<update-alternatives> mechanism." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: SH |
| #: update-alternatives.8:149 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "TERMINOLOGY" |
| msgstr "TERMINOLOGIA" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:154 |
| msgid "" |
| "Since the activities of B<update-alternatives> are quite involved, some " |
| "specific terms will help to explain its operation." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Uma vez que as atividades de B<update-alternatives> são bem envolvidas, " |
| "alguns termos específicos ajudarão a explicar sua operação." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: update-alternatives.8:154 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "generic name (or alternative link)" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:160 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "" |
| "A name, like I</usr/bin/editor>, which refers, via the alternatives system, " |
| "to one of a number of files of similar function." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Um nome, como A name, like I</usr/bin/editor>, o qual refere-se, através do " |
| "sistema de alternativas, a um ou a diversos arquivos de função similar." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: update-alternatives.8:160 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "alternative name" |
| msgstr "alternativa" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:163 |
| msgid "The name of a symbolic link in the alternatives directory." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: update-alternatives.8:163 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "alternative (or alternative path)" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:167 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "" |
| "The name of a specific file in the filesystem, which may be made accessible " |
| "via a generic name using the alternatives system." |
| msgstr "" |
| "O nome de um arquivo específico no sitema de arquivos, o qual pode ser " |
| "acessado através de um nome genérico usando o sistema de alternativas." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: update-alternatives.8:167 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "alternatives directory" |
| msgstr "diretório de alternativas" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:172 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "A directory, by default I</etc/alternatives>, containing the symlinks." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Um diretório, por padrão I</etc/alternatives>, contendo as ligações " |
| "simbólicas." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: update-alternatives.8:172 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "administrative directory" |
| msgstr "diretório administrativo" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:179 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "" |
| "A directory, by default I</var/lib/dpkg/alternatives>, containing B<update-" |
| "alternatives>' state information." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Um diretório, por padrão I</var/lib/dpkg/alternatives>, contendo informação " |
| "de estado de B<update-alternatives>." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: update-alternatives.8:179 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "link group" |
| msgstr "ligação em grupo" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:182 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "A set of related symlinks, intended to be updated as a group." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Um conjunto de ligações simbólicas relacionadas, com o intuito de serem " |
| "atualizadas em grupos." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: update-alternatives.8:182 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "master link" |
| msgstr "ligação mestre (master link)" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:186 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "" |
| "The alternative link in a link group which determines how the other links in " |
| "the group are configured." |
| msgstr "" |
| "A ligação em uma ligação em grupo que determina como as outras ligações no " |
| "grupo são configuradas." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: update-alternatives.8:186 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "slave link" |
| msgstr "ligação escravo (slave link)" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:190 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "" |
| "An alternative link in a link group which is controlled by the setting of " |
| "the master link." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Uma ligação em uma ligação em grupo que é controlada pela configuração de " |
| "uma ligação mestre." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: update-alternatives.8:190 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "automatic mode" |
| msgstr "modo automático" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:196 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "" |
| "When a link group is in automatic mode, the alternatives system ensures that " |
| "the links in the group point to the highest priority alternative appropriate " |
| "for the group." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Quando uma ligação em grupo está em modo automático, o sistema de " |
| "alternativas certifica-se ed que as ligações no grupo apontam para as " |
| "alternativas de mais alta prioridade apropriadas para o grupo." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: update-alternatives.8:196 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "manual mode" |
| msgstr "modo manual" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:201 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "" |
| "When a link group is in manual mode, the alternatives system will not make " |
| "any changes to the system administrator's settings." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Quando uma ligação em grupo está em modo manual, o sistema de alternativas " |
| "não fará qualquer modificação nas configurações do administrador do sistema." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: update-alternatives.8:203 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--install> I<link name path priority> [B<--slave> I<link name path>]..." |
| msgstr "B<--install> I<ligação genérico caminho pri> [B<--slave> I<sligação sgenérico scaminho>] ..." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:222 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "" |
| "Add a group of alternatives to the system. I<link> is the generic name for " |
| "the master link, I<name> is the name of its symlink in the alternatives " |
| "directory, and I<path> is the alternative being introduced for the master " |
| "link. The arguments after B<--slave> are the generic name, symlink name in " |
| "the alternatives directory and the alternative path for a slave link. Zero " |
| "or more B<--slave> options, each followed by three arguments, may be " |
| "specified. Note that the master alternative must exist or the call will " |
| "fail. However if a slave alternative doesn't exist, the corresponding slave " |
| "alternative link will simply not be installed (a warning will still be " |
| "displayed). If some real file is installed where an alternative link has to " |
| "be installed, it is kept unless B<--force> is used." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Adiciona um grupo de alternativas para o sistema. I<genérico> é o nome " |
| "genérico para a ligação master, I<ligação> é o nome de sua ligação " |
| "simbólica, e I<caminho> é a alternativa sendo intruzida para a ligação " |
| "mestre. I<sgenérico>, I<sligação> e I<scaminho> são o nome genérco, ligação " |
| "simbólica e alternativa para uma ligação slave. Zero ou mais opções B<--" |
| "slave> , cada uma seguda por três argumentos, podem ser especificadas." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:233 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "" |
| "If the alternative name specified exists already in the alternatives " |
| "system's records, the information supplied will be added as a new set of " |
| "alternatives for the group. Otherwise, a new group, set to automatic mode, " |
| "will be added with this information. If the group is in automatic mode, and " |
| "the newly added alternatives' priority is higher than any other installed " |
| "alternatives for this group, the symlinks will be updated to point to the " |
| "newly added alternatives." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Caso a ligação master especificada já exista nos registros do sistema de " |
| "alternativas, a informação fornecida será adicionada como um novo conjunto " |
| "de alternativas para o grupo. De outra forma, um novo grupo, definido para o " |
| "modo automático, será adicionado com esta informação. Se o grupo está no " |
| "modo automático e a prioridade das novas alternativas adicionadas é maior do " |
| "que qualquer outra alternativa instalada para este grupo, as ligações " |
| "simbólicas serão atualizadas para apontar para as alternativas novas " |
| "instaladas." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: update-alternatives.8:233 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--set> I<name path>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:242 |
| msgid "" |
| "Set the program I<path> as alternative for I<name.> This is equivalent to " |
| "B<--config> but is non-interactive and thus scriptable." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: update-alternatives.8:242 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--remove> I<name path>" |
| msgstr "B<--remove> I<nome caminho>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:263 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "" |
| "Remove an alternative and all of its associated slave links. I<name> is a " |
| "name in the alternatives directory, and I<path> is an absolute filename to " |
| "which I<name> could be linked. If I<name> is indeed linked to I<path>, " |
| "I<name> will be updated to point to another appropriate alternative (and the " |
| "group is put back in automatic mode), or removed if there is no such " |
| "alternative left. Associated slave links will be updated or removed, " |
| "correspondingly. If the link is not currently pointing to I<path>, no links " |
| "are changed; only the information about the alternative is removed." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Remove uma alternativa e todas as suas ligações slaves associadas. I<nome> " |
| "é o nome do diretório de alternativas, e I<caminho> é o nome de arquivo " |
| "absoluto ao qual I<nome> poderá ser ligado. Caso I<nome> esteja ligado com " |
| "I<caminho>, I<nome> será atualizado para apontar para outra alternativa " |
| "apropriada, ou removido caso não exista essa alternativa separada. Ligações " |
| "slave associadas serão atualizadas ou removidas de acordo. Caso a ligação " |
| "não esteja atualmente apontando para I<caminho>, nenhuma ligação é " |
| "modificada; somente a informação sobre a alternativa é removida." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: update-alternatives.8:263 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--remove-all> I<name>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:268 |
| msgid "" |
| "Remove all alternatives and all of their associated slave links. I<name> is " |
| "a name in the alternatives directory." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:275 |
| msgid "" |
| "Call B<--config> on all alternatives. It can be usefully combined with B<--" |
| "skip-auto> to review and configure all alternatives which are not configured " |
| "in automatic mode. Broken alternatives are also displayed. Thus a simple " |
| "way to fix all broken alternatives is to call B<yes \\[aq]\\[aq] | update-" |
| "alternatives --force --all>." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: update-alternatives.8:275 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--auto> I<name>" |
| msgstr "B<--auto> I<ligação>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:282 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "" |
| "Switch the link group behind the alternative for I<name> to automatic mode. " |
| "In the process, the master symlink and its slaves are updated to point to " |
| "the highest priority installed alternatives." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Muda a ligação simbólica master I<ligação> para o modo automático. No " |
| "processo a ligação simbólica e seus slaves são atualizados para apontar para " |
| "as alternativas instaladas de maior prioridade." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: update-alternatives.8:282 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--display> I<name>" |
| msgstr "B<--display> I<ligação>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:291 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "" |
| "Display information about the link group. Information displayed includes " |
| "the group's mode (auto or manual), which alternative the master link " |
| "currently points to, what other alternatives are available (and their " |
| "corresponding slave alternatives), and the highest priority alternative " |
| "currently installed." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Mostra informação sobre a ligação em grupo para qual cada I<ligação> é a " |
| "ligação master. A informação exibida inclui o modo do grupo (auto ou " |
| "manual), para quais alternativas a ligação simbólica aponta atualmente, " |
| "quais outras alternativas estão disponíveis (e suas alternativas slave " |
| "correspondentes) e a alternativa de maior prioridade instalada atualmente." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: update-alternatives.8:291 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--get-selections>" |
| msgstr "B<dpkg --set-selections>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:299 |
| msgid "" |
| "List all master alternative names (those controlling a link group) and " |
| "their status. Each line contains up to 3 fields (separated by one or more " |
| "spaces). The first field is the alternative name, the second one is the " |
| "status (either \"auto\" or \"manual\"), and the last one contains the " |
| "current choice in the alternative (beware: it's a filename and thus might " |
| "contain spaces)." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:304 |
| msgid "" |
| "Read configuration of alternatives on standard input in the format generated " |
| "by B<update-alternatives --get-selections> and reconfigure them accordingly." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: update-alternatives.8:304 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--query> I<name>" |
| msgstr "B<--auto> I<ligação>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:309 |
| msgid "" |
| "Display information about the link group like --display does, but in a " |
| "machine parseable way (see section B<QUERY FORMAT> below)." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: update-alternatives.8:309 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--list> I<name>" |
| msgstr "B<--list> I<ligação>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:312 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "Display all targets of the link group." |
| msgstr "Exibe todos os alvos de uma ligação em grupo." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: update-alternatives.8:312 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--config> I<name>" |
| msgstr "B<--config> I<link>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:316 |
| msgid "" |
| "Show available alternatives for a link group and allow the user to " |
| "interactively select which one to use. The link group is updated." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: update-alternatives.8:324 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--altdir>I< directory>" |
| msgstr "B<--altdir> I<diretório>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:328 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "" |
| "Specifies the alternatives directory, when this is to be different from the " |
| "default." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Especifica o diretório de alternativas, quando este está configurado para " |
| "algo diferente do padrão." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:332 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "" |
| "Specifies the administrative directory, when this is to be different from " |
| "the default." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Especifica o dirtório administrativo, quando este este configurado para algo " |
| "diferente do padrão." |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: update-alternatives.8:332 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--log>I< file>" |
| msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:336 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "" |
| "Specifies the log file, when this is to be different from the default (/var/" |
| "log/alternatives.log)." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Especifica o diretório de alternativas, quando este está configurado para " |
| "algo diferente do padrão." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:340 |
| msgid "" |
| "Let B<update-alternatives> replace or drop any real file that is installed " |
| "where an alternative link has to be installed or removed." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: update-alternatives.8:340 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--skip-auto>" |
| msgstr "B<--test>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:345 |
| msgid "" |
| "Skip configuration prompt for alternatives which are properly configured in " |
| "automatic mode. This option is only relevant with B<--config> or B<--all>." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: update-alternatives.8:345 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<--verbose>" |
| msgstr "B<--verbose>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:350 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "Generate more comments about what B<update-alternatives> is doing." |
| msgstr "Gera mais comentários sobre o que B<update-alternatives> está fazendo." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:353 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "Don't generate any comments unless errors occur." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Não gera comentário algum a menos que ocorram erros. Esta opção ainda não " |
| "está implementada." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:359 |
| msgid "" |
| "If set and the B<--admindir> option has not been specified, it will be used " |
| "as the base administrative directory." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: update-alternatives.8:361 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "I</etc/alternatives/>" |
| msgstr "I</etc/alternatives/>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:367 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "" |
| "The default alternatives directory. Can be overridden by the B<--altdir> " |
| "option." |
| msgstr "" |
| "O diretório de alternativas padrão. Pode ser sobreescrito pela opção B<--" |
| "altdir>" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: update-alternatives.8:367 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "I</var/lib/dpkg/alternatives/>" |
| msgstr "I</var/lib/dpkg/alternatives/>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:373 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "" |
| "The default administration directory. Can be overridden by the B<--" |
| "admindir> option." |
| msgstr "" |
| "O diretório de administração padrão. Pode ser sobreescrito pela opção B<--" |
| "admindir>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:378 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "The requested action was successfully performed." |
| msgstr "A ação requisitada foi completada com sucesso." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:382 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "" |
| "Problems were encountered whilst parsing the command line or performing the " |
| "action." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Foram encontrados problemas quando analisando a linha de comando ou " |
| "executando a ação." |
| |
| #. type: SH |
| #: update-alternatives.8:383 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "QUERY FORMAT" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:388 |
| msgid "" |
| "The B<update-alternatives --query> format is using an RFC822-like flat " |
| "format. It's made of I<n> + 1 blocks where I<n> is the number of " |
| "alternatives available in the queried link group. The first block contains " |
| "the following fields:" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: update-alternatives.8:388 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<Link:>I< link>" |
| msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:391 |
| msgid "The generic name of the alternative." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: update-alternatives.8:391 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<Status:>I< status>" |
| msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:394 |
| msgid "The status of the alternative (B<auto> or B<manual>)." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: update-alternatives.8:394 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<Best:>I< best-choice>" |
| msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:398 |
| msgid "" |
| "The path of the best alternative for this link group. Not present if there " |
| "is no alternatives available." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: update-alternatives.8:398 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<Value:>I< currently-selected-alternative>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:402 |
| msgid "" |
| "The path of the currently selected alternative. It can also take the magic " |
| "value B<none>. It is used if the link doesn't exist." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: update-alternatives.8:403 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "The other blocks describe the available alternatives in the queried link group:" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: update-alternatives.8:405 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<Alternative:>I< path-of-this-alternative>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:408 |
| msgid "Path to this block's alternative." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: update-alternatives.8:408 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<Priority:>I< priority-value>" |
| msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:411 |
| msgid "Value of the priority of this alternative." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: update-alternatives.8:411 |
| #, fuzzy, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<Slaves:>I< list-of-slaves>" |
| msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:417 |
| msgid "" |
| "When this header is present, the B<next> lines hold all slave alternatives " |
| "associated to the master link of the alternative. There is one slave per " |
| "line. Each line contains one space, the generic name of the slave " |
| "alternative, another space, and the path to the slave alternative." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: TP |
| #: update-alternatives.8:418 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "B<Example>" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:426 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "" |
| "$ update-alternatives --query editor\n" |
| "Link: editor\n" |
| "Status: auto\n" |
| "Best: /usr/bin/vim.gtk\n" |
| "Value: /usr/bin/vim.gtk\n" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:431 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "" |
| "Alternative: /bin/ed\n" |
| "Priority: -100\n" |
| "Slaves:\n" |
| " editor.1.gz /usr/share/man/man1/ed.1.gz\n" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:446 |
| #, no-wrap |
| msgid "" |
| "Alternative: /usr/bin/vim.gtk\n" |
| "Priority: 50\n" |
| "Slaves:\n" |
| " editor.1.gz /usr/share/man/man1/vim.1.gz\n" |
| " editor.ru.1.gz /usr/share/man/ru/man1/vim.1.gz\n" |
| " editor.pl.ISO8859-2.1.gz /usr/share/man/pl.ISO8859-2/man1/vim.1.gz\n" |
| " editor.it.ISO8859-1.1.gz /usr/share/man/it.ISO8859-1/man1/vim.1.gz\n" |
| " editor.pl.UTF-8.1.gz /usr/share/man/pl.UTF-8/man1/vim.1.gz\n" |
| " editor.it.1.gz /usr/share/man/it/man1/vim.1.gz\n" |
| " editor.fr.UTF-8.1.gz /usr/share/man/fr.UTF-8/man1/vim.1.gz\n" |
| " editor.fr.1.gz /usr/share/man/fr/man1/vim.1.gz\n" |
| " editor.it.UTF-8.1.gz /usr/share/man/it.UTF-8/man1/vim.1.gz\n" |
| " editor.pl.1.gz /usr/share/man/pl/man1/vim.1.gz\n" |
| " editor.fr.ISO8859-1.1.gz /usr/share/man/fr.ISO8859-1/man1/vim.1.gz\n" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:458 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "" |
| "With B<--verbose> B<update-alternatives> chatters incessantly about its " |
| "activities on its standard output channel. If problems occur, B<update-" |
| "alternatives> outputs error messages on its standard error channel and " |
| "returns an exit status of 2. These diagnostics should be self-explanatory; " |
| "if you do not find them so, please report this as a bug." |
| msgstr "" |
| "B<update-alternatives> fala sem parar sobre suas atividades em seu canal de " |
| "saída padrão. Caso um problema ocorra, B<update-alternatives> exibe " |
| "mensagens de erro em seu canal de erros padrão e retorna um estado de saída " |
| "de 2. Estes diagnósticos devem ser auto-explicativos; caso você não pense " |
| "assim, por favor reporte isso com um bug." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:464 |
| msgid "" |
| "There are several packages which provide a text editor compatible with " |
| "B<vi>, for example B<nvi> and B<vim>. Which one is used is controlled by the " |
| "link group B<vi>, which includes links for the program itself and the " |
| "associated manpage." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:467 |
| msgid "" |
| "To display the available packages which provide B<vi> and the current " |
| "setting for it, use the B<--display> action:" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:470 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "B<update-alternatives --display vi>" |
| msgstr "update-alternatives --display vi" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:474 |
| msgid "" |
| "To choose a particular B<vi> implementation, use this command as root and " |
| "then select a number from the list:" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:477 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "B<update-alternatives --config vi>" |
| msgstr "update-alternatives --config vi" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:481 |
| msgid "" |
| "To go back to having the B<vi> implementation chosen automatically, do this " |
| "as root:" |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:484 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "B<update-alternatives --auto vi>" |
| msgstr "update-alternatives --auto vi" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:488 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "" |
| "If you find a bug, please report it using the Debian bug-tracking system." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Caso você encontre um bug, por favor reporte-o usando o sistema de " |
| "gerenciamento de bugs Debian, ou, caso isso não seja possível, envie um " |
| "mensagem diretamente para o autor." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:493 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "" |
| "If you find any discrepancy between the operation of B<update-alternatives> " |
| "and this manual page, it is a bug, either in the implementation or the " |
| "documentation; please report it." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Caso você encontre qualquer discrepância entre a operação de B<update-" |
| "alternatives> e esta página de manual, isso é um bug, ou na implementação ou " |
| "na documentação; por favor reporte isso." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:504 |
| msgid "" |
| "This manual page is copyright 1997,1998 Charles Briscoe-Smith and others." |
| msgstr "" |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:507 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "" |
| "This is free documentation; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or " |
| "later for copying conditions. There is NO WARRANTY." |
| msgstr "" |
| "Debian update-alternatives é copyright 1995 Ian Jackson. Isso é software " |
| "livre; veja a Licença Pública Geral GNU versão 2 ou posterior para as " |
| "condições de cópia. NÂO existe garantia." |
| |
| #. type: Plain text |
| #: update-alternatives.8:510 |
| #, fuzzy |
| msgid "B<ln>(1), FHS, the Filesystem Hierarchy Standard." |
| msgstr "B<ln>(1), FHS, o Padrão da Hierarquia do Sistema de Arquivos." |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "2009-02-27" |
| #~ msgstr "2006-04-09" |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "2011-04-29" |
| #~ msgstr "2006-04-09" |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "2006-02-28" |
| #~ msgstr "2006-04-09" |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "2007-03-07" |
| #~ msgstr "2006-04-09" |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "2007-07-16" |
| #~ msgstr "2006-04-09" |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "2009-03-15" |
| #~ msgstr "2006-04-09" |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "2011-04-27" |
| #~ msgstr "2006-04-09" |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "2011-07-07" |
| #~ msgstr "2006-04-09" |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "2010-04-18" |
| #~ msgstr "2006-04-09" |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "2010-07-29" |
| #~ msgstr "2006-04-09" |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "2010-11-22" |
| #~ msgstr "2006-04-09" |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "2010-01-28" |
| #~ msgstr "2006-04-09" |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "2008-08-18" |
| #~ msgstr "2006-04-09" |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "" |
| #~ "B<dpkg> can also be used as a front-end to B<dpkg-deb>(1). The following " |
| #~ "are B<dpkg-deb> actions, and if they are encountered, B<dpkg> just runs " |
| #~ "B<dpkg-deb> with the parameters given to it:" |
| #~ msgstr "" |
| #~ "O B<dpkg> pode também ser usado como front-end para o B<dpkg-deb>. A " |
| #~ "seguir estão as ações do B<dpkg-deb>, e se forem encontradas, o B<dpkg> " |
| #~ "apenas executa o B<dpkg-deb> com os parâmetros dados a ele:" |
| |
| #~ msgid "" |
| #~ " B<-b>, B<--build>,\n" |
| #~ " B<-c>, B<--contents>,\n" |
| #~ " B<-I>, B<--info>,\n" |
| #~ " B<-f>, B<--field>,\n" |
| #~ " B<-e>, B<--control>,\n" |
| #~ " B<-x>, B<--extract>,\n" |
| #~ " B<-X>, B<--vextract>, and\n" |
| #~ " B<--fsys-tarfile>.\n" |
| #~ msgstr "" |
| #~ " B<-b>, B<--build>,\n" |
| #~ " B<-c>, B<--contents>,\n" |
| #~ " B<-I>, B<--info>,\n" |
| #~ " B<-f>, B<--field>,\n" |
| #~ " B<-e>, B<--control>,\n" |
| #~ " B<-x>, B<--extract>,\n" |
| #~ " B<-X>, B<--vextract>, e\n" |
| #~ " B<--fsys-tarfile>.\n" |
| |
| #~ msgid "Please refer to B<dpkg-deb>(1) for information about these actions." |
| #~ msgstr "" |
| #~ "Por favor, refira-se a B<dpkg-deb>(1) para informações sobre essas ações." |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "B<--new>, B<--old>" |
| #~ msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>" |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "" |
| #~ "Select new or old binary package format. This is a B<dpkg-deb>(1) option." |
| #~ msgstr "" |
| #~ "Seleciona o formato binário novo ou antigo de pacote. Isto é uma opção do " |
| #~ "B<dpkg-deb>(1)." |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "" |
| #~ "Don't read or check contents of control file while building a package. " |
| #~ "This is a B<dpkg-deb>(1) option." |
| #~ msgstr "" |
| #~ "Não lê ou verifica o conteúdo do arquivo de controle enquanto cria um " |
| #~ "pacote. Isto é uma opção do B<dpkg-deb>(1)." |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "2009-08-15" |
| #~ msgstr "2006-04-09" |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "2009-11-21" |
| #~ msgstr "2006-04-09" |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "2010-03-07" |
| #~ msgstr "2006-04-09" |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "2010-10-12" |
| #~ msgstr "2006-04-09" |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "2009-08-07" |
| #~ msgstr "2006-04-09" |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "2010-04-16" |
| #~ msgstr "2006-04-09" |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "2009-05-19" |
| #~ msgstr "2006-04-09" |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "0" |
| #~ msgstr "0" |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "2009-10-01" |
| #~ msgstr "2006-04-09" |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "2009-06-26" |
| #~ msgstr "2006-04-09" |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "2009-05-10" |
| #~ msgstr "2006-04-09" |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "B<--admindir>I< E<lt>directoryE<gt>>" |
| #~ msgstr "B<--admindir> I<diretório>" |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "2" |
| #~ msgstr "2" |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "2009-03-08" |
| #~ msgstr "2006-04-09" |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "2009-11-11" |
| #~ msgstr "2006-04-09" |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "2009-02-26" |
| #~ msgstr "2006-04-09" |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "2009-04-13" |
| #~ msgstr "2006-04-09" |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "2007-10-08" |
| #~ msgstr "2006-04-09" |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "2010-04-11" |
| #~ msgstr "2006-04-09" |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "2009-11-12" |
| #~ msgstr "2006-04-09" |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "B<--licence>, B<--license>" |
| #~ msgstr "B<dpkg --licence> | B<dpkg --license>" |
| |
| #~ msgid "Display B<dpkg> licence." |
| #~ msgstr "Exibe a licença do B<dpkg>." |
| |
| #~ msgid "ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES" |
| #~ msgstr "VARIÁVEIS DE AMBIENTE" |
| |
| #~ msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>" |
| #~ msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>" |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "" |
| #~ "Define this to something if you prefer B<dpkg> starting a new shell " |
| #~ "rather than suspending itself, while doing a shell escape." |
| #~ msgstr "" |
| #~ "Defina isso para alguma coisa se você preferir que o B<dpkg> inicie um " |
| #~ "novo shell ao invés de suspender a si próprio, quando fazendo um escape " |
| #~ "de shell." |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "2009-06-13" |
| #~ msgstr "2006-04-09" |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "2009-01-07" |
| #~ msgstr "2006-04-09" |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "B<--license>, B<--licence>" |
| #~ msgstr "B<dpkg --licence> | B<dpkg --license>" |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "B<-l>, B<--license>" |
| #~ msgstr "B<dpkg --licence> | B<dpkg --license>" |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "2009-09-06" |
| #~ msgstr "2006-04-09" |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "B<-I>[I<file-pattern>]" |
| #~ msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>" |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "2009-08-20" |
| #~ msgstr "2006-04-09" |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "B<--licence>|B<--license>" |
| #~ msgstr "B<dpkg --licence> | B<dpkg --license>" |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "B<-h>" |
| #~ msgstr "B<-G>" |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "B<--without-quilt>" |
| #~ msgstr "B<--quiet>" |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "2008-04-09" |
| #~ msgstr "2006-04-09" |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "2007-03-06" |
| #~ msgstr "2006-04-09" |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "2007-06-12" |
| #~ msgstr "2006-04-09" |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "2009-01-04" |
| #~ msgstr "2006-04-09" |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "2009-02-18" |
| #~ msgstr "2006-04-09" |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "Forget about uninstalled unavailable packages." |
| #~ msgstr "" |
| #~ "Despreza informações sobre pacotes não instalados e não disponíveis." |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "install-info" |
| #~ msgstr "B<install>" |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "B<[--] >I<filename>" |
| #~ msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>" |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "B<--remove>" |
| #~ msgstr "B<--verbose>" |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "B<--remove-exactly>" |
| #~ msgstr "B<--remove> I<nome caminho>" |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "B<--infodir=>I<infodir>" |
| #~ msgstr "B<--admindir> I<diretório>" |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "B<--keep-old>" |
| #~ msgstr "B<--help>" |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "2007-01-24" |
| #~ msgstr "2006-04-09" |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "B<822-date>" |
| #~ msgstr "B<--test>" |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "B<cleanup-info> [I<options>] [B<-->] [I<dirname>]" |
| #~ msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<optções>] B<--auto> I<nome>" |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "B<--unsafe>" |
| #~ msgstr "B<--quiet>" |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "2008-01-30" |
| #~ msgstr "2006-04-09" |
| |
| #~ msgid "generic name" |
| #~ msgstr "nome genérico" |
| |
| #~ msgid "symlink" |
| #~ msgstr "ligação simbólica (symlink)" |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "" |
| #~ "Without any further qualification, this means a symbolic link in the " |
| #~ "alternatives directory: one which the system administrator is expected to " |
| #~ "adjust." |
| #~ msgstr "" |
| #~ "Sem nenhuma qualificação futura, esta significa uma ligação simbólica no " |
| #~ "diretório de alternativas: o qual espera-se que o administrador do " |
| #~ "sistema ajuste." |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "B<Error:> E<lt>error detailsE<gt>" |
| #~ msgstr "B<--log=>I<filename>" |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "2007-10-06" |
| #~ msgstr "2006-04-09" |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "2008-03-14" |
| #~ msgstr "2006-04-09" |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "B<-E>" |
| #~ msgstr "B<-G>" |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "B<-W>" |
| #~ msgstr "B<-G>" |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "2007-09-08" |
| #~ msgstr "2006-04-09" |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "2008-03-02" |
| #~ msgstr "2006-04-09" |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "2008-01-13" |
| #~ msgstr "2006-04-09" |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "2008-03-25" |
| #~ msgstr "2006-04-09" |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "2008-03-16" |
| #~ msgstr "2006-04-09" |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "2008-04-08" |
| #~ msgstr "2006-04-09" |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "" |
| #~ "Send package status info to file descriptor I<E<lt>nE<gt>>. This can be " |
| #~ "given multiple times. Status updates are of the form `status: " |
| #~ "E<lt>pkgE<gt>: E<lt>pkg stateE<gt>'. Errors are reported as `status: " |
| #~ "E<lt>pkgE<gt>: error: extend-error-message'. Configuration file " |
| #~ "conflicts are reported as `status: conffile-prompt: conffile : 'current-" |
| #~ "conffile' 'new-conffile' useredited distedited'." |
| #~ msgstr "" |
| #~ "Envia a informação do estado do pacote para o descritor de arquivo " |
| #~ "I<E<lt>nE<gt>>. Isso pode ser dado múltiplas vezes. As atualizações de " |
| #~ "estado são da forma `status: E<lt>pkgE<gt>: E<lt>pkg qstateE<gt>'." |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "2008-01-03" |
| #~ msgstr "2006-04-09" |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "2007-09-24" |
| #~ msgstr "2006-04-09" |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "2007-03-08" |
| #~ msgstr "2006-04-09" |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "" |
| #~ "Don't actually do anything, just say what would be done. This option is " |
| #~ "not yet implemented." |
| #~ msgstr "" |
| #~ "Não faz nada, soment diz o que seria feito. Esta opção ainda não está " |
| #~ "implementada." |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "2007-09-28" |
| #~ msgstr "2006-04-09" |
| |
| #~ msgid "" |
| #~ "See I</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS> for the list of people who have\n" |
| #~ "contributed to B<dpkg>.\n" |
| #~ msgstr "" |
| #~ "Veja B</usr/share/doc/dpkg/THANKS> para a lista de pessoas que\n" |
| #~ "contribuíram para o B<dpkg>.\n" |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "2007-08-31" |
| #~ msgstr "2006-04-09" |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "2007-05-15" |
| #~ msgstr "2006-04-09" |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "" |
| #~ "This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or " |
| #~ "later for copying conditions. There is NO warranty." |
| #~ msgstr "" |
| #~ "Debian update-alternatives é copyright 1995 Ian Jackson. Isso é software " |
| #~ "livre; veja a Licença Pública Geral GNU versão 2 ou posterior para as " |
| #~ "condições de cópia. NÂO existe garantia." |
| |
| #~ msgid "B<dpkg -C> | B<--audit>" |
| #~ msgstr "B<dpkg -C> | B<--audit>" |
| |
| #~ msgid "B<dpkg --help>" |
| #~ msgstr "B<dpkg --help>" |
| |
| #~ msgid "B<dpkg -Dh >|B< --debug=help>" |
| #~ msgstr "B<dpkg -Dh >|B< --debug=help>" |
| |
| #~ msgid "B<dpkg --licence> | B<dpkg --license>" |
| #~ msgstr "B<dpkg --licence> | B<dpkg --license>" |
| |
| #~ msgid "B<dpkg --version>" |
| #~ msgstr "B<dpkg --version>" |
| |
| #~ msgid "B<--root=>I<dir> | B<--admindir=>I<dir> | B<--instdir=>I<dir>" |
| #~ msgstr "B<--root=>I<dir> | B<--admindir=>I<dir> | B<--instdir=>I<dir>" |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "" |
| #~ "Copyright 1995,1996 Erick Branderhorst. B<dpkg-name> is free software; " |
| #~ "see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later for copying " |
| #~ "conditions. There is B<no> warranty." |
| #~ msgstr "" |
| #~ "Debian update-alternatives é copyright 1995 Ian Jackson. Isso é software " |
| #~ "livre; veja a Licença Pública Geral GNU versão 2 ou posterior para as " |
| #~ "condições de cópia. NÂO existe garantia." |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "" |
| #~ "Copyright 1994, Ian Jackson. B<install-info> is free software; see the " |
| #~ "GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later for copying conditions. " |
| #~ "There is I<no> warranty." |
| #~ msgstr "" |
| #~ "Debian update-alternatives é copyright 1995 Ian Jackson. Isso é software " |
| #~ "livre; veja a Licença Pública Geral GNU versão 2 ou posterior para as " |
| #~ "condições de cópia. NÂO existe garantia." |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "" |
| #~ "Debian update-alternatives is copyright 1995 Ian Jackson. It is free " |
| #~ "software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later for " |
| #~ "copying conditions. There is NO warranty." |
| #~ msgstr "" |
| #~ "Debian update-alternatives é copyright 1995 Ian Jackson. Isso é software " |
| #~ "livre; veja a Licença Pública Geral GNU versão 2 ou posterior para as " |
| #~ "condições de cópia. NÂO existe garantia." |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "" |
| #~ "This manual page is copyright 1997/98 Charles Briscoe-Smith. This is " |
| #~ "free documentation; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or later " |
| #~ "for copying conditions. There is NO WARRANTY." |
| #~ msgstr "" |
| #~ "Esta página de manual é copyright 1997/98 Charles Briscoe-Smith. Isto é " |
| #~ "documentação livre; veja a Licença Pública Geral GNU versão 2 ou " |
| #~ "posterior para condições de cópia. NÂO existe garantia." |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "" |
| #~ "You can find the GNU GPL in /usr/share/common-licenses/GPL on any Debian " |
| #~ "system." |
| #~ msgstr "" |
| #~ "Você pode encontrar a GNU GPL em /usr/share/common-licenses/GPL em " |
| #~ "qualquer sistema Debian." |
| |
| #~ msgid "2006-04-09" |
| #~ msgstr "2006-04-09" |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "2007-03-13" |
| #~ msgstr "2006-04-09" |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "B<--show>, B<-W>" |
| #~ msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>" |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "B<--field>, B<-f>" |
| #~ msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>" |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "B<--control>, B<-e>" |
| #~ msgstr "I<control>" |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "B<--help>, B<-h>" |
| #~ msgstr "B<--help>" |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "Prints B<dpkg-deb>'s version number." |
| #~ msgstr "Exibe informação sobre a versão do B<dpkg>." |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "B<--licence>" |
| #~ msgstr "B<--nocheck>" |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "OTHER OPTIONS" |
| #~ msgstr "OPÇÕES" |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "B<dpkg-divert> [I<options>] B<--remove> I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>" |
| #~ msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<opções>] B<--remove> I<nome caminho>" |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "B<dpkg-divert> [I<options>] B<--list> I<E<lt>glob-patternE<gt>>" |
| #~ msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<opções>] B<--list> I<nome>" |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "B<dpkg-divert> [I<options>] B<--truename> I<E<lt>fileE<gt>>" |
| #~ msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<opções>] B<--remove> I<nome caminho>" |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "B<-h, --help>" |
| #~ msgstr "B<--help>" |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-l>|B<--list> I<package-name-pattern> ..." |
| #~ msgstr "B<dpkg --get-selections> [I<padrão>...]" |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-W>|B<--show> I<package-name-pattern> ..." |
| #~ msgstr "B<dpkg --get-selections> [I<padrão>...]" |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-s>|B<--status> I<package-name> ..." |
| #~ msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<arquivo_do_pacote>..." |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-L>|B<--listfiles> I<package-name> ..." |
| #~ msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<arquivo_do_pacote>..." |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-p>|B<--print-avail> I<package-name> ..." |
| #~ msgstr "B<dpkg -A> | B<--record-avail> I<arquivo_do_pacote> ..." |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<--licence>|B<--license>" |
| #~ msgstr "B<dpkg --licence> | B<dpkg --license>" |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<--version>" |
| #~ msgstr "B<dpkg --version>" |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "Display licence and copyright information." |
| #~ msgstr "Exibe informação sobre a versão do B<dpkg>." |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "Display version information." |
| #~ msgstr "Exibe informação sobre a versão do B<dpkg>." |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "COMMON OPTIONS" |
| #~ msgstr "OPÇÕES COMUNS" |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "B<-x>" |
| #~ msgstr "B<-G>" |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "" |
| #~ "This is free software; see the GNU General Public Licence version 2 or " |
| #~ "later for copying conditions. There is NO WARRANTY. See B</usr/share/doc/" |
| #~ "dpkg/copyright> and B</usr/share/common-licenses/GPL> for details." |
| #~ msgstr "" |
| #~ "Debian update-alternatives é copyright 1995 Ian Jackson. Isso é software " |
| #~ "livre; veja a Licença Pública Geral GNU versão 2 ou posterior para as " |
| #~ "condições de cópia. NÂO existe garantia." |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-l>|B<--listq>" |
| #~ msgstr "B<dpkg -C> | B<--audit>" |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "B<--join>, B<-j>" |
| #~ msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>" |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "B<--listq>, B<-l>" |
| #~ msgstr "B<--list> I<ligação>" |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "B<--discard>, B<-d>" |
| #~ msgstr "B<--display> I<ligação>" |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "B<--npquiet>, B<-Q>" |
| #~ msgstr "B<--quiet>" |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "B<dpkg-statoverride> [I<options>] B<--remove>I< E<lt>fileE<gt>>" |
| #~ msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<opções>] B<--remove> I<nome caminho>" |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "" |
| #~ "B<dpkg-statoverride> [I<options>] B<--list> [I<E<lt>glob-patternE<gt>>]" |
| #~ msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<opções>] B<--list> I<nome>" |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "B<--admindir>" |
| #~ msgstr "B<--admindir> I<diretório>" |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "B<-H>|B<--help>" |
| #~ msgstr "B<--help>" |
| |
| #~ msgid "" |
| #~ "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--install> I<genname symlink altern " |
| #~ "priority> [B<--slave> I<genname symlink> I<altern>]..." |
| #~ msgstr "" |
| #~ "B<update-alternatives> [I<opções>] B<--install> I<ligação nome caminho " |
| #~ "prioridade> [B<--slave> I<ligação nome> I<caminho>]..." |
| |
| #~ msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--remove> I<name path>" |
| #~ msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<opções>] B<--remove> I<nome caminho>" |
| |
| #~ msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--remove-all> I<name>" |
| #~ msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--remove-all> I<nome>" |
| |
| #~ msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--display> I<name>" |
| #~ msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<opções>] B<--display> I<nome>" |
| |
| #~ msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--list> I<name>" |
| #~ msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<opções>] B<--list> I<nome>" |
| |
| #~ msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<options>] B<--config> I<name>" |
| #~ msgstr "B<update-alternatives> [I<opções>] B<--config> I<nome>" |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "" |
| #~ "Exactly one action must be specified if B<update-alternatives> is to " |
| #~ "perform any meaningful task. Any number of the common options may be " |
| #~ "specified together with any action." |
| #~ msgstr "" |
| #~ "Exatamente uma ação deve ser especificada se B<update-alternatives> está " |
| #~ "prester a executar qualquer tarefa significante. Qualquer número de " |
| #~ "opções comuns podem ser especificadas juntas com qualquer ação." |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "Tell which version of B<update-alternatives> this is." |
| #~ msgstr "" |
| #~ "Diz qual versão de B<update-alternatives> é essa (e dá alguma informação " |
| #~ "sobre o uso)." |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "" |
| #~ "Set by B<dpkg> to the filename of the old configuration file when you " |
| #~ "start a shell to examine a changed configuration. file." |
| #~ msgstr "" |
| #~ "Ajustado pelo B<dpkg> para o nome do arquivo de configuração antigo " |
| #~ "quando você inicia um shell para examinar um arquivo de configuração " |
| #~ "modificado." |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "B<DPKG_NEW_CONFFILE>" |
| #~ msgstr "B<DPKG_NEW_CONFFILE>" |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "" |
| #~ "Set by B<dpkg> to the filename of the newversion of a configuration file " |
| #~ "when you start a shell to examine a changed configuration. file." |
| #~ msgstr "" |
| #~ "Ajustado pelo B<dpkg> para o nome do arquivo de configuração da nova " |
| #~ "versão quando você inicia um shell para examinar um arquivo de " |
| #~ "configuração modificado." |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "" |
| #~ "B<auto-select>(*): Select packages to install them, and deselect packages " |
| #~ "to remove them." |
| #~ msgstr "" |
| #~ "B<auto-select>(*): Seleciona pacotes para serem instalados e tira a " |
| #~ "seleção de pacotes a serem removidos." |
| |
| #~ msgid "DPKG" |
| #~ msgstr "DPKG" |
| |
| #~ msgid "April 12, 1998" |
| #~ msgstr "April 12, 1998" |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "" |
| #~ "Give some usage information (and say which version of B<update-" |
| #~ "alternatives> this is)." |
| #~ msgstr "" |
| #~ "Exibe informação de uso (e diz qual versão de B<update-alternatives> é " |
| #~ "essa)." |
| |
| #~ msgid "UPDATE-ALTERNATIVES" |
| #~ msgstr "UPDATE-ALTERNATIVES" |
| |
| #~ msgid "19 January 1998" |
| #~ msgstr "19 de Janeiro de 1998" |
| |
| #, fuzzy |
| #~ msgid "2007-07-18" |
| #~ msgstr "2006-04-09" |